Ryan Coogler’s Sinners Nears Final Global Box Office Milestone, Surpasses Schindler’s List

After a full month of theatrical release across global markets, director Ryan Coogler’s Sinners is inching toward what appears to be its final significant box office benchmark. Since its debut, the film has not only opened to record-setting numbers but has also maintained exceptional performance, particularly within domestic markets. Over the past few weeks, it has ascended to become one of the top 10 highest-grossing horror films in history. Current projections estimate that Sinners will wrap up its global theatrical run with over $350 million in earnings.

The film recently reached another milestone by surpassing a cinematic classic. It has now overtaken Steven Spielberg’s critically acclaimed 1993 drama, Schindler’s List, in terms of unadjusted global box office earnings. Sinners has so far accumulated over $245 million in North America and nearly $80 million internationally, pushing its worldwide total to $322.6 million. This figure just edges out the $322.1 million global earnings of Schindler’s List, a film that has long been regarded as one of the most important and successful historical dramas ever made.

However, it’s important to note that these numbers do not account for inflation. If adjusted, Schindler’s List would boast much higher numbers, particularly in the domestic market. At the time of its release, the World War II-era biopic earned $96 million domestically, which would translate to over $265 million when adjusted to today’s value. Nonetheless, traditional box office records do not typically adjust for inflation, making Sinners’ recent triumph an official and notable milestone in cinematic earnings.

The achievement is particularly striking given the limited overseas appeal of Sinners, with its cultural resonance proving strongest in American theaters. Despite its relatively modest international presence, the film’s domestic performance has been powerful enough to push it into historic territory. The narrative, budget, and direction have all contributed to its widespread acclaim and box office success.

Schindler’s List was a turning point in the career of Steven Spielberg, who was already one of Hollywood’s most celebrated directors by the early 1990s. The film, a powerful biographical portrayal of German businessman Oskar Schindler who saved the lives of over a thousand Jews during the Holocaust, represented a significant shift for Spielberg. Known primarily for blockbuster hits like E.T. and Indiana Jones, Spielberg used Schindler’s List to demonstrate his capability in delivering profound, serious cinema.

Indeed, Schindler’s List arrived in the same year as Jurassic Park, a film that showcased Spielberg’s continued dominance in the realm of big-budget action-adventures. Yet it was Schindler’s List that earned him his first Academy Award for Best Director, firmly establishing him as a filmmaker capable of spanning genres and emotional depths. The film remains one of the most critically revered pieces in cinematic history, with an almost flawless 98% score on Rotten Tomatoes.

More than thirty years later, Spielberg is preparing for yet another ambitious undertaking: a mysterious new science-fiction film slated for release in 2026. While details remain scarce, the announcement has generated considerable anticipation given the director’s track record.

In a similar vein, Coogler appears to be carving out a comparable niche in the landscape of serious studio filmmaking. Much like Spielberg’s evolution from entertainment-driven blockbusters to emotionally resonant dramas, Coogler has shown that he is equally comfortable creating thought-provoking and commercially viable works. Sinners represents his first original concept since his 2013 debut with Fruitvale Station, a film that also garnered widespread critical attention.

Coogler’s latest film was met with near-universal praise upon its release and continues to hold strong ratings across both critic and audience platforms. Sinners currently enjoys a “certified fresh” 97% rating on Rotten Tomatoes. On the same site, it boasts an equally impressive 96% audience score, labeled as “verified hot.” These scores closely mirror those of Schindler’s List, underscoring the level of critical and popular acclaim that Coogler’s film has achieved.

Produced on a reported budget of $90 million, Sinners tells the chilling story of twin siblings who return to their Mississippi hometown, only to encounter a deadly coven of vampires. The plot fuses traditional horror elements with deeper social commentary, a blend that has resonated strongly with viewers and critics alike. This creative and thematic balance likely contributed to its solid domestic turnout and enduring interest over the past month.

The movie’s success is not just in terms of box office figures, but also in what it represents for Coogler’s artistic evolution. Known for his work on Fruitvale Station, Creed, and Black Panther, Coogler has long been associated with character-driven stories that reflect personal and societal challenges. With Sinners, he returns to his roots in original storytelling, moving away from sequels and franchise projects to deliver a fresh narrative infused with his signature style.

The film’s influence seems set to extend beyond the financial realm. Much like Schindler’s List challenged and redefined expectations of Spielberg, Sinners could be the project that fully cements Coogler’s place among the most versatile and visionary directors working today. His ability to craft stories that are both commercially successful and critically respected puts him in a rare category — one populated by directors like Spielberg who have managed to navigate both the box office and awards circuits with equal ease.

Although Sinners may be reaching the final stage of its theatrical journey, its cultural and cinematic footprint appears firmly established. As the global total edges closer to the $350 million mark, it has already ensured its place in box office history. Surpassing Schindler’s List — even in unadjusted terms — is no small feat, and speaks volumes about Coogler’s storytelling prowess and the film’s resonance with audiences.

There is a sense of poetic symmetry in the fact that Coogler, who emerged just over a decade ago as a fresh voice in American cinema, now finds his work being compared with and measured against some of the most enduring classics in the medium. With Sinners, he has not only entertained but also provoked thought, delivering a horror film that lingers long after the credits roll.

As Sinners continues its slow climb toward its final box office milestone, it does so having already joined an elite club of genre-defining films. The movie’s triumph underscores not only its immediate success, but also the enduring appeal of well-crafted, intelligent storytelling in cinema today.

High Hurdles and Heavy Costs: The Complex Dream of a U.S.-Made iPhone

The White House has defended its “reciprocal tariffs,” stating that President Donald Trump believes the United States possesses both the workforce and the resources to manufacture iPhones domestically. However, industry analysts argue that producing an iPhone in the U.S. ranges from being extremely costly to outright unfeasible.

Experts in the field point out that a U.S.-manufactured iPhone could be drastically more expensive. One analyst estimates that labor alone would add 25% to the cost, while another suggests the price tag could balloon to $3,500.

When former President Barack Obama asked Apple co-founder Steve Jobs about the possibility of making iPhones in the U.S., Jobs responded bluntly in 2011, saying, “Those jobs aren’t coming back.”

Although both the presidency and Apple’s leadership have changed since then, the aspiration to make a “Made in the USA” iPhone persists. The White House reiterated on Tuesday that President Trump is confident in the country’s capacity to produce iPhones. Yet, Apple CEO Tim Cook and other Apple executives have not endorsed that position.

As this idea remains largely theoretical, the projected costs vary widely. Bank of America Securities analyst Wamsi Mohan noted that the iPhone 16 Pro, currently priced at $1,199, could jump to approximately $1,500 if manufactured in the U.S. due to labor expenses alone. Meanwhile, Wedbush analyst Dan Ives estimated that a U.S.-built iPhone might cost $3,500, based on Apple needing to invest $30 billion over three years just to shift 10% of its supply chain to the U.S.

Currently, over 80% of Apple products are produced in China. These products are now subject to a 145% tariff when imported into the U.S., as Trump’s new trade measures have taken effect.

Experts cite multiple obstacles to U.S.-based iPhone production, including the challenge of hiring and paying an American workforce and managing the costs of importing parts for assembly. Broad consensus among analysts suggests the project is unlikely. “I don’t think that’s a thing,” quipped Laura Martin of Needham during a CNBC segment.

Jeff Fieldhack, research director at Counterpoint Research, called the idea unrealistic, saying, “It’s just not a reality that on the time frame of imposing tariffs that this is going to shift manufacturing here. It’s pie in the sky.”

Apple’s product design takes place in California, but manufacturing is outsourced to firms like Foxconn, its top supplier. Building production facilities and setting up operations in the U.S. would take years, with no guarantee that future shifts in trade policy wouldn’t undercut those efforts.

A major issue is the stark difference in labor force availability between the U.S. and China. Nonetheless, the Trump administration views the scale of iPhone assembly labor as a potential domestic opportunity. “The army of millions and millions of human beings screwing in little screws to make iPhones, that kind of thing is going to come to America,” said Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick on CBS.

Foxconn operates sprawling manufacturing campuses in China equipped with dormitories and shuttle services. The company employs a seasonal workforce, with hiring surging ahead of fall product releases. This efficient system enables Apple to produce over 200 million iPhones annually.

However, Foxconn’s labor practices have come under scrutiny. In 2011, nets were installed around buildings following a series of worker suicides. Despite concerns about working conditions, Foxconn hired an additional 50,000 employees last year to support the iPhone 16 rollout, as reported by Chinese media.

Labor costs in China remain significantly lower than in the U.S. During the iPhone 16 production ramp-up, Chinese workers earned 26 yuan per hour, or about $3.63, and received signing bonuses worth roughly $1,000. In contrast, California’s minimum wage is $16.50 per hour. Mohan estimates that assembling and testing an iPhone in the U.S. would cost $200 per device, compared to $40 in China.

Cook has pointed out that American workers often lack specific technical skills required in iPhone production. In a 2017 interview, he said the U.S. does not have enough tooling engineers — professionals who configure the machines that transform digital designs into physical products. “The reason is because of the quantity of skill in one location, and the type of skill it is,” Cook explained.

He illustrated the disparity by saying that in China, a meeting of tooling engineers could fill “multiple football fields,” while in the U.S., gathering even one field’s worth would be difficult.

Past efforts to move production to the U.S. haven’t succeeded. In 2017, Trump announced a $10 billion investment from Foxconn for plants in Wisconsin. Although Apple wasn’t officially involved, Trump claimed the company would build “three big beautiful plants” in the U.S. The Wisconsin site eventually shifted its plans multiple times and ended up manufacturing face masks during the pandemic, with only 1,454 jobs created out of the 13,000 promised. Much of the facility remains incomplete.

Apple also attempted to localize production in Brazil in 2011 to avoid heavy import duties. The plant continues to operate and will help Apple offset tariffs with iPhone 16 production, according to Brazilian media. However, even after launching a $12 billion facility, most components were still imported from Asia. In 2015, four years after its launch, Brazilian-made iPhones were double the cost of those made in China, Reuters reported.

Some progress has been seen with Apple’s main chip supplier, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. TSMC now manufactures small batches of advanced chips at a new Arizona facility, and Apple remains a committed client.

Still, even if final assembly were moved to the U.S., the iPhone relies on globally sourced parts, many from countries hit by U.S. tariffs. The processor comes from Taiwan, the display from South Korea, and several other components from China. Unless Apple can negotiate exemptions, these parts would all be tariffed. Semiconductors are currently exempt.

Though Trump paused most tariffs for 90 days, Mohan warns that if they resume, the price of a U.S.-assembled iPhone 16 Pro Max could jump 91% due to tariffs and labor costs. “While it may be possible to move final assembly to the U.S., moving the entire iPhone supply chain would be a much bigger undertaking and would likely take many years, if even possible,” Mohan wrote.

While Jobs dismissed the notion of an American-made iPhone, Cook has taken a more diplomatic path. He attended Trump’s 2017 inauguration and maintained engagement, leading to Apple securing temporary tariff exemptions for key products during Trump’s first term. The company pledged to invest $500 billion in the U.S., including AI server production in Houston — a move Trump regularly praises.

One symbolic gesture came in 2019 when Apple announced continued assembly of the $3,000 Mac Pro at a Flex facility near Austin, Texas. Trump toured the plant with Cook. Analysts believe Apple may produce limited items domestically to appease Trump. “Given we now know that the Trump administration is willing to negotiate, we wouldn’t be surprised to see Apple commit to some small-volume production in the US (HomePod? AirTags?),” Morgan Stanley analyst Erik Woodring wrote in a note.

Apple declined to comment.

IBM’s AI Shift: How Automation Led to Layoffs—and Unexpected Job Growth

In a significant shift driven by technology, IBM made headlines in 2023 by laying off nearly 8,000 employees, primarily from its human resources department. This major reduction in workforce came as part of the company’s push to adopt artificial intelligence for routine HR functions. The goal was to streamline operations by replacing repetitive administrative tasks with a custom-built AI system called AskHR. This platform was designed to manage activities such as handling vacation requests, processing payroll, and organizing employee documents. The strategy, centered on IBM’s headquarters in Armonk, New York, aimed to boost efficiency and reduce operating costs.

AskHR delivered impressive results, successfully automating roughly 94 percent of the HR tasks it was assigned. As a consequence of this sweeping automation, IBM reported a massive $3.5 billion productivity boost across over 70 job categories. The decision to embrace AI not only saved time and resources but also reflected a growing trend in the tech industry. Several major companies, including Google and Spotify, have similarly adopted AI tools and automation systems to simplify internal processes and trim down support staff.

While such large-scale job reductions would typically shrink a company’s workforce, IBM’s experience defied expectations. Instead of seeing an overall decline in employment numbers, the company’s total staff count actually rose following the layoffs. IBM’s CEO Arvind Krishna, who has led the company since 2020, offered insight into this development during an interview with The Wall Street Journal. He said, “Our total employment has actually gone up, because what [AI] does is it gives you more investment to put into other areas.”

These “other areas” included departments where human skills remain essential—such as software development, marketing, and sales. Unlike roles centered on routine or rules-based tasks, these fields rely heavily on creative thinking, complex decision-making, and interpersonal communication. The investment freed up by automation allowed IBM to channel resources into hiring professionals for these high-value sectors.

Rather than viewing AI purely as a cost-cutting tool, IBM used it to enhance its business strategy by blending technological power with human insight. The company shifted its focus toward a hybrid model—automating the predictable while reinforcing areas that benefit from human innovation. New employees brought on after the HR downsizing were primarily specialists in programming, client engagement, and strategic marketing—roles that remain resistant to automation for the foreseeable future.

This transition at IBM offers a broader perspective on how technology is reshaping the world of work. Rather than simply erasing jobs, artificial intelligence is redefining the kind of roles that exist. Positions based on repetition and routine are increasingly being phased out, while those that require design, development, and personalized engagement are in greater demand. IBM’s experience serves as a powerful example of how AI not only transforms work functions but also influences the types of talent companies need.

The broader tech industry has seen similar dynamics. For instance, Duolingo, a language-learning platform that had heavily leaned on chatbot-based automation, eventually had to rehire staff when the technology failed to meet expectations. The shortcomings in AI implementation reminded companies that technology cannot fully substitute for human intuition, judgment, and creativity.

IBM’s AskHR platform offers a clear demonstration of both the strengths and limitations of AI. By 2024, the system had processed more than 11.5 million interactions. It also drastically improved internal satisfaction ratings, pushing its net promoter score (NPS) from a negative -35 to a very favorable +74 over just a few years. Despite the success, it’s worth noting that around 6 percent of user requests still required human intervention. This small but significant percentage revealed that AI cannot yet handle every scenario, especially those involving complex, sensitive, or unique circumstances.

The implementation of AskHR and IBM’s broader automation efforts underscore the delicate balance companies must maintain while adopting AI. The potential gains are substantial, but the transition must be managed with precision. CEO Arvind Krishna captured this nuance when he said the automation “allowed us to invest more in areas that need human creativity and interaction.” His comment highlights IBM’s dual focus: pursuing technological advancement while also nurturing the human element essential to innovation and customer engagement.

IBM’s evolving approach has had a profound impact on how work is distributed throughout its global network of more than 270,000 employees. Tasks once handled by dozens or even hundreds of HR personnel are now efficiently managed by algorithms. However, this has not led to a wholesale reduction in workforce. Instead, the company’s employment model has evolved to prioritize skills that complement automation rather than compete with it.

By reallocating talent and resources, IBM has transformed its internal structure without abandoning its human capital. This reshaping of the workforce reflects a strategic adaptation to technological disruption. It also sends a message to other companies navigating similar changes: automation, if applied thoughtfully, does not have to come at the expense of jobs. Rather, it can be a powerful force for creating new roles and expanding organizational capabilities.

In essence, IBM’s journey illustrates the broader evolution underway in today’s workplaces. As companies adopt AI to handle the mundane and the repetitive, they must also invest in cultivating skills that AI cannot easily replicate. These include emotional intelligence, complex problem-solving, and innovative thinking—all of which remain the domain of human workers.

IBM’s story provides a valuable case study in balancing innovation with workforce development. It demonstrates that automation and employment growth are not mutually exclusive. When managed correctly, one can fuel the other. By embracing AI to handle routine tasks, IBM not only streamlined its HR functions but also opened the door to new opportunities across its enterprise.

The company’s transformation highlights how technological disruption, while inevitable, need not be feared. With a thoughtful strategy, businesses can turn potential setbacks into progress—paving the way for a more dynamic and resilient workforce in the age of AI.

Desi Dialogues Series Launched to Tackle Urgent Immigration Concerns in South Asian Community

On Tuesday, May 20, the South Asian Impact Foundation, which operates under the umbrella of Indian American Impact (iaimpact.org), introduced its new initiative titled Desi Dialogues. This forum is designed to allow subject matter experts to answer pressing questions from the South Asian community about critical issues, particularly focusing on immigration in its inaugural session.

In a press release calling for support and donations, Impact described the Desi Dialogues initiative as “a space for urgent and honest conversations about the issues at the top of our community’s mind.” The organization emphasized that these conversations are meant to address the deep concerns felt by South Asian Americans, especially around complex topics like immigration that have a direct and often stressful impact on their daily lives.

The first discussion under this new series was titled “Immigration in Crisis – What South Asians Need to Know Now.” The event featured a panel that included U.S. Senator Chris Van Hollen of Virginia, alongside well-known immigration attorneys Sowmya Rao and Sheela Murthy. Also present was Robin Gurung, Co-Executive Director of Asian Refugees United, who brought perspectives from the refugee community.

Together, the panelists addressed a wide range of real-world concerns that are troubling South Asians in the United States. These were not theoretical debates or abstract policy discussions; instead, the dialogue was rooted in real-life anxieties experienced by individuals and families navigating the increasingly complex immigration landscape in the U.S.

The event saw a high level of community engagement, with participants posing questions that reflected both uncertainty and fear. One of the most common concerns was about the kind of documentation one should carry at all times, whether they are U.S. citizens, visa holders, or green card holders. This worry arises in the context of rising enforcement actions and heightened scrutiny at various checkpoints, including airports.

Another frequently asked question dealt with the risks associated with traveling outside the country. Attendees wanted to know what rights they have if detained at an airport and how they should handle such a situation. Concerns about being allowed back into the country after international travel were also top of mind, particularly for those on visas or with green cards. These questions reflect a deeper anxiety about the fragility of one’s immigration status, even when that status is legally valid and current.

According to the Impact Foundation, these are not distant or speculative scenarios. “These are not abstract hypotheticals. These are real fears in Desi households today,” the organization said in its press release. For many families, these issues are discussed around dinner tables and in community centers, driven by both personal experiences and stories shared within extended networks.

The Foundation emphasized the emotional weight behind these concerns, underlining a strong desire among South Asians in the U.S. to feel secure and recognized in the country they now call home. “We know this country is our home, and we belong here. And together, we’re building the power to make sure no one forgets that,” the statement continued.

This first Desi Dialogues session is indicative of a broader strategy by Indian American Impact and its affiliated organizations to create platforms where the community can both voice its fears and gain actionable information. It reflects a growing political and civic awareness among South Asian Americans, who have increasingly sought to advocate for their rights in a turbulent political climate.

The inclusion of Senator Chris Van Hollen in the discussion added a layer of policy insight that connected the legal perspectives of the attorneys and the lived experiences of immigrants to actual legislative frameworks. Van Hollen, a Democrat from Virginia, has been a known advocate for immigration reform and has supported legislation aimed at easing pathways to citizenship and improving protections for visa and green card holders.

Immigration attorneys Sowmya Rao and Sheela Murthy provided crucial legal expertise, explaining the complexities of current immigration laws and helping demystify the rights and responsibilities of various visa categories. Their advice was grounded in both legal precedent and the kinds of cases they encounter regularly in their practices.

Robin Gurung’s participation brought attention to the refugee segment of the South Asian population, which often faces even more precarious situations due to their limited resources and less stable legal status. As Co-Executive Director of Asian Refugees United, Gurung emphasized the importance of community support systems and legal aid in navigating the immigration system.

The South Asian Impact Foundation plans to continue the Desi Dialogues series as a recurring program, tackling a range of issues relevant to the South Asian diaspora in the United States. These topics are expected to include not just immigration, but also areas such as healthcare access, education equity, political representation, and economic opportunities.

By creating a consistent and reliable forum for these discussions, the Foundation hopes to empower individuals with knowledge while also fostering a sense of solidarity across the diverse South Asian community. The initiative reflects an ongoing commitment to advocacy and civic engagement, driven by the belief that informed citizens are essential for a just and equitable society.

The launch of Desi Dialogues comes at a time when immigrant communities across the country are grappling with mixed messages from federal policies and heightened scrutiny in immigration enforcement. For South Asians, many of whom are here on work-based visas or are in the process of securing permanent residency, these uncertainties have caused added stress.

At its core, the goal of Desi Dialogues is to transform fear into action and confusion into clarity. By connecting community members directly with legal experts and policymakers, the series seeks to close the information gap that often leaves individuals feeling powerless. It also serves as a platform for collective advocacy, where shared stories and concerns can be amplified and addressed at higher levels of governance.

The Impact Foundation’s message is clear: South Asian Americans are not alone in their struggles. Through initiatives like Desi Dialogues, they are building a community that is not only informed but also prepared to stand up for its rights.

As stated by Impact in its release, “We know this country is our home, and we belong here. And together, we’re building the power to make sure no one forgets that.” With this powerful declaration, the organization sets the tone for future dialogues that aim to unite, educate, and uplift the South Asian community across the United States.

Community Comes Together for Food Drive Benefiting Long Island Cares

A collaborative effort involving the American Red Cross, Arya Samaj of Long Island, and the Indian American Forum led to a significant donation to the Bethpage Food Pantry, part of Long Island Cares. The initiative saw the Hindu community rallying together to collect food, toiletries, and other non-perishable goods for those in need.

Initially, the plan was to send relief items to California in response to the devastating wildfires. Participants in the effort included Arya Samaj of Long Island, students from Stony Brook University, the Indian American Forum, and Brahashita Gupta. However, the volume of donations received far exceeded expectations.

Faced with an abundance of goods, Dr. Azad Anand, a member of the Red Cross Board, retired Stony Brook University professor, and former board member of Long Island Cares, suggested a new course of action. He proposed that the collected supplies be redirected to support Long Island Cares instead. “The goal was to get it into the hands of food-insecure people no matter where they live,” he emphasized.

The donation event took place at Arya Samaj of Long Island on May 6, 2025, marking a moment of unity and compassion. Representatives and key members from various organizations came together to support the cause.

In attendance was Paule Pachter, CEO of Long Island Cares, who was joined by members of his team, including Peter Crescenti, Colleen Guirand, John McKeown, Robert LaBarbara, John Sears, and Jessica Rosati. The American Red Cross was represented by Lenia Kiki, Community Disaster Program Specialist for Long Island. Also present were Drs. Azad and Nutan Anand; Indu Jaiswal, Chairperson of the Indian American Forum; Veer Mukhi; Drs. Urmilesh and Yashpal Arya; and Sudesh Mukhi, trustees of Arya Samaj of Long Island. Numerous volunteers also participated in the event.

Both Paule Pachter and Lenia Kiki expressed their appreciation for the work and commitment shown by the volunteers and organizations. “Thank you for your efforts and collections for donations,” they said in a shared sentiment of gratitude.

Long Island Cares, a nonprofit founded by singer-songwriter Harry Chapin, plays a vital role in addressing hunger and food insecurity on Long Island. It uses donations to purchase nutritious food and distributes it across various outlets, including food pantries, soup kitchens, shelters, programs for senior veterans, and initiatives supporting school children.

In addition to supplying food, Long Island Cares combats food insecurity through restocking efforts, mobile outreach services, and emergency assistance. The organization ensures that donated goods reach those who need them the most and supports communities through strategic partnerships and consistent outreach.

The recent food drive highlighted the power of collective action and the importance of addressing food insecurity locally. While the original intent was to help those affected by wildfires in California, the community quickly adapted their plan to meet immediate needs closer to home. The decision not only ensured that the abundant donations were put to good use but also strengthened local support systems already in place.

The overwhelming response from donors was a testament to the community’s commitment to service and their readiness to support those in crisis. Volunteers and organizers worked tirelessly to gather, sort, and prepare the items for delivery, driven by a common goal to help those facing food insecurity.

Arya Samaj of Long Island served as the central hub for the collection effort. Its trustees and members have long been involved in various charitable activities, and their facility provided the perfect venue for hosting the donation event. The collaboration with students from Stony Brook University and other partner organizations reflected a broad-based effort that brought together multiple generations and cultural backgrounds.

The leadership provided by Dr. Azad Anand was pivotal in redirecting the project’s mission to benefit Long Island Cares. His ties to both the Red Cross and Long Island Cares enabled a seamless transition in planning. “We had a huge volume of food coming in, and the question became, where could we make the most immediate impact?” he said.

Support from organizations like the Indian American Forum further strengthened the campaign. Under the leadership of Chairperson Indu Jaiswal, the Forum has consistently advocated for humanitarian initiatives and played an instrumental role in mobilizing support for the food drive.

Long Island Cares, headquartered in Hauppauge, New York, was well-equipped to receive and distribute the donations effectively. Its infrastructure includes several satellite locations and a mobile outreach unit that serves remote or underserved areas. By partnering with over 300 community-based agencies, the organization ensures wide-reaching impact throughout the region.

One of the organization’s key strengths lies in its ability to convert monetary and material donations into nutritious meals. In addition to food distribution, Long Island Cares provides job training, educational workshops, and health and wellness programs aimed at addressing the root causes of hunger.

At the May 6 event, the sense of unity and purpose was evident. Volunteers packed boxes, greeted guests, and listened to brief speeches from those leading the effort. The mood was one of reflection and appreciation, as many acknowledged the privilege of being able to help others.

“Giving back is a responsibility we take seriously,” said Veer Mukhi, one of the participating trustees. “Our goal is to continue serving the community and to inspire others to do the same.”

For many attendees, the food drive served as a reminder of how quickly plans can change, and how flexibility and compassion can make a significant difference. By staying focused on the underlying mission—helping those in need—the organizers were able to achieve a powerful outcome despite the change in destination.

The event concluded with a symbolic handover of the donations to the team from Long Island Cares. Volunteers, trustees, and organizational leaders stood together in solidarity, confident that their contributions would help bring relief to countless individuals and families struggling with food insecurity.

As Long Island Cares continues its mission to feed and support the most vulnerable, partnerships like these play a vital role in ensuring that no one is left behind. The joint initiative between the American Red Cross, Arya Samaj of Long Island, and the Indian American Forum exemplifies what can be accomplished when communities come together for a shared cause.

By channeling the spirit of generosity into concrete action, the event on May 6 offered hope and sustenance to many—and reinforced the enduring power of collaboration in times of need.

Judge Blocks Trump Administration from Ending Legal Status of Foreign Students

A federal judge has issued a nationwide injunction stopping the Trump administration from revoking the legal status of foreign students studying in the United States. The ruling, delivered on Thursday by US District Judge Jeffrey White of the federal court in San Francisco, marks a significant setback for the administration’s efforts to clamp down on international students as part of President Donald Trump’s broader immigration enforcement agenda.

The legal dispute centers around the administration’s sweeping attempt to interfere with the SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System) records of non-citizens present in the U.S. on education visas. These modifications to the SEVIS database threatened the students’ ability to remain in the country legally, thereby putting them at risk of deportation.

The SEVIS system, managed by the Department of Homeland Security, serves as a database that tracks the immigration status of international students and is essential for universities to monitor their enrollment and legal standing. In a controversial move that began in April, the Trump administration initiated the cancellation of SEVIS records for thousands of these students, potentially rendering them undocumented.

Although the administration retreated from this effort last month in response to mounting legal opposition, Judge White determined in his decision that the threat of future arbitrary cancellations remains. In his ruling, he stated, “He does not find it speculative to conclude that, in the absence of an injunction, the administration would abruptly re-terminate SEVIS records without notice.”

White, who was appointed by President George W. Bush, emphasized that the actions undertaken by the administration had far-reaching and disruptive consequences. “The administration’s actions,” he wrote, “uniformly wreaked havoc not only on the lives of Plaintiffs here but on similarly situated F-1 nonimmigrants across the United States and continues to do so.”

The lawsuit was initiated by a group of international students who had experienced sudden and unexplained changes to their SEVIS records. These changes led to their legal status being jeopardized, with the students asserting that the administration had acted without following proper legal procedures.

Judge White agreed with their claims, indicating that the students were likely to succeed in their argument that the administration’s actions breached federal rule-making protocols. He characterized the actions as “arbitrary and capricious,” terms that carry significant legal weight in administrative law.

He also dismissed any suggestion by the government that these students posed a danger to the public or to national security. “Defendants do not suggest that these individuals pose an immediate safety threat or that they pose a threat to national security,” he wrote. “In contrast, Plaintiffs have shown that Defendants likely exceeded their authority and acted arbitrarily and capriciously in those enforcement efforts, and the ‘public interest is served by compliance with the Administrative Procedure Act.’”

The Administrative Procedure Act (APA) is a foundational statute in U.S. administrative law that governs how federal agencies develop and enforce regulations. The judge’s reference to the APA underscores the administration’s failure to follow due process when attempting to alter or terminate the SEVIS records of foreign students.

The preliminary injunction issued by Judge White means that the federal government must cease any further attempts to change or cancel international students’ legal status via the SEVIS system without first following the appropriate procedural steps. His decision provides temporary relief to international students across the country who faced the risk of deportation due to abrupt and unexplained changes to their legal status.

This development is just the latest in a series of legal battles over the Trump administration’s handling of immigration matters, particularly as they pertain to education and student visas. During his time in office, Trump frequently advocated for stricter immigration policies, often targeting international students as part of a broader narrative emphasizing national security and economic protectionism.

The injunction also brings attention to the significant role that international students play within the U.S. higher education system. Universities rely heavily on SEVIS to manage the legal and academic status of their foreign enrollees, and any abrupt change to the system can create significant confusion and fear.

In this instance, many universities were left scrambling to understand and respond to the cancellations, which were often issued without explanation. The affected students found themselves in precarious situations, sometimes with little warning or opportunity to appeal the decision.

According to White, the government’s failure to justify these cancellations or to provide a meaningful process for students to respond only compounded the harm. “In contrast, Plaintiffs have shown that Defendants likely exceeded their authority and acted arbitrarily and capriciously,” he wrote, reinforcing the argument that the administration sidestepped established legal norms.

While the decision is currently limited to a preliminary injunction—meaning the final outcome of the case remains to be decided—it sets an important legal precedent for how student visa records should be handled. The ruling sends a strong signal that executive agencies must operate within the confines of the law, especially when taking actions that could severely disrupt the lives of thousands of people.

Legal experts suggest the ruling could have lasting implications for how future administrations approach visa enforcement, particularly when dealing with non-citizens enrolled in academic institutions. The judge’s insistence on following rule-making protocols under the APA highlights the judiciary’s role in checking executive power and ensuring that government agencies cannot act with unchecked discretion.

The ruling also highlights how legal action can serve as an effective countermeasure against sudden and potentially unlawful government policies. For the international students who brought the case forward, the decision offers not only temporary relief but also a measure of validation for their claim that they were treated unfairly by the system.

In conclusion, Judge Jeffrey White’s ruling represents a meaningful check on the Trump administration’s immigration policy by affirming that federal procedures and the rights of individuals cannot be cast aside arbitrarily. His order to block the cancellation of SEVIS records serves to protect international students who came to the U.S. to study and underscores the importance of legal consistency and due process in administrative actions.

House GOP Pushes Medicaid Overhaul with Work Requirements and Immigration Restrictions

In a sweeping move to reshape Medicaid, House Republicans have advanced legislation that includes several controversial measures aimed at cutting costs and tightening eligibility. The bill, which has managed to unite the often-fractured GOP caucus, employs a mix of strategies such as imposing work requirements on certain adults, limiting provider taxes, increasing eligibility verifications, and slashing federal Medicaid funding to states that offer coverage to undocumented immigrants.

At the heart of the proposal is a requirement for “able-bodied adults” without dependents, up to the age of 64, to meet specific work obligations in order tomaintain their Medicaid coverage. This component of the bill has gained traction across the Republican spectrum, even among those lawmakers who generally oppose broader cuts to Medicaid. It marks a notable shift in the party’s approach, focusing on personal responsibility as a condition for receiving public health assistance.

Although the bill was rushed through the House with little time for additional analysis, it now faces a challenging path in the Senate. The upper chamber is divided, with some senators pushing for even deeper cuts, while others are wary of undermining Medicaid entirely. However, the idea of work requirements has received little resistance even from those concerned about broader funding reductions. This suggests a bipartisan understanding—at least in part—on enforcing stricter eligibility conditions for government-supported health care.

In a late-stage amendment designed to satisfy conservative demands, lawmakers moved up the timeline for these work requirements. Originally slated to begin on January 1, 2029, the new schedule would see implementation start as soon as December 31, 2026. Additionally, the change restricts future presidential administrations from expanding exemptions to these work requirements. This preemptive move limits future executive discretion and locks in the policy’s rigid framework, preventing any future loosening of the rule for vulnerable populations.

States that fail tocomply with the new mandates could face financial penalties in the form of lost Medicaid funding. If a state continues to offer coverage to individuals who cannot demonstrate eligibility under the new rules, it risks forfeiting substantial federal support. This provision is designed to ensure strict adherence, effectively coercing states into compliance through financial pressure.

Despite the significance of the bill, lawmakers moved quickly to approve the amended version, bypassing an updated cost analysis from the Congressional Budget Office (CBO). As a result, the precise fiscal impact of the revised legislation remains uncertain. However, under the original version of the bill, the introduction of work requirements was projected to save the federal government $280 billion over a six-year span. This figure representsnearly three times the amount the CBO had estimated would be saved under an earlier Republican plan.

These substantial projected savings, however, are not the result of increased efficiency or lower administrative costs. Rather, they would largely be achieved by reducing the number of people enrolled in Medicaid. Millions are expected to lose their coverage due to the new barriers introduced by the work requirements and other eligibility restrictions.

The real-world impact of such policies is already somewhat evident. Two states that previously experimented with similar work requirements encounterednumerous problems, most notably administrative red tape. In these cases, many eligible individuals lost coverage simply because of data entry mistakes or failures in processing paperwork. These errors, often bureaucratic rather than intentional, left thousands without access to vital health services.

Experts are now warning that giving states less than two years to implement these new and complex verification systems is likely to result in widespread problems. “Experts predict giving states less than two years to set up complicated verification systems is inviting disaster and will result in many people getting wrongly kicked off Medicaid,” the article notes. Critics argue that the shortened timeline combined with the technical challenges involved will inevitably cause eligible recipients to be mistakenly removed from the rolls.

Supporters of the bill maintain that work requirements will encourage employment and reduce dependency on government programs. But opponents point to the experiences of Arkansas and New Hampshire—two states that piloted work requirement programs—as cautionary tales. In Arkansas, more than 18,000 people lost Medicaid coverage within months due to non-compliance, many because they didn’t understand or weren’t properly notified about the new rules. In New Hampshire, the policy was suspended before it could take full effect amid concerns about its implementation and fairness.

The bill also includes a freeze on provider taxes, a source of revenue that some states use to fund their share of Medicaid costs. By freezing these taxes, the federal government aims to prevent states from using them to draw down more federal dollars than intended. This measure, while technical, is part of the broader effort to rein in federal spending on the program.

Additionally, the bill targets states that offer Medicaid benefits to undocumented immigrants, proposing to cut federal funding for those jurisdictions. This aligns with broader Republican efforts to tighten immigration policies and ensure that federal resources are directed solely toward legal residents and citizens.

While the House vote represents a major step forward for Republican priorities on health care reform, the bill’s future remains uncertain. Senate negotiations are expected to be contentious, especially as moderate Republicans and Democrats push back against the more drastic provisions. Still, the inclusion of work requirements has emerged as a relatively unifying concept, one that may serve as a starting point for any eventual compromise.

In summary, the legislation passed by the House represents a bold effort by Republicans to reshape Medicaid by imposing stricter eligibility standards and reducing federal expenditures. Although pitched as a cost-saving initiative, the plan’s success hinges on excluding millions from coverage. The rush to legislate before a full CBO analysis and the shortened implementation timeline raise concerns among experts and advocates alike about the feasibility and fairness of the proposed changes.

As the debate moves to the Senate, the central question will be whether these changes can gain enough support without significantly undermining the basic function of Medicaid—to provide health coverage for those most in need.

Trump Administration Revokes Harvard’s Certification to Enroll International Students Amid Compliance Dispute

Harvard University has been stripped of its Student and Exchange Visitor Program (SEVP) certification, a decision that now prevents the institution from enrolling new international students and forces current international students to transfer or risk losing their legal immigration status in the United States. This immediate action by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) was confirmed in a letter from Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem to Harvard, as first reported by The New York Times.

The DHS announcement marks a significant escalation in tensions between Harvard and the federal government, particularly under the Trump administration. According to the press release from the department, Harvard’s certification has been revoked “effective immediately,” which means the prestigious university no longer has the legal authority to host international students.

This punitive measure stems from Harvard’s refusal to comply with a recent government request for detailed information about its international student body. Specifically, the Trump administration sought records tied to “criminality and misconduct of foreign students on its campus.” Harvard declined to provide the requested data, leading to the current crackdown.

Jason Newton, Harvard’s director of media relations and communications, responded strongly to the move in a statement to Forbes. “The government’s action was unlawful,” he asserted. Newton emphasized that the university is “fully committed to maintaining Harvard’s ability to host our international students and scholars,” and warned that the “retaliatory action threatens serious harm to the Harvard community and our country, and undermines Harvard’s academic and research mission.”

The Trump administration, however, has signaled that it may reconsider the revocation if Harvard complies with its conditions within 72 hours. According to the letter from Noem, the university must provide extensive documentation including audio and video recordings of “any illegal, dangerous or violent activity,” along with evidence of “threats to other students or university personnel” committed by international students over the past five years. The DHS has also demanded access to disciplinary records and video footage of any protest activity involving international students on Harvard’s campus within the same timeframe.

The backdrop to this conflict involves a broader federal investigation. Harvard is among roughly 60 universities under scrutiny for alleged antisemitism. On April 11, the administration accused the school of failing to meet both “intellectual and civil rights conditions that justify federal investment.” In response to earlier demands, the Trump administration called for “meaningful governance” reforms at Harvard and requested ongoing federal oversight of the institution. Harvard pushed back, stating through its legal counsel that it could not “allow itself to be taken over by the federal government” and refused to “accept the government’s terms as an agreement in principle.”

Following this refusal, the administration froze an estimated $2.2 billion in federal grants to Harvard. The university responded by suing the federal government, arguing that the freeze was “unlawful and beyond the government’s authority.”

Harvard’s international student population is substantial and diverse. According to official university figures, 6,793 international students are enrolled at Harvard during the 2024-25 academic year. This accounts for nearly 27% of the student body. The revocation decision, therefore, has far-reaching implications not just for the university but for thousands of students from around the globe.

Abdullah Shahid Sial, an international student from Pakistan and co-president of Harvard’s undergraduate student body, described the atmosphere on campus to the Boston Globe. “People are more scared than ever…This is a story which is way bigger than an individual. It’s not just about internationals at Harvard,it’s about internationals everywhere…we want to make sure that people put up an opposition.”

In defending the federal government’s action, Noem stated in the DHS release, “Harvard had plenty of opportunity to do the right thing. It refused. Let this serve as a warning to all universities and academic institutions across the country.”

The backlash has been swift and vocal. Lawrence Summers, a former U.S. Treasury Secretary who served as Harvard’s president from 2001 to 2006, criticized the administration’s decision in an interview with Bloomberg. “This is vicious, it is illegal, it is unwise, and it is very damaging,” he said. Summers added, “Why does it make any sense at all to stop 6000 enormously talented young people who want to come to the United States to study from having that opportunity? Why is punishing them the right thing to do?”

The revocation of Harvard’s SEVP certification, if not reversed, could also trigger broader academic and diplomatic consequences. The university’s international students, many of whom contribute to research, innovation, and the global reputation of American higher education, now face uncertainty about their futures. For Harvard, the move is not just a legal or financial issue, but a fundamental challenge to its identity as a global educational institution.

The administration’s action also sends a chilling message to other academic institutions that might find themselves at odds with federal policies or demands. With the warning issued by Noem, it is clear that the Trump administration is willing to use immigration and funding mechanisms as leverage in disputes with universities.

Harvard now faces a complex and urgent dilemma: whether to comply with the federal demands and potentially compromise its principles of academic independence and student privacy, or to continue its legal battle with the risk of permanent damage to its international programs and funding.

The next 72 hours will be crucial. If the university fails to meet the DHS requirements within that period, the fate of thousands of international students will remain in jeopardy. Meanwhile, Harvard’s lawsuit over the $2.2 billion in frozen grants continues to unfold, adding legal complexity to an already explosive political and academic confrontation.

This conflict between Harvard and the Trump administration underscores a larger national debate over academic freedom, government oversight, and the rights of international students. As this story develops, the outcome may well set a precedent for how the U.S. government interacts with institutions of higher education and how those institutions defend their autonomy in a politically charged environment.

House Republicans Revise Tax and Spending Bill to Secure Passage

In a last-ditch effort to unify their ranks, House Republican leaders have made substantial revisions to a broad tax and spending bill. These changes, aimed at appeasing both conservative and moderate factions within the GOP, target key issues such as the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, Medicaid reforms, energy tax credits, gender-affirming care, and federal retirement benefits. The updates are part of a manager’s amendment designed to secure enough votes to bring the legislation to the House floor for a vote.

One of the most notable updates involves the timeline for Medicaid work requirements. Originally, the House version of what Republicans dubbed Trump’s “big, beautiful bill” had scheduled these requirements to begin in early 2029. However, under pressure from fiscal conservatives eager to cut spending, the implementation date has been significantly accelerated. Now, the new provisions stipulate that the work requirements must be in place no later than the end of 2025. This push aligns with conservative efforts to discourage Medicaid expansion and tighten eligibility criteria.

Another major change is in the SALT deduction cap, a contentious issue for GOP moderates representing high-tax states. Initially, the legislation proposed raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for households earning up to $400,000. The revised version expands that relief further, increasing the cap to $40,000 for individuals earning up to $500,000. This move came in response to intense pressure from moderate Republicans, who warned that they might oppose the bill unless it provided greater tax relief to their constituents. The SALT deduction, which allows residents to subtract certain state and local taxes from their federal tax obligations, is especially valuable in Democratic-leaning states with higher tax rates.

Energy policy also saw significant adjustments. The updated bill accelerates the phase-out of green energy tax credits, a demand from conservative hardliners who felt the previous timeline was too lenient. The original version allowed projects to begin receiving partial credits through 2032, provided they began producing electricity after 2028. The new versioneliminates these partial credits altogether. Now, any project that starts generating electricity after 2028 will be ineligible for the credits. Moreover, to qualify, projects must commence construction within 60 days of the bill becoming law.

Despite the tougher rules, the revised legislation includes a carve-out for nuclear power. Under this exception, nuclear projects only need to start construction — not electricity production — by the end of 2028 in order to qualify for the credit. This distinction reflects growing Republican interest in promoting nuclear energy as a reliable and non-carbon source of power.

On the issue of gender-affirming care, the changes reflect a broader ideological shift. The original bill sought to block Medicaid funding for gender transition procedures for minors. The updated version takes that a step further by extending the ban to adults as well. This amendment underscores the increasing GOP efforts to limit government support for gender-affirming healthcare across all age groups.

Another symbolic but politically charged change is the renaming of “MAGA accounts” — an acronym for “Money Accounts for Growth and Advancement.” These savings accounts, proposed as a tool to promote education, will now be officially called “Trump accounts.” The proposal includes a provision for the federal government to deposit $1,000 into these accounts for each child born between January 1, 2025, and December 31, 2028. The rebranding aligns the bill more closely with the president’s identity and could help rally support from his base.

Environmental and public lands provisions were also revised. In response to backlash, Republicans removed a controversial amendment that would have allowed certain public lands in Utah and Nevada to be sold. In addition, the updated text deletes requirements for expanded oil drilling in Alaska’s National Petroleum Reserve and eliminates the mandate for a mining road in the state. These changes came after concerns were raised about environmental impacts and the rushed nature of those original additions.

In another key revision, the bill drops a proposal targeting retirement benefits for federal workers — a move that had drawn criticism from both sides of the aisle. Initially, the legislation suggested calculating federal pensions based on a worker’s highest five years of earnings, rather than the top three, which is the current law. This would have effectively reduced retirement payouts for many government employees.

Rep. Mike Turner, a Republican from Ohio, vocally opposed this part of the bill. “Making changes to pensions and retirement benefits in the middle of someone’s employment is wrong,” Turner said in a quote obtained by GovExec. “Changing the rules, especially when someone has already been vested in their benefits, is wrong. Employee benefits are not a gift, they’re earned.”

He continued, “I understand the need for reform, and we can certainly have changes occur for the benefits of new hires, but for current employees, to change the rules for people in the middle of the game is just wrong.”

This criticism helped galvanize support for removing the provision. Turner’s comments reflect a broader concern among federal employees and lawmakers who feared the change would undermine the government’s credibility as an employer.

Taken together, the amendments reveal a concerted effort by House GOP leadership to balance competing interests within their caucus. By addressing concerns from both moderates and conservatives, they aim to prevent defections and ensure the bill’s survival. The revised legislation now reflects a more aggressive timeline for cost savings, additional tax relief for higher earners in blue states, sharper restrictions on gender-affirming care, a stronger alignment with Trump branding, and more cautious environmental provisions.

These last-minute updates underscore the high stakes of the legislative battle, as Republican leaders seek to deliver a policy victory that aligns with both their fiscal priorities and their political base. With these changes in place, they hope to move the bill swiftly through the House — though its fate in the Senate remains uncertain.

Pope Leo XIV Appoints Sr. Tiziana Merletti as Secretary of Key Vatican Dicastery

In his first major leadership appointment within the Roman Curia, Pope Leo XIV has selected Sr. Tiziana Merletti, a canon lawyer and member of the Franciscan Sisters of the Poor, to serve as secretary of the Dicastery for Institutes of Consecrated Life and Societies of Apostolic Life. This appointment marks a significant step in the new Pope’s efforts to shape the Vatican’s administrative structure early in his papacy.

Sr. Merletti will be taking over the position from Consolata Missionary Sr. Simona Brambilla. Earlier this year, in January, Pope Francis had named Brambilla as the prefect of the dicastery, making her the first woman ever to lead a Vatican dicastery. With Merletti now stepping into the role of secretary, another woman is taking a top-level role within the same department, reflecting a growing presence of women in leadership positions within the Vatican.

The announcement of Merletti’s appointment was made public by the Vatican on May 22. Following the news, the International Union of Superiors General (UISG) expressed its appreciation for Pope Leo XIV’s decision and extended warm congratulations to Merletti. The UISG, which represents superiors general of women’s religious orders around the world, highlighted her significant contributions to the Church through her expertise in canon law and her work in safeguarding.

“As a member of the union’s canon law council and a member of the Commission for Safeguarding operated jointly by the men’s and women’s unions of superiors, her contributions are a gift to our global network, promoting justice, care and integrity in consecrated life,” the UISG said in a statement. “We congratulate Sr. Tiziana on this important mission and assure her of our prayers as she takes on this new responsibility in service to consecrated life around the world.”

The Dicastery for Institutes of Consecrated Life and Societies of Apostolic Life plays a vital role in the governance and guidance of religious life within the Catholic Church. According to the apostolic constitution that outlines the structure and responsibilities of the Roman Curia, this dicastery is “called to promote, encourage and regulate the practice of the evangelical counsels, how they are lived out in the approved forms of consecrated life and all matters concerning the life and activity of Societies of Apostolic Life throughout the Latin Church.”

This means the dicastery oversees matters related to the spiritual and organizational well-being of religious communities, including women and men who have dedicated their lives to the Church through vows of poverty, chastity, and obedience. Its jurisdiction includes religious sisters, brothers, and priests who live in community, as well as those who serve in apostolic ministries across the globe.

The scale of religious life in the Catholic Church is substantial. Based on the latest Vatican statistics, there are nearly 600,000 women who have professed religious vows. In addition, there are about 128,500 priests belonging to religious orders and roughly 50,000 religious brothers. These individuals form the foundation of numerous ministries in education, healthcare, social services, and evangelization efforts around the world.

Sr. Tiziana Merletti brings with her decades of experience in both leadership and scholarship. She was born in the town of Pineto, Italy, and is currently 65 years old. Before entering religious life, she completed a degree in civil law, demonstrating early on her aptitude for rigorous academic study and legal reasoning.

She took her first vows as a member of the Franciscan Sisters of the Poor in 1986. This religious congregation is known for its dedication to serving the most vulnerable members of society, inspired by the values of St. Francis of Assisi. Following her profession of vows, Merletti pursued further academic study, and in 1992 she earned a doctorate in canon law from the Pontifical Lateran University in Rome.

From 2004 to 2013, she served as the superior general of the Franciscan Sisters of the Poor, a role that gave her deep insight into the challenges and hopes of religious life in the modern world. During her tenure, she provided guidance to members of the congregation across various countries and contexts, further deepening her understanding of global religious communities.

At the time of her recent appointment, Merletti was based in Rome where she had been teaching canon law at the Pontifical Antonianum University. In addition to her academic responsibilities, she served as a canon law expert with the UISG, lending her expertise to discussions and decisions affecting religious orders around the world. Her dual role as a teacher and advisor positioned her as a respected figure within the international community of religious women.

Her appointment by Pope Leo XIV reflects the continuation of a broader trend initiated under Pope Francis: the increasing inclusion of women in positions of leadership within the Catholic Church. Although the Church continues to reserve ordained ministry to men, it has expanded opportunities for women to take up important roles in governance and administration.

The choice of Merletti, with her extensive background in both law and leadership, suggests a papacy that intends to maintain and build upon the foundations laid by its predecessor. Pope Leo XIV appears committed to fostering a Curia that is reflective of the broader Church, valuing competence and service over hierarchy alone.

As Sr. Merletti assumes her new position, she will be tasked with supporting the prefect in overseeing the vitality and regulation of consecrated life worldwide. Her legal expertise will be particularly important in evaluating new religious communities, addressing internal governance issues, and helping religious orders navigate the complex intersection of Church law and modern social realities.

The UISG’s statement of support underscores the confidence the global community of religious women has in Merletti’s ability to lead. “We congratulate Sr. Tiziana on this important mission and assure her of our prayers,” they said, expressing not only encouragement but also the hope that she will bring a spirit of compassion, justice, and fidelity to her new role.

Sr. Tiziana Merletti’s journey—from a law student in Italy to a top Vatican official—exemplifies the possibilities of religious service in today’s Church. Her blend of academic discipline, spiritual commitment, and global awareness uniquely equips her to guide the dicastery in fulfilling its mission to support and nurture consecrated life across the Catholic world.

Geologists Uncover Zealandia: Earth’s Hidden Continent Beneath the South Pacific

Deep within the South Pacific Ocean lies a massive stretch of land that has largely remained concealed beneath the waves. Known as Zealandia, this vast underwater expanse covers nearly two million square miles, or about five million square kilometers, and is now being considered by many geologists as Earth’s newest continent. Only a small portion of it—roughly five percent—rises above sea level in places like New Zealand. Scientists believe Zealandia broke off from ancient supercontinents millions of years ago, making it a significant geological discovery.

Zealandia’s Ancient Origins

Geologist Nick Mortimer of GNS Science has led efforts to unravel Zealandia’s past. He and fellow researchers traced its history back more than 100 million years, to the era when a supercontinent called Gondwana dominated the southern hemisphere. Gondwana once included what are now South America, Africa, Antarctica, Australia, and parts of Asia.

Over time, Gondwana began to break apart, with different land masses drifting in various directions. One of these drifting sections eventually formed Zealandia. The landmass, once above sea level, began to submerge due to changes in tectonic pressures.

Around 85 million years ago, Zealandia started to separate from West Antarctica. It later detached from Australia, becoming an isolated landmass. As time passed, the continental crust in the region became thinner and cooler, eventually sinking beneath the ocean. Today, Zealandia remains mostly submerged, yet it carries tremendous scientific importance.

Clues from Geological Exploration

Although geologists had long speculated that this submerged region had continental characteristics, it wasn’t widely acknowledged as a separate continent. For years, underwater ridges and plateaus were thought to be disjointed fragments rather than parts of a unified landmass.

However, recent scientific advances have shifted that view. Researchers utilized geochronology, a technique that determines the age of rocks by analyzing the decay of radioactive elements, to build a timeline of Zealandia’s formation.

“By dating these rocks and studying the magnetic anomalies they presented, we were able to map the major geological units across North Zealandia,” the researchers explained. This helped demonstrate that the submerged terrain shares core traits with other continents.

Rock samples gathered from Zealandia’s northern areas revealed a diverse collection of sandstone, volcanic stones, and basaltic lava, dating from the Early Cretaceous to the Eocene epoch. These findings confirmed the region’s geological consistency and ancient origins.

Magnetic Evidence Strengthens the Case

Magnetic analysis also provided compelling support for Zealandia’s classification as a continent. By examining magnetic anomalies—variations in the Earth’s magnetic field caused by geological features—researchers identified clear patterns related to past volcanic events. These anomalies matched the ages of the rocks obtained from undersea dredging, aligning with known volcanic pulses from the Cretaceous and Eocene periods.

The researchers discovered intraplate basalt formations, which typically form within a tectonic plate rather than along its edges. These consistent magnetic and geological signals suggested that Zealandia was not merely random pieces of ocean crust but a structured and cohesive landmass.

Tectonic Forces Behind the Submersion

The sinking of Zealandia was largely driven by tectonic plate movements. These massive plates constantly shift over geological time. In some places, they collide, causing one plate to be forced under another—a process called subduction.

As Zealandia’s crust stretched and thinned, seawater eventually covered most of the land. Only a few islands remain above sea level today. These changes were caused by the gradual stretching and shifting of tectonic plates beneath the Pacific region.

Why Zealandia Matters

Understanding Zealandia helps scientists better comprehend how continents evolve under different tectonic forces. The sunken landmass holds valuable clues about Earth’s distant past, including its climate history and plate tectonic dynamics.

“Zealandia’s underwater status in no way diminishes its geological significance,” said a researcher from GNS Science. Despite being submerged, the continent retains features that offer insights into how land masses change shape and move over millions of years.

Sedimentary rocks found across Zealandia indicate that some regions remained above water even after its separation from other continents. Meanwhile, basalt samples point to newer volcanic activity triggered by shifting plate boundaries.

Combining rock dating techniques, magnetic readings, and tectonic models allowed scientists to accurately map Zealandia’s boundaries and internal zones. This growing body of evidence supports its recognition as a true continent.

Unexplored Regions Await Discovery

Large parts of Zealandia still remain unexplored. Advanced technologies such as deep-sea drilling and seismic imaging are expected to uncover more about the region’s geological structure and history.

Researchers hope to use this data to understand how drifting continents impact sea levels, climate systems, and biodiversity over time. Each new discovery has the potential to reshape our understanding of how Earth’s surface evolves.

While other submerged land fragments, called microcontinents, exist around the world, Zealandia stands out because of its sheer size and completeness. It represents not only a vast archive of Earth’s geological history but also a reminder that much of our planet remains hidden from view.

Future international research efforts will likely refine the current knowledge of Zealandia’s role in global tectonics. New studies may also contribute to broader discussions on what qualifies as a continent in modern geological terms.

In short, Zealandia’s discovery adds a new chapter to Earth science, illustrating the dynamic nature of our planet’s crust. It challenges existing definitions and highlights the need for continued exploration beneath the oceans. As research continues, this submerged giant may take its place alongside the seven recognized continents, forever changing the way we see the world.

Coca-Cola Faces Global Boycott Over Plastic Pollution Concerns

One of the world’s leading beverage giants, Coca-Cola, is facing a wave of consumer backlash due to its environmental practices, particularly its role in plastic pollution, according to a recent report by Screenshot Media.

Coca-Cola has earned the notorious distinction of being the worst plastic polluter on the planet for six years in a row. The company reportedly distributes over 100 billion single-use plastic bottles every year, many of which are discarded in landfills or end up polluting the world’s oceans.

In a stark projection, the conservation group Oceana warned that by the year 2030, Coca-Cola products alone could be responsible for introducing around 602 million kilograms—or roughly 1.32 billion pounds—of plastic waste annually into the world’s oceans and waterways.

Environmental organizations, including Greenpeace, have been vocal critics of Coca-Cola’s ongoing dependence on single-use plastics and its entanglement with fossil fuel-based materials. Activists have turned to social media to spotlight the company’s environmental footprint and are encouraging people to participate in boycotts.

The broader concern of plastic pollution is pressing due to its significant impact on human health and the natural world. When single-use plastic bottles degrade, they break down into microplastics. These tiny plastic fragments eventually infiltrate ecosystems and enter the human food chain. Alarming studies have discovered microplastics in human lungs, bloodstream, and even in placental tissue.

Plastic pollution is equally devastating for wildlife. Marine creatures often mistake plastic waste for food, leading to fatal consequences such as starvation or internal injuries. Additionally, some bird species have been observed incorporating plastic debris into their nests, inadvertently exposing their chicks to toxic substances.

Beyond its physical dangers, plastic production contributes massively to climate change. The process of manufacturing and distributing plastic bottles releases vast amounts of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases. Every phase—from production to transportation—adds to the environmental cost of each beverage bought in a plastic bottle.

To its credit, Coca-Cola has acknowledged the issue and pledged to take action. The company has initiated several programs aimed at curbing its plastic footprint. These include investments in recycling infrastructure and a public commitment to collect and recycle the equivalent of every plastic bottle it sells by the year 2030. In an attempt to curb cap litter, Coca-Cola has also started using attached bottle caps in certain markets. Despite these efforts, critics argue that the pace of change remains insufficient.

Meanwhile, environmental advocacy groups continue to ramp up pressure on major corporations to take full responsibility for the pollution caused by their products. Consumer-led boycotts have emerged as an effective way to push companies toward adopting more sustainable alternatives and packaging options.

Consumers are being encouraged to make conscious choices when it comes to beverage purchases. Opting for drinks in aluminum cans or glass bottles is recommended, as these materials are more likely to be recycled effectively. Individuals can also reduce their environmental impact by using refillable water bottles rather than purchasing single-use beverages.

Legislative change plays an essential role in addressing plastic waste on a larger scale. Supporting local, state, and national policies that restrict the use of single-use plastics can lead to meaningful improvements. Across the United States, many communities have enacted bans on plastic bags and plastic straws, demonstrating how even modest regulatory shifts can result in significant environmental benefits.

Recycling remains one of the most accessible actions consumers can take. Ensuring that plastic bottles and other containers are properly sorted and recycled helps prevent them from ending up in natural habitats and waterways, where they pose the greatest risk.

The question of whether the U.S. has a plastic waste problem is increasingly on people’s minds. Public sentiment varies, with some believing the problem is widespread, others seeing it as localized, and a few uncertain about the extent of the issue. Nonetheless, environmental groups stress that every action, from conscious purchasing to proper disposal, contributes to a larger solution.

Plastic pollution is not only a pressing ecological concern but also a public health issue. The long-term consequences of microplastics in the body are still being researched, but the presence of these particles in vital organs is an alarming sign. In the words of Greenpeace and other activists, the continued use of single-use plastics by corporations like Coca-Cola shows a disregard for the long-term wellbeing of both people and the planet.

The conversation surrounding plastic pollution has evolved from an environmental issue to one of social responsibility and corporate ethics. With growing awareness, consumers are using their voices—and their purchasing power—to demand real change. Social media has played a pivotal role in spreading information and organizing collective action, amplifying calls for sustainability and accountability.

As the Oceana report starkly illustrates, Coca-Cola’s environmental impact is not merely a hypothetical concern for future generations but a current and ongoing contributor to oceanic and global plastic waste. “By 2030, Coca-Cola products will contribute approximately 602 million kilograms of plastic waste to the world’s oceans and waterways yearly,” the report warned, emphasizing the urgency of the situation.

Although Coca-Cola has introduced measures to combat the crisis, such as collecting and recycling the equivalent of every bottle it sells by 2030 and attaching bottle caps to reduce litter, many environmentalists feel these actions fall short of what is necessary. “Greenpeace has criticized the corporation’s continued reliance on single-use plastics and its connections to fossil fuels,” underscoring persistent doubts about the company’s commitment to genuine environmental reform.

While Coca-Cola remains one of the most recognizable brands globally, this recognition now comes with increasing scrutiny. Environmental organizations and everyday consumers alike are questioning whether the convenience of a plastic bottle is worth the long-term damage it causes.

By making thoughtful choices—choosing glass or aluminum containers, reusing water bottles, backing local legislation, and recycling properly—consumers can be part of the solution. These small changes, multiplied across millions of people, have the potential to push even the largest corporations to reconsider their role in plastic pollution.

Ultimately, the responsibility does not lie with consumers alone. True progress requires companies like Coca-Cola to not only pledge change but to demonstrate measurable, transparent efforts toward sustainable packaging and reduced environmental harm.

As the global call for environmental responsibility grows louder, Coca-Cola now faces a defining challenge: will it rise to meet the moment, or continue to be seen as a symbol of the plastic pollution crisis?

India Launches New User-Friendly Portal to Simplify OCI Card Application Process

On May 19, 2025, the Indian government introduced a redesigned online portal aimed at simplifying the process for applying for Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) cards. The new system features an upgraded user interface that promises to make the registration procedure easier and more efficient for applicants worldwide. With over 5 million current OCI cardholders, the revamped portal now supports more than 180 Indian diplomatic missions abroad and 12 Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRROs), making it a significant step toward streamlining global access to OCI services.

Understanding the OCI Designation

The OCI designation is meant for individuals with Indian ancestry or heritage who previously held Indian citizenship but have since acquired citizenship in another country. These individuals are registered under Section 7A of the Citizenship Act, 1955. OCI status provides a lifelong visa to India and other benefits, although it does not equate to full citizenship.

Distinction Between OCI and NRI

There is often confusion between Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) and Overseas Citizens of India (OCIs). An NRI is someone who is still an Indian citizen holding an Indian passport but resides abroad for reasons such as work, education, or business. Unlike OCIs, NRIs retain full political rights in India, including the right to vote. OCI cardholders, by contrast, are foreign nationals who once held Indian citizenship or have Indian roots. They do not hold Indian passports but are permitted to live in India indefinitely without requiring a visa.

Key Features of the New OCI Portal

According to a press release by the Press Information Bureau (PIB), the newly launched portal incorporates several modern features designed to enhance user experience. These include a more intuitive user sign-up process and a segmented registration menu to help applicants navigate more easily. One notable improvement is the automatic filling of user profile information in the registration forms, reducing manual data entry.

Applicants will now be able to view both completed and in-progress applications through a personalized dashboard. For those filing their applications through FRROs, an integrated online payment gateway is now available. Additional enhancements include detailed Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) and smoother navigation across different stages of the application.

Another improvement is the classification of required documents based on the application type, making it easier for users to upload the correct documents. Applicants will also be able to make edits to their forms at any point prior to final submission. The portal sends reminders to verify the provided information before submitting the application, thereby reducing errors.

To assist applicants in meeting format requirements, the portal features a built-in tool to crop images of their photographs and signatures. This addition is especially helpful for those who previously faced issues with image specifications.

Additionally, the portal will clearly display eligibility criteria and required documentation based on the type of application selected, thereby improving transparency and reducing confusion.

Who Is Eligible to Apply for an OCI Card?

As outlined on the official OCI portal, any individual of full legal age and capacity who meets one of the following criteria can apply for an OCI card:

(i) A person who currently holds citizenship of another country but was an Indian citizen at the time of or at any point after the Constitution of India came into effect on January 26, 1950.

(ii) A foreign national who was eligible to become an Indian citizen when the Constitution commenced on January 26, 1950.

(iii) Someone who is a citizen of another country but whose place of origin became part of India after August 15, 1947.

(iv) A child, grandchild, or great-grandchild of any such individual.

In all these cases, the applicant must provide documentary evidence proving their lineage or earlier Indian citizenship.

Required Documents for OCI Card Application

To apply for an OCI card, applicants must submit a variety of documents. Although the list is not exhaustive, the essential items include:

  1. Proof of Present Citizenship: This can be a copy of the applicant’s current valid foreign passport or a certificate of registration or naturalisation in the new country of citizenship. If the applicant once held an Indian passport, they must also submit a copy of the cancelled or surrendered Indian passport along with the official Surrender Certificate.
  2. Proof of Address at the Place of Application: Acceptable documents include a utility bill, such as an electricity or telephone bill. These can be in the name of the applicant or their parent, grandparent, or spouse.
  3. Proof of Indian Ancestry: This includes documentation that demonstrates the applicant, or their parents, grandparents, or great-grandparents were Indian citizens at any time after the Constitution came into effect on January 26, 1950. Alternatively, they can provide evidence showing eligibility for Indian citizenship at that time.
  4. Proof of Relationship: If the applicant is claiming Indian origin through a parent, grandparent, or great-grandparent, they must also provide documents that establish that familial connection.
  5. Proof of Spousal Relationship: In cases where the applicant is married to a citizen of India or to an OCI cardholder, documents confirming the spousal relationship must be provided. These may include marriage certificates and the spouse’s OCI or Indian citizenship documents.

These requirements help ensure that only eligible individuals can obtain OCI cards while preserving the integrity of the application process.

Conclusion

The overhaul of the OCI portal marks a crucial step in enhancing digital accessibility for millions of individuals with Indian heritage across the globe. The government’s initiative simplifies the registration process by introducing user-centric features and robust tools to guide applicants. As more than five million OCI cardholders benefit from the updated system, the portal’s integration with over 180 Indian missions and 12 FRROs ensures broad and efficient access to vital consular services.

With the introduction of features such as automatic data population, built-in image cropping, categorized document uploads, and an application tracking dashboard, the revamped portal is poised to reduce errors, streamline approvals, and deliver a smoother experience for overseas Indians seeking to maintain a connection with their ancestral homeland.

As the PIB release states, “The new portal offers new features like user sign-up and segregation of the registration menu, along with auto-fill of user profile details in registration forms.” This underscores the government’s commitment to leveraging technology for more transparent and citizen-friendly governance.

BBC’s Bold Digital Leap Marks the End of Traditional TV Era

There was a time when the television set was the focal point of every household, a glowing screen around which families would gather to connect, be entertained, and stay informed. Whether it was soap operas or urgent news reports, television played a central role in shaping how generations engaged with content. However, that golden period now seems like a distant memory in a world dominated by rapid digital progress. The dominance of traditional TV is waning, giving way to streaming and digital platforms that better align with today’s fast-paced, on-demand lifestyle.

In a major announcement that reverberated through media industries around the globe, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC), long viewed as a paragon of trustworthy journalism and historic broadcasting, has unveiled a radical new strategy. Tim Davie, the BBC’s Director General, has announced that the broadcaster plans to discontinue all of its conventional television channels by the 2030s, transitioning completely to digital and online platforms.

“It’s a seismic shift,” said media analysts, highlighting the historic nature of this development. The BBC itself sees this as an unavoidable transformation. The reality is stark: fewer than one in four viewers from its previous audience base now rely on traditional television broadcasting. Even for a media giant like the BBC, which has stood for integrity and masterful storytelling since the early 1900s, the linear TV model has become increasingly unsustainable.

This shift isn’t happening in isolation. It is emblematic of a broader worldwide trend, and its effects are being felt keenly in countries like India. Television was once a cultural glue in India, with millions tuning in simultaneously to watch iconic serials or nightly news broadcasts. Today, while television sets still occupy physical space in many Indian homes, they are often left untouched. The proliferation of smartphones has drastically changed how people consume media. Now, news updates, entertainment programs, and even live sports events are being watched on mobile devices.

The familiar tradition of families sitting down together in the evening to watch the news has largely disappeared, replaced by instant news alerts, social media feeds, and video clips shared online. With younger viewers abandoning conventional TV, Indian broadcasters are facing growing financial strain. Advertising revenues are plummeting, and maintaining traditional channels has become increasingly difficult. To stay afloat and relevant, many local and regional TV networks are now making substantial investments in digital-first strategies.

The shift currently underway recalls past transitions in the media landscape — like the shift from radio to television. Older generations still recall the wonder of early radio broadcasts, often heard during the early morning hours, or the painstaking process of adjusting rooftop antennas to get a clear television picture. But today’s younger viewers, raised on mobile phones and Wi-Fi, are unlikely to even recognize an antenna, let alone experience the anticipation of waiting for a weekly episode to air at a specific time.

Now, over-the-top (OTT) platforms, YouTube channels, podcasts, and short-form videos dominate the media environment. Today’s audiences crave immediate access to content that is interactive, tailored, and available on demand. In contrast, traditional television, with its fixed schedules and passive viewing model, has become increasingly obsolete in the eyes of digital-native consumers.

Still, this does not mark the end of storytelling or content creation. Rather, it signals a profound evolution in how stories are told and shared. While the television set may no longer be the centerpiece of the household, storytelling remains as powerful as ever — just adapted to newer, smaller, and more portable screens. As the medium evolves, the essence of narrative continues to thrive, offering fresh ways to inform, inspire, and bring people together.

The BBC’s move toward a fully digital future can be seen as both a warning and a tribute. On the one hand, it underscores the rapid and inevitable decline of traditional television; on the other, it honors the legacy of TV’s transformative impact over the decades. By recognizing this shift and adapting accordingly, the BBC is not abandoning its mission but reshaping it for the realities of a connected, mobile-first generation.

“The platform may change, but the message endures: storytelling, in any form, still has the power to shape the world,” a poignant reminder that while technology may shift, the core human desire for narrative remains undiminished.

In the years ahead, as other global broadcasters observe and perhaps follow suit, this shift may redefine how entire populations engage with news and entertainment. But one thing is clear: television, once a powerful unifier of societies, is moving into its next chapter — not vanishing, but transforming. The audience is still there; it’s just watching from a different screen.

Memorial Day Gas Prices Hit 20-Year Low, Encouraging More Road Trips

If you’re gearing up for a Memorial Day road trip, there’s good news on the horizon: when adjusted for inflation, gas prices this year could be the lowest for the holiday weekend since 2003. According to the gas price tracking service GasBuddy, the national average price of gasoline is expected to hover around $3.08 per gallon, a notable drop from last year’s $3.58 per gallon during the same period.

“This year’s relatively lower prices are influenced by lower crude oil costs amid an increase in oil production from OPEC+, the potential for a nuclear deal with Iran, and some economic uncertainty,” GasBuddy stated in a press release. The company also noted that as summer advances and seasonal refinery maintenance comes to a close, the average national gas price might dip below $3 per gallon at certain points.

While the national average stands at $3.08, some locations are seeing even more favorable prices. Quartz identified rates as low as $2.33 per gallon in Horn Lake, Mississippi, and $2.41 in Spartanburg, South Carolina. On the other end of the spectrum, gas prices reached $3.73 per gallon at a Sam’s Club in Pearl City, Hawaii.

AAA’s current fuel price index shows a slightly higher national average of $3.17 per gallon. The highest statewide average belongs to California at $4.89 per gallon, followed closely by Hawaii at $4.48. The most affordable prices are predominantly in the southern states, with Mississippi leading the pack at an average of $2.66 per gallon.

Travelers across the U.S. are taking notice of these lower fuel costs. According to data from GasBuddy.com, 69% of Americans are planning road trips over the coming months. The company’s survey also revealed that most people aren’t limiting themselves to just one excursion—32% plan to take at least two trips this season. Additionally, many of these travelers are going the distance, with 40% anticipating drives of more than five hours to reach their destinations.

Memorial Day stands out as the most preferred summer holiday for road trips, followed by the Fourth of July and Labor Day weekend, according to GasBuddy’s findings.

Mercedes Zach, a travel expert affiliated with ASAP Tickets, believes that the decline in fuel costs is giving road travel a significant advantage over air travel this summer. “As fuel prices remain quite favorable, many see this as an additional motivation to travel by car; that’s especially valid for larger traveler groups, such as larger families, where flying gets expensive fast,” Zach said.

Zach further explained that trip durations may vary based on regional fuel prices. “While on the East Coast, where the fuel is cheaper, people are probably more likely to plan longer road trips and vacations as they can afford more,” she said. Conversely, she expects that West Coast residents may opt for shorter excursions, given the comparatively high gasoline prices in that region.

The combination of lower gas prices and the desire to travel is expected to create busy highways this summer, especially during major holiday weekends. While airfare costs remain elevated for many destinations, the affordability of driving is encouraging more Americans to hit the open road.

In summary, the combination of global oil market factors, seasonal trends, and economic variables is resulting in a rare break for consumers at the pump. Memorial Day travelers in particular will be the first to benefit from what could be one of the most cost-effective driving seasons in years.

With travel habits shifting in response to these economic factors, it’sevident that Americans are eager to take advantage of every opportunity to travel more for less. And this Memorial Day, the road is calling louder than it has in decades.

British Ex-Soldiers Set Everest Record With Controversial Xenon-Aided Ascent

Four former British special forces soldiers have made headlines by scaling Mount Everest in less than five days, bypassing the traditional acclimatisation period. Their record-setting climb was made possible through a high-speed expedition that used xenon gas to help them prepare for the extreme altitudes. This innovative, yet controversial method has stirred debate within the mountaineering community.

Among the climbers was Alastair Carns, a UK government minister and veterans minister. The team successfully reached the summit of the world’s tallest mountain early on Wednesday, marking a notable achievement in mountaineering. They employed a method that allowed them to pre-acclimatise to the thin air at high altitudes using xenon, a gas not typically associated with mountaineering.

Normally, climbers spend six to eight weeks on Everest to adjust to the altitude. However, the organisers of this expedition claim xenon allowed the team to ascend rapidly without experiencing the usual symptoms of altitude sickness. Despite the record, it was clarified that this was not the fastest ascent overall—Lhakpa Gelu Sherpa still holds that title, having ascended from base camp to the summit in 10 hours and 56 minutes back in 2003, but only after acclimatising on the mountain.

The British team, supported by five Sherpa guides and a cameraman, reached the Everest summit at 8,849 metres (29,032 feet) and began descending shortly afterward. Lukas Furtenbach, the expedition organiser, said, “They started on the afternoon of 16th May and summited on the morning of the 21st, taking four days and approximately 18 hours.”

Traditionally, climbers spend several weeks at Everest, moving between base camp and progressively higher camps to allow their bodies to adjust to lower oxygen levels. This slow process is crucial because, above 8,000 metres—known as the “death zone”—oxygen availability drops to one-third of that at sea level, posing significant risks.

Instead of undergoing the usual acclimatisation on the mountain, the four men completed a three-month pre-acclimatisation program using special hypoxic tents. These tents simulate high-altitude conditions by removing oxygen from the air with the help of a generator, mimicking the oxygen levels found on Everest. The team slept in these tents for six weeks before departing for Nepal.

Once in Nepal, they flew from Kathmandu to Everest base camp and began their climb immediately. Like other climbers, they used supplemental oxygen during the ascent. But the key difference was the pre-expedition use of xenon gas, inhaled at a German clinic two weeks before the trip. “It helps to protect the body from altitude sickness,” said MrFurtenbach.

The theory behind xenon use is that it boosts the production of erythropoietin, a protein that increases red blood cell count, thereby improving the body’s ability to carry oxygen. This mechanism could help the body combat hypoxia—a condition triggered by low oxygen levels. However, the scientific consensus on the effectiveness of xenon remains unsettled, and experts are calling for more research.

The use of xenon in mountaineering has drawn criticism from some in the industry. The International Climbing and Mountaineering Federation issued a warning earlier this year, stating, “According to current literature, there is no evidence that breathing in xenon improves performance in the mountains, and inappropriate use can be dangerous.”

They added, “Acclimatisation to altitude is a complex process that affects the various organs/systems such as the brain, lungs, heart, kidneys and blood to different degrees, and is not fully understood. From a physiological point of view, a single, one-off drug cannot be the key to improved acclimatisation or increased performance.”

Adrian Ballinger, a seasoned expedition leader whose team ascends Everest from the Chinese side, supports pre-acclimatisation through hypoxic tents but opposes the use of xenon gas. “If you’re promoting xenon as a performance enhancer, but you’re not also willing to examine what that means for fairness and integrity in the mountains, it’s a problem,” he told the BBC. “People are grasping at shortcuts instead of doing the real work of acclimatisation and training.”

The success of the British team has sparked concerns that others may try to replicate this method. Some worry this could fundamentally change the mountaineering experience and impact the tourism economy in Nepal, which relies heavily on long-duration expeditions.

“If that happens then it will certainly have a direct, negative impact on the tourism industry as the length of time mountaineers stay will come down significantly,” warned Damber Parajuli, president of the Expedition Operators Association of Nepal. He also questioned whether such climbers should even be awarded official summit certificates. “Acclimatising on the mountains is the basic rule of mountaineering. If that is not done then authorities should not be giving them certificates certifying that they climbed the mountain.”

Nepal’s tourism officials said they had not been informed that the team would attempt the summit without standard acclimatisation. “Now that we know about it, we will be discussing the issue and decide on our future course of action,” said Narayan Regmi, director general at Nepal’s department of tourism.

The motivation behind such a rapid ascent was not just about speed and setting records. According to Furtenbach, a shorter expedition also comes with environmental and health benefits. “A shorter expedition has a lower carbon footprint and less ecological impact,” he said. “And it is safer for climbers because they can climb the mountain in good health and they are exposed to high altitude risks and mountain hazards for shorter time compared to when they are acclimatising on the mountain.”

Whether the British team’s method will become the new norm in mountaineering or be deemed unsafe and unethical remains to be seen. For now, their record-setting ascent stands as a bold challenge to traditional climbing norms—and a focal point for an evolving debate on the future of high-altitude expeditions.

TSA PreCheck Etiquette: How to Move Faster and Avoid Slowing Down the Line

TSA PreCheck, the expedited security program designed to help travelers get through airport checkpoints more efficiently, is busier than ever. With more than 20 million travelers now enrolled, it’snot uncommon to find long lines in what’s supposed to be the fast lane.

Travel expert Gilbert Ott, a seasoned flyer who logs over 200,000 miles annually, says that while TSA PreCheck is meant to speed things up, many users—especially first-timers—are unintentionally slowing the line down. “Those of us who’ve had TSA PreCheck for a while have seen the express airport security line moving slower than it should,” Ott explained. “We’ve had our patience tested by first-time users fumbling for passports at the counter, removing their coats when it’s their turn to be scanned, and waltzing on through with a belt on.”

The Transportation Security Administration reported in August 2024 that enrollment in the PreCheck program had reached a record 20 million. So far in 2025, between two and three million passengers a day are utilizing the expedited service. Given these numbers, it’s no surprise that seasoned travelers are increasingly running into newcomers in the fast lane.

TSA PreCheck is specifically designed for pre-screened travelers, allowing them to pass through security checkpoints without removing shoes, electronics, or liquids from their carry-on bags. The convenience comes at a cost of around $80 for five years. However, that fee is often reimbursed through popular credit cards like Capital One Venture, Capital One Venture X, Chase Sapphire Reserve, Delta SkyMiles, and American Express, effectively making the service free for many cardholders.

Despite the promise of a quicker screening process, the growing popularity of TSA PreCheck means the express line is no longer always as quick as it once was. As Ott points out, inexperience with the system often causes delays. “So the quicker I can get through and just be on a plane, the better,” he said. “I spend too much time in airports. As much as I may love them, sometimes the less time I spend in them, the happier I am.”

Ott runs a travel blog called God Save the Points, where he shares airline reviews, travel hacks, and advice on maximizing rewards points. His frequent flying has made him a pro at navigating airport security, and he’s developed a routine that helps him move through TSA PreCheck with minimal disruption.

One of Ott’s top tips is what he calls “pre-stripping”—a habit of preparing well before arriving at the checkpoint. This involves removing anything that might need to come off, such as jackets or items in your pockets, before even entering the line. “When I go to the airport, I take my belt off before I get there. I have it in my backpack, knowing I’ll put it on as soon as I get through PreCheck,” he said. “So keep the jewels and the watch in your bag. Then, when you get to the other side of security where you’re not holding people up, you can do the glamour.”

Ott believes that this small bit of preparation can help everyone move more efficiently. “My routine is somewhere along the lines of comfy jeans, a T-shirt or hoodie, and then a bomber jacket,” he said. “Essentials like my phone and passport go in my bomber jacket pockets while I wait in the queue so that when I step up to the scanners, my jacket is off, pockets are empty, my bags go on the trays, and off we go.”

Another common mistake Ott has noticed involves footwear. While PreCheck passengers don’t have to remove their shoes, those who wear shoes with metal components often trigger alarms and require additional screening. “The main thing is metal, either as part of the shoe or in the boot or heel of the shoe,” Ott explained. “Ceramic and rubber are usually fine. Basically, sneakers tend to always work.”

Shoes with metallic buckles, studs, or built-in steel parts are a frequent source of delays. Ott recommends sticking to sneakers or other shoes made of non-metal materials to avoid unnecessary hold-ups.

Perhaps the most important tip Ott offers is to be prepared before you get to the front of the line. That means having your identification and boarding pass out and ready. “If you think of the 20 seconds it takes somebody to do this very basic thing, and you’d multiply that by 50,000 people going through an airport’s screens a day, you could pretty much just walk through an airport without stopping,” he said. “We can all have a better time.”

With so many new users joining TSA PreCheck, Ott acknowledges that some growing pains are inevitable. But he believes a few common-sense practices can go a long way in keeping the express line moving quickly for everyone. His advice is aimed at fostering a smoother experience, not just for frequent travelers but also for newcomers who might be unfamiliar with the unspoken rules of the fast lane.

“The quicker I can get through and just be on a plane, the better,” Ott reiterated, emphasizing the value of time and efficiency. “As much as I may love [airports], sometimes the less time I spend in them, the happier I am.”

As more travelers continue to enroll in TSA PreCheck, understanding and following basic etiquette can help preserve the program’s original purpose. It’s not just about individual convenience—it’s about respecting the time of everyone in line. Following Ott’s advice can make a measurable difference in how smoothly security lines move.

From pre-stripping before you even leave for the airport, to wearing scanner-friendly shoes, to simply having your ID ready, these small acts of preparedness add up. As Ott puts it, “We can all have a better time.” And in today’s fast-paced travel environment, a better time at the airport is something everyone can appreciate.

Anand Kumar to Lead BJANA’s 50th Anniversary Celebrations in New Jersey

Renowned educationist and Padma Shri awardee Anand Kumar is set to headline the golden jubilee celebrations of the Bihar Jharkhand Association of North America (BJANA), scheduled for May 24 and 25. The two-day event will be held at the Hyatt Regency in New Brunswick, New Jersey, marking fifty years since the founding of BJANA. It promises to be a major global gathering of the diaspora from Bihar and Jharkhand living in the United States and other countries.

The event will not only celebrate the five-decade journey of BJANA but also serve as a platform to bring together individuals with roots in Bihar and Jharkhand. It will highlight the organization’s efforts in preserving cultural heritage and promoting community-based social initiatives. The presence of Anand Kumar adds prestige and meaning to the occasion, as his life’s work closely aligns with BJANA’s mission and values.

Sanjeev Singh, president of BJANA, conveyed his excitement about Kumar’s involvement, emphasizing how Kumar’s Super 30 initiative reflects BJANA’s core principles. “His work through the Super 30 program exemplifies the values of perseverance, intellect, and social commitment that BJANA upholds,” Singh stated. He noted that Kumar’s journey is a source of inspiration for the diaspora and especially for the younger generation striving for academic and personal excellence.

Anand Kumar’s Super 30 program, which began in Bihar, is widely recognized for transforming the lives of underprivileged students. Each year, Kumar selects 30 talented but economically disadvantaged students and prepares them for the highly competitive entrance examinations for the Indian Institutes of Technology (IITs). His unique educational model has led to exceptionally high success rates, and his dedication remains steadfast despite financial constraints. Kumar has consistently refused financial support from external sources to maintain the integrity and independence of his initiative.

Kumar’s work has earned him both national and international acclaim. In 2023, he was honored with the Padma Shri, one of India’s highest civilian awards, in recognition of his contribution to education. His efforts were earlier acknowledged in 2010 when Time magazine included him in its “Best of Asia” list, underscoring the far-reaching impact of his work.

In addition to print accolades, Kumar’s story has been featured in prominent global media. His journey and the achievements of Super 30 were captured in documentaries by the Discovery Channel and the BBC. Furthermore, Newsweek recognized Super 30 as one of the four most innovative schools worldwide, cementing its reputation as a groundbreaking model in education.

The story of Anand Kumar also reached the big screen. His inspiring life served as the foundation for the Bollywood biopic Super 30, with actor Hrithik Roshan portraying him in the lead role. The film drew widespread attention to Kumar’s work and brought his message to an even larger audience, helping people understand the challenges and triumphs of his mission.

Kumar’s international recognition goes beyond awards and features. In 2024, he was appointed as Korea’s honorary tourism ambassador, a role in which he worked to foster educational and cultural connections between the two nations. His contributions have also been acknowledged by Germany and Canada, where he was lauded for his innovative educational model. Remarkably, his work was even praised in the Canadian Parliament, a testament to the global influence of his initiative.

Speaking about the upcoming BJANA celebration, Kumar expressed his pleasure in being part of a milestone event that brings together a vibrant and accomplished diaspora. Reflecting on his previous lectures at leading U.S. universities, he remarked on the significance of connecting with a community that has continued to achieve and contribute meaningfully while living abroad. “It is a delight to join a community that continues to make significant contributions abroad,” Kumar said.

The golden jubilee event is expected to be one of the largest overseas gatherings for the Bihar and Jharkhand community. Organizers anticipate thousands of attendees from across the U.S. and other parts of the world. With a diverse program planned, the celebration will feature cultural performances, forums for professional networking, and exhibitions showcasing the rich heritage of the two Indian states. These elements are aimed at strengthening the bonds of shared identity among community members while honoring five decades of unity and progress.

BJANA, which began as a small community initiative, has grown over the years into a robust organization that plays an integral role in the lives of its members. From supporting educational projects to organizing relief efforts and promoting regional art and culture, the association has maintained a consistent focus on upliftment and unity.

The presence of Anand Kumar at the golden jubilee event is seen as symbolic of the values that the association cherishes: empowerment through education, cultural pride, and service to society. His life story serves not only as motivation for students and educators but also as a reminder of the power of community support and individual dedication.

The celebration of BJANA’s 50th anniversary thus promises to be both festive and reflective. It will shine a spotlight on the organization’s achievements, honor individuals like Kumar who have brought global recognition to the region, and inspire the next generation to continue building on this proud legacy. As the diaspora gathers in New Jersey, it will be a moment to look back with pride and ahead with purpose.

AIA Revives Medical Council Awards Gala to Celebrate Second-Generation Indian American Physicians

After a break of 15 years, the Association of Indians in America (AIA) brought back its Medical Council Awards Gala on May 3, marking a significant return with an event that aimed to honor the professional and academic accomplishments of second-generation Indian American physicians and surgeons.

The gala was held at a historic New York City venue known for its Italian Renaissance-inspired architecture. It drew a diverse audience of both seasoned professionals and rising medical talents, with younger attendees making up about half of the participants. This balanced turnout signaled a bridging of generations and an intentional move to welcome the new wave of Indian American medical professionals into the AIA community.

Established in 1967, the AIA is the oldest national nonprofit representing Indian Americans in the United States. Initially focused on assisting early Indian immigrants with their transition to American society, the organization has since adapted its mission to address the needs and aspirations of a growing, more diverse second-generation community.

AIA national president Gobind Munjal emphasized that reviving the gala was a deliberate decision aimed at encouraging the participation of younger professionals while acknowledging their achievements. “The purpose of organizing this Medical Council Awards Gala,” Munjal stated, “is to recognize and honor the second generation of Physicians and Surgeons of Indian descent, who have excelled in their career, academics and profession, as the first generation has already made a mark and earned their recognition.”

Munjal described the event as a milestone for the organization, pointing to the increased involvement of younger AIA members not just as attendees but as active contributors to the event’s planning and execution. “This AIA Medical Council Awards Gala is of major historical importance, as younger members of AIA are taking leadership roles and organizing this event, while we, the senior members, are supporting them,” he said. “You will be glad to know that 50% of the people attending this Gala were from the younger generation.”

Due to the enthusiastic response, Munjal also announced that the gala would become a biennial event. “This Medical Council Gala’s tremendous success has excited a lot of next generation people and they have expressed interest in getting involved and becoming members. We will be having these Galas every 2 years or so,” he noted. In an effort to stay relevant and accessible, he added that the AIA is currently working to modernize its website to better serve and engage younger members.

The organizing committee for the gala featured a blend of experienced and newer professionals. Dr. Dolly Manvar served as chair of the medical council, while the vice chairs included representatives from the younger generation: Dr. Atul Kukar, Dr. Pallavi Manvar Singh, Dr. Aprajita Mattoo, and Dr. Pratichi Goenka. Munjal offered his appreciation for their efforts, saying he was grateful for their “commitment and hard work in making this Medical Council Awards Gala a huge success.”

Dr. Samin Sharma, chair of the AIA board of trustees, echoed these sentiments and praised the turnout. He called the gala the most successful event he had attended in his 15-year involvement with AIA. “For the first time we have seen in any organization so many people from the younger generation attending the Gala, which is remarkable,” he said. Dr. Sharma also proposed that the AIA create a charitable program to help communities in India, pledging a personal contribution of $100,000 toward such an initiative.

The evening included the presentation of awards to several distinguished honorees recognized for their exceptional contributions in various sectors of medicine and public service. Among them was Dr. Deepak Bhatt, honored for his work in research. Dr. Latha Chandran received an award for her achievements in medical education. Dr. Chethan Sathya was acknowledged for his public health advocacy, particularly his efforts in gun violence prevention. Dr. Shuvendu Sen, a published author, was also celebrated for his literary and academic contributions.

The highlight of the evening was the presentation of the Lifetime Achievement Award to Dr. Nirmal Mattoo, a respected figure in both the Indian American community and broader academic circles. Dr. Mattoo is a past national president of the AIA and currently serves as chairman of the Indo-American Arts Council. He also leads the Mattoo Center of India Studies at the State University of New York. The award recognized his longstanding commitment to promoting Indian culture and supporting Indian American professionals across multiple disciplines.

The return of the gala after a long absence not only revitalized a key tradition within the AIA but also helped redefine its future direction. By turning the spotlight toward second-generation Indian Americans in medicine, the event underscored the growing influence and maturity of this group within the broader healthcare community. At the same time, it reaffirmed the AIA’s commitment to evolving in step with the changing demographics of its members.

In bringing together a mix of emerging professionals and established leaders, the gala succeeded in fostering cross-generational connections and opened the door for more active engagement from young Indian Americans. It also laid the groundwork for future collaboration, mentorship, and shared initiatives that will help strengthen the role of Indian Americans in medicine and public life.

With plans to make the gala a biennial fixture and with a renewed focus on inclusivity and technological engagement, the AIA appears poised to build on this momentum. The organization’s leadership clearly sees the event as a platform not just for recognition but for community building and sustained involvement.

Ultimately, the 2024 Medical Council Awards Gala served as both a tribute to past achievements and a beacon for future progress, showcasing the excellence of Indian American physicians and the evolving legacy of one of the oldest Indian organizations in the United States.

Trump’s Approval Rating Drops to Second-Term Low in New Reuters/Ipsos Poll

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dropped to one of its lowest points in his second term, according to a new Reuters and Ipsos poll released on Tuesday. This marks a significant shift in public sentiment, as Trump has frequently pointed to strong poll numbers during his presidency to bolster his political standing.

Since his inauguration in January, the polling group has consistently tracked Trump’s approval ratings. These numbers serve as a barometer of public perception and are often cited by the president at campaign rallies and press events. Trump has routinely highlighted favorable polling data throughout his political career to showcase his popularity and leadership.

The importance of these numbers goes beyond mere perception. Falling approval ratings can impact a president’s influence, especially in a deeply divided political climate. Trump, who returned to the White House in January with relatively strong approval, has seen those numbers erode amid controversial policy decisions. One significant factor was his announcement of sweeping tariffs, which drew criticism and may have contributed to the decline in support. Though Trump later announced a 90-day delay on the majority of the tariffs, the initial backlash appears to have left a mark on public opinion.

A continued dip in approval could potentially weaken Trump’s political leverage and reduce the Republican Party’s prospects in the 2026 midterm elections. In a political landscape already marked by division and intense scrutiny, approval ratings remain a crucial indicator of electoral momentum.

The Reuters and Ipsos poll, conducted between May 16 and May 18 among 1,024 U.S. adults, found that Trump’s approval rating now stands at 42 percent. This is the same level he reached in earlier polls from April 21 and April 27. Just one week ago, the same polling group had him at 44 percent. The margin of error for this latest survey is plus or minus 3 percent.

When it comes to specific issues, the numbers tell a more nuanced story. The president’s approval rating on the economy sits at 39 percent, while 53 percent of respondents expressed disapproval. On employment and jobs, Trump received a 41 percent approval rating compared to a 49 percent disapproval rate. These figures suggest that concerns about the economy and job market may be driving some of the negative sentiment among voters.

However, not all polls show the same trend. A separate survey conducted by InsiderAdvantage between May 17 and May 19 among 1,000 likely voters painted a more optimistic picture for Trump. That poll found that 55 percent approved of the job he is doing, while 44 percent disapproved. With a similar margin of error of 3 percent, the InsiderAdvantage poll indicates a net approval rating of 11 points. This marks a significant improvement from early May, when the same polling organization found Trump’s net approval rating at just 2 points, with 46 percent approval and 44 percent disapproval.

The uptick in the InsiderAdvantage numbers may be tied to Trump’s recent trip to the Middle East, which appeared to boost his standing among voters. Such trips often allow presidents to demonstrate leadership on the global stage, which can translate into short-term approval boosts.

Political analyst Craig Agranoff commented on the fluctuating numbers in a text message to Newsweek on Tuesday. He said, “His approval rating dipping to 42% in the latest Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a troubling trend for his administration, particularly as it aligns with growing public unease over economic policies like tariffs and concerns about governance amid understaffed agencies.”

Agranoff continued, “Given the consistent downward trajectory we’ve seen in recent polls, with disapproval climbing to around 51%, this negative trend could persist unless there’s a significant policy win or shift in public perception. A president typically becomes concerned with low approval ratings when they fall below 40% for a sustained period, as this erodes political capital, weakens legislative leverage, and risks alienating key voter groups; especially independents and moderates, who have shown notable disapproval in recent data.”

He concluded by saying, “For Trump, the challenge will be addressing these economic and credibility concerns swiftly to reverse the slide.”

On social media, the response to the poll numbers has also been swift and pointed. The account Republicans Against Trump posted on X, formerly known as Twitter, “NEW: Donald Trump’s approval rating drops to 42%, per Reuters/Ipsos poll, down two points since early May. Still way too high.”

Despite the varying results between different polls, the trajectory of Trump’s approval ratings remains a focal point for both political allies and critics. These numbers are reported regularly across a range of media outlets and pollsters, giving the public and political analysts alike a window into the president’s current standing.

Ultimately, polling data serves as both a reflection of and influence on the political landscape. While approval ratings can shift quickly in response to national or global events, sustained downward trends are often more telling. For President Trump, managing these numbers may prove essential not only to his current influence but also to his party’s fortunes in the next major election cycle. Whether the decline in the Reuters/Ipsos poll signals a lasting issue or a temporary dip remains to be seen. But the stakes, both political and legislative, are high.

As new polling continues to emerge, Trump’s team will likely watch the results closely and consider strategic adjustments. Whether through policy changes, messaging shifts, or public appearances aimed at boosting confidence, the pressure is on to regain ground before the midterm campaigns ramp up. Until then, the conversation surrounding Trump’s approval rating is unlikely to fade from the national spotlight.

H-1B Visa Program Criticized by Expert as Lacking Merit and Enabling Worker Exploitation

Howard University professor Ron Hira, a long-standing critic of the H-1B visa program, has once again raised concerns about how the system functions, arguing that it lacks any real basis in merit and does not reflect a genuine shortage of American workers for high-skilled jobs. According to Hira, U.S. companies are increasingly misusing the H-1B visa to hire cheaper foreign labor rather than offering those positions to qualified American graduates.

Hira, whose parents immigrated to the United States from India using similar work visas, has consistently advocated for reforms in the visa program. His criticism is deeply personal. In 2016, during a Senate testimony on immigration, Hira disclosed his familial ties to the visa system, stating that both his parents came from India and that his wife was also born in India. And hence to testify against this visa program was very meaningful to him personally.

The H-1B visa program, designed to allow U.S. companies to hire skilled foreign workers in specialized fields such as IT and engineering, has recently come under renewed scrutiny following the release of new data from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). The agency reported that 120,141 H-1B visa applications had been selected for the fiscal year 2026. Although this number is the lowest since 2021, it has still sparked controversy, especially among American tech workers who argue that it is excessive given the widespread layoffs occurring across the industry.

Hira pointed out that the selection of H-1B applicants is done through a random lottery system, not based on qualifications or skills. “H-1B workers get selected by a random lottery and not the best and brightest,” he said. This method of selection, he argues, undermines the original intent of the program, which was to attract top global talent to fill labor shortages in America.

Every year, the USCIS uses a lottery to choose visa recipients whenever the number of applications surpasses the annual cap. The H-1B visa cap is currently set at 65,000 per year, with an additional 20,000 visas available for applicants who have earned advanced degrees from U.S. universities.

The relatively high number of visas selected for 2026 has also confused many observers aligned with the Make America Great Again (MAGA) movement, who had anticipated stricter controls on the program under President Donald Trump’s administration. This reaction comes in the wake of a wider public debate surrounding the H-1B visa program, a debate that has included high-profile figures such as Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, who have expressed support for the program despite Trump’s tough stance on illegal immigration.

Even Trump himself has commented on the matter. While known for his hardline approach to immigration, he has at times expressed support for legal immigration and the H-1B program specifically. During a past controversy over the visa system, Trump remarked that he was “in favor of H-1B,” signaling a more nuanced position than some of his critics and supporters expected.

Republican leader Virgil Bierschwale has also voiced concerns over the 2026 visa approvals. He questioned whether these visa numbers reflect a premeditated plan by employers to replace existing U.S. workers with foreign hires, despite there being no evidence of new job creation. Bierschwale wrote, “This 2026 visa approval gets me. Over a year ahead of the current date, they already have approved visas. And they must have a job to have a visa. Which means the employer has already picked out the employee they plan on firing since they are not creating new jobs. How is this not fraud at every level?”

Critics like Bierschwale are alarmed by what they perceive as corporate abuse of the visa process, suggesting that it allows employers to sidestep American labor in favor of foreign hires who may accept lower wages and less favorable conditions. This critique is echoed by other organizations, including US Tech Workers, which focuses on defending the interests of American technology professionals.

In a strongly worded post on X (formerly Twitter), US Tech Workers stated, “A huge chunk of H-1B petitions are for jobs that don’t even exist. Indian IT body shops are notorious for hoarding H-1B workers, hoping to lease them out later. If there’s no client, they get ‘benched’—which is illegal. But exploiting desperate migrants is a business model too profitable to quit.”

This comment refers to a practice in which visa holders are recruited by consulting firms and then kept on standby—or “benched”—until a client project is found. This is not only illegal under U.S. labor law but also raises serious ethical concerns about how foreign workers are treated and how companies manipulate the system to their advantage.

The ongoing debate around the H-1B program has highlighted a deeper rift in how Americans view immigration and employment. On one side, business leaders and tech entrepreneurs argue that H-1B visas are essential for maintaining global competitiveness and accessing specialized talent. On the other, critics say the program has deviated far from its original purpose and is now being used to undercut American workers.

What is clear from the recent developments is that the H-1B program continues to be a contentious issue, with no easy consensus on how to balance the needs of American businesses, the rights of American workers, and the aspirations of foreign professionals seeking opportunities in the United States.

Ron Hira remains a central voice in this debate. With his deep personal connection to the immigration system and his academic expertise, he brings a unique perspective to the issue. His continued advocacy for reform reflects a broader concern that the visa system, if left unchecked, could erode the integrity of the U.S. labor market and damage the career prospects of homegrown talent.

As the 2026 visa selections move forward, scrutiny is likely to intensify, especially given the broader political climate and the growing unease about job security in the tech sector. Whether or not reforms are introduced in response to these concerns remains to be seen, but the pressure on lawmakers and federal agencies to reevaluate the H-1B program is only increasing.

Heart Lamp by Banu Mushtaq Becomes First Short Story Collection to Win International Booker Prize

At a prestigious live ceremony held at the Tate Modern in London on May 20, 2025, the International Booker Prize was awarded to Heart Lamp, a collection of short stories by Indian author Banu Mushtaq. This win marked a historic moment as Heart Lamp became the first short story collection ever to receive the renowned literary award, which honors works of fiction translated into English. The £50,000 prize will be equally split between Mushtaq and her translator Deepa Bhasthi, ensuring both receive equal acclaim for their contribution.

This momentous win also places Mushtaq in an exclusive category of Indian writers who have achieved the International Booker Prize. She follows Gitanjali Shree, who won the award in 2022 for her Hindi novel Ret Samadhi, translated into English as Tomb of Sand. However, Mushtaq has set a new benchmark by becoming the first Indian author to win the award with a work originally written in Kannada, a language spoken by approximately 65 million people. The Booker Prize Foundation noted the significance of this milestone. Moreover, Deepa Bhasthi has made her own history by becoming the first Indian translator to win the International Booker Prize.

Chair of the 2025 judging panel, Max Porter, announced the award and praised the book and its translation, saying, “Heart Lamp is something genuinely new for English readers. A radical translation which ruffles language, to create new textures in a plurality of Englishes. It challenges and expands our understanding of translation.”

Porter elaborated on what makes Heart Lamp stand out, noting, “These beautiful, busy, life-affirming stories rise from Kannada, interspersed with the extraordinary socio-political richness of other languages and dialects. It speaks of women’s lives, reproductive rights, faith, caste, power and oppression.”

Describing the judging process, Porter added that the collection quickly became a favorite. “This was the book the judges really loved, right from our first reading. It’s been a joy to listen to the evolving appreciation of these stories from the different perspectives of the jury. We are thrilled to share this timely and exciting winner of the International Booker Prize 2025 with readers around the world.”

Banu Mushtaq, a passionate advocate for women’s rights, explained the inspiration behind her stories. “My stories are about women – how religion, society, and politics demand unquestioning obedience from them, and in doing so, inflict inhumane cruelty upon them, turning them into mere subordinates. The daily incidents reported in the media and the personal experiences I have endured have been my inspiration. The pain, suffering, and helpless lives of these women create a deep emotional response within me. I do not engage in extensive research; my heart itself is my field of study,” she said.

Heart Lamp comprises 12 short stories that delve into the everyday struggles and experiences of women and girls living in patriarchal communities in southern India. The Booker Prize Foundation described Mushtaq not only as a writer but also as a lawyer and activist who has fought against caste and religious discrimination. Her stories, which span over three decades, were written in Kannada and published between 1990 and 2023. Despite having begun her literary journey in the 1970s, Heart Lamp is the first full-length English translation of her work.

The foundation praised her writing style, saying, “Mushtaq’s writing is at once witty, vivid, moving and excoriating, building disconcerting emotional heights out of a rich spoken style.” It further highlighted her remarkable character development, stating, “It’s in her characters – the sparky children, the audacious grandmothers, the buffoonish maulvis and thug brothers, the oft-hapless husbands, and the mothers above all, surviving their feelings at great cost – that she emerges as an astonishing writer and observer of human nature.”

Mushtaq was actively involved in the Bandaya Sahitya movement, a literary initiative that gave voice to marginalized Dalit and Muslim writers. Over the years, she has authored six collections of short stories, a novel, a poetry collection, and a volume of essays. Still, Heart Lamp remains the first full-length work of hers to be translated into English.

The translator of Heart Lamp, Deepa Bhasthi, is a prominent literary translator and writer based in Kodagu, located in southern India. Her work has been featured both in India and internationally through essays, columns, and cultural critiques. She previously translated a novel by Kota Shivarama Karanth and a collection of short stories by Kodagina Gouramma, both originally written in Kannada.

Bhasthi’s work on Heart Lamp received the English PEN’s ‘PEN Translates’ award, a recognition of excellence in literary translation. She described her method of working on Mushtaq’s stories as “translating with an accent.” Speaking about her unique process, Bhasthi said, “For me, translation is an instinctive practice, and each book demands a completely different process. With Banu’s stories, I first read all the fiction she had published before I narrowed it down to the ones that are in Heart Lamp. I was lucky to have a free hand in choosing what stories I wanted to work with, and Banu did not interfere with the organised chaotic way I went about it.”

Her intimate engagement with the author’s broader body of work allowed her to handpick stories that would resonate both culturally and emotionally with a global audience. Bhasthi’s collaborative yet autonomous process highlights the artistic freedom that contributed to the collection’s impact.

Indian authors have a proud history of recognition in Booker awards over the decades. Previous recipients include literary giants such as V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie, Arundhati Roy, Aravind Adiga, and Kiran Desai. Banu Mushtaq and Deepa Bhasthi now join this illustrious lineage, with their victory signaling not just a personal triumph but a broader celebration of linguistic diversity, cultural representation, and the power of translation in bringing local stories to the world stage.

In celebrating the first short story collection to win the International Booker Prize and the first from the Kannada language, Heart Lamp is not just a milestone for Indian literature, but a turning point for global storytelling. It underscores the value of narratives rooted in regional realities and told in native tongues, made universally accessible through the skillful art of translation.

India Launches Revamped OCI Services Portal to Simplify Access for Overseas Citizens

Indian Home Minister and Minister of Cooperation Amit Shah officially unveiled a redesigned version of the Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) services portal on May 19 in New Delhi. Shah emphasized that the enhanced platform is expected to significantly improve the experience for over five million OCI cardholders across the globe and will help make the registration process for overseas citizens more seamless.

The inauguration event took place in the National Capital and was attended by senior officials, including the Union Home Secretary and the Director of the Intelligence Bureau. The updated portal, which maintains the existing URL at https://ociservices.gov.in, introduces a modernized interface and added features that are aimed at simplifying the registration and application procedures for OCI cardholders.

Speaking at the launch, Shah stated, “Under the leadership of Prime Minister Narendra Modi, India is continuously striving to provide world-class immigration facilities to its OCI cardholder citizens.” He further noted, “A revamped OCI portal with an updated user interface has been launched to simplify the registration process for Overseas Citizens.”

Reiterating the government’s dedication to supporting the Indian diaspora, Shah highlighted that people of Indian origin living abroad should not encounter any difficulty when they travel to or stay in India. “Many Indian-origin citizens reside in various countries worldwide, and we must ensure they face no inconvenience when visiting or staying in India,” he said.

The OCI scheme, which was introduced via a 2005 amendment to the Citizenship Act of 1955, provides an opportunity for individuals of Indian origin to register as Overseas Citizens of India. This eligibility extends to those who were citizens of India on or after January 26, 1950, or were eligible to become citizens on that date. However, those with ancestry linked to Pakistan or Bangladesh are excluded from the program.

The original OCI services portal, which was launched in 2013, currently handles around 2,000 applications per day. It is active in more than 180 Indian diplomatic missions worldwide and 12 Foreigners Regional Registration Offices (FRROs) within India. According to officials, the need for the updated portal stemmed from both advancements in digital technology over the last ten years and the feedback collected from users seeking improvements.

The redesigned platform brings a host of new features that are intended to enhance usability and overall efficiency. These improvements include a more streamlined sign-up and registration process, automatic population of user details in forms, a personalized dashboard for tracking application progress, and an integrated online payment option for those submitting through FRROs.

Additionally, the portal allows users to edit their application forms anytime before the final submission. Applicants also benefit from automatic reminders prompting them to verify their information. Furthermore, the portal features in-built frequently asked questions (FAQs) and document submission guidelines specific to each application category. To assist with document submissions, there’s a built-in tool that enables users to crop and upload photographs and signatures directly on the platform.

Prime Minister Narendra Modi acknowledged the development as a substantial improvement in India’s digital public service delivery. Sharing his views on social media platform X (formerly Twitter), he said the overhaul of the portal represents meaningful progress in enhancing digital governance for citizens. “With enhanced features and improved functionality, the new OCI Portal marks a major step forward in boosting citizen friendly digital governance,” Modi posted.

The government’s initiative to revamp the portal is in line with its broader push for digital transformation in public services, especially those serving the global Indian community. By addressing long-standing user concerns and streamlining the end-to-end experience, the new system reflects India’s commitment to remain connected with its diaspora and offer them world-class digital infrastructure.

Officials stressed that the changes are not merely cosmetic but reflect substantive improvements in service delivery. The portal has been redesigned with a focus on convenience, speed, and transparency, all while maintaining high standards of security and data integrity.

With these updates now in place, both new applicants and existing OCI cardholders can look forward to an easier, more accessible, and user-friendly digital platform. It is expected that these upgrades will result in faster application turnaround times, better communication with users, and increased satisfaction across the board.

Overall, the revamped OCI services portal stands as a testament to India’s ongoing efforts to simplify and modernize government processes for its global citizens. The launch marks a significant milestone in India’s digital public service journey, especially for those of Indian origin seeking to maintain strong ties with their heritage and homeland.

US Visa Delays Cause Major Disruptions for Indian B1/B2 Applicants

The wait time for U.S. B1/B2 visa appointments in India has reached a critical stage, severely affecting travelers in key metropolitan cities such as Hyderabad, Delhi, Mumbai, and Chennai. Applicants now face delays ranging from 7.5 months to as long as 13.5 months—over a year in some locations.

These delays have had a profound impact on Indian travelers, throwing a wrench into plans for family reunions, weddings, business conferences, and emergencies. Even those facing urgent circumstances find little relief, as priority visa slots are extremely limited.

Across India, B1/B2 visa applicants are encountering significant challenges in securing timely appointments. While the United States government has reinstated full visa operations, the demand for business and tourist visas continues to far exceed the supply of appointment slots. This has caused a massive backlog in visa processing at U.S. consulates throughout the country.

Chennai currently holds the record for the longest delay, with appointment wait times stretching to 13.5 months. This has prevented many applicants from attending major life events. For instance, a homemaker trying to travel to New York (JFK) for a family wedding shared that the earliest appointment she could get is in March of the following year, which is long after the wedding date.

This pattern isn’t limited to Chennai. Applicants in Delhi and Mumbai are experiencing similar frustrations, with both cities showing wait times of more than nine months. Such prolonged delays have been especially hard on business travelers. An entrepreneur from Mumbai (BOM) revealed that he had to cancel attendance at multiple international conferences due to the uncertainty surrounding his visa appointment. “It’s just impossible to plan,” he said.

Applicants are left in limbo due to the lack of a predictable or transparent scheduling system. Many are left checking the visa portal frequently in the hope that a slot might open up, often without any luck. The system, plagued by a shortage of available slots, offers little recourse even for those in time-sensitive situations.

Although some categories, such as emergency visas and student visa applicants, are given limited priority, these slots remain scarce. Faheem Sheikh, Chairman of the Travel Agents Federation of India (AP and Telangana), pointed out that the majority of the summer’s priority slots are being allotted to F1 student visa applicants preparing to begin their studies in the U.S. He explained, “F1 students are being prioritized for appointments, which leaves little room for other urgent cases.”

Still, even dire family emergencies often fall through the cracks. A 65-year-old woman from Hyderabad, who had planned to be in Chicago for her daughter’s childbirth, was unable to secure a visa appointment in time. Her appointment was only available after the baby’s expected due date. This situation highlights the emotional strain such delays are causing on families.

Many travelers have voiced their dissatisfaction with what they see as a lack of transparency and effective resolution strategies from the consular services. The absence of clear communication adds to the emotional toll, as applicants are left uncertain about how to proceed or when they might be able to travel.

In response, travel agencies are advising clients to submit their applications as early as possible and to keep a constant watch on the appointment portal for any sudden availability. However, this strategy offers little comfort to those with fixed deadlines or urgent travel needs.

Beyond the immediate impact on individual travelers, the delays may have broader economic and diplomatic consequences. For one, the prolonged wait times could deter Indian tourists from visiting the United States, thereby affecting inbound tourism revenue. “Indian travelers are a vital part of the U.S. travel economy,” noted one travel industry insider. If current trends continue, more Indians may start favoring destinations with quicker and more efficient visa procedures.

Academic institutions and international business relationships could also feel the pinch. With student visas being given priority, general applicants are being pushed further back, affecting those who may want to attend conferences, sign contracts, or pursue other professional opportunities in the U.S.

Moreover, the problem isn’t just limited to India. The situation reflects a larger issue within the U.S. visa infrastructure worldwide. Diplomatic missions across the globe continue to face challenges related to staffing shortages and overwhelming demand. Without meaningful changes—either in the form of increased personnel or digital reforms—the problem is likely to persist.

Experts argue that structural improvements are needed within the visa appointment system. Until those happen, travelers will continue to face long wait times and uncertainty. The current situation makes it evident that U.S. visa services must adapt quickly if they hope to meet the needs of a globalized, mobile population.

The long-term implications are significant. If these delays become the norm rather than the exception, the U.S. may find itself losing not only tourists but also students and business leaders to other nations with more responsive immigration systems.

In the meantime, affected applicants are left to navigate a frustrating and opaque process, hoping their travel plans won’t be permanently derailed by bureaucratic delays. For many, the American dream remains on hold—not because of denial, but because of delay.

Mohanlal Wraps ‘Hridayapoorvam’ Shoot as ‘Thudarum’ Continues to Shatter Kerala Box Office Records

The filming of the much-awaited Mohanlal-Sathyan Anthikad project, Hridayapoorvam, has officially concluded. The superstar himself shared the update through his Instagram handle, confirming the completion of the shoot and offering fans a glimpse into the final moments on set. Alongside the announcement, Mohanlal posted two significant photographs marking the end of production. One picture showed the entire team of cast and crew gathered with the words “Pack Up” visibly displayed in the background, while the other was a close-up of the film’s clapboard with the title Hridayapoorvam and the same concluding message.

In his Instagram post, Mohanlal wrote, “That’s a wrap! See you on the big screen. Hridayapoorvam,” stirring excitement among his fans. Directed by veteran filmmaker Sathyan Anthikad, Hridayapoorvam is touted to be a family-centric drama. The film draws its narrative from a story penned by Anthikad’s son, Akhil Sathyan, adding a generational collaboration to the creative mix.

The ensemble cast for Hridayapoorvam boasts an impressive lineup including Mohanlal himself, alongside Malavika Mohanan, Sangita Madhavan Nair, Sangeeth Prathap, Siddique, Sabitha Anand, Baburaj, Nishan, Lalu Alex, Janardhanan, and S. P. Charan. This film marks the latest reunion of Mohanlal and Sathyan Anthikad, their previous collaboration being the 2015 film Ennum Eppozhum, which was widely appreciated for its heartfelt storytelling and strong performances.

Principal photography for Hridayapoorvam began in February 2025, with the filming carried out across picturesque locations in Kochi and Pune. The team worked steadily through the schedule, wrapping up the shoot without significant delays. The film is now slated for a theatrical release on 28 August 2025, promising to deliver another compelling narrative that resonates with family audiences.

Meanwhile, Mohanlal continues to bask in the phenomenal success of his most recent release, Thudarum, which has taken the Kerala box office by storm. The film has emerged as a historic blockbuster, grossing an astonishing Rs 100 crore within Kerala alone—an unprecedented milestone in the regional film industry. The achievement was proudly announced by the actor on social media, accompanied by a celebratory poster that read: “A new chapter in Kerala box office history. A 100 crore Kerala gross.”

Expressing his heartfelt gratitude, Mohanlal captioned the post with, “Thudarum storms into the record books with its first 100 crore mark exclusively at the Kerala box office! A milestone that we created together! Thank you, Kerala.” The statement underlined the collective effort behind the success and highlighted the actor’s deep appreciation for his audience.

Following the record-breaking feat, Mohanlal took to his X (formerly Twitter) timeline to share a more personal message about what the film’s reception has meant to him. “I’m deeply moved and truly humbled by the love and heartfelt response for #Thudarum. Each message and every word of appreciation has touched me in ways I can’t fully express,” he wrote, offering fans a glimpse into his emotional state as the film’s popularity continues to soar.

Mohanlal elaborated further, saying, “Thank you for opening your hearts to this story, for seeing its soul, and for embracing it with such grace. This gratitude is not mine alone. It belongs to every single person who walked this journey with me, giving their love, effort, and spirit to every frame.” The actor was clear in emphasizing that the triumph of Thudarum was a shared experience, belonging as much to the team behind the scenes as to the fans who embraced it.

In particular, Mohanlal made it a point to acknowledge several key contributors to the film’s success. “To Renjith M, Tharun Moorthy, KR Sunil, Shobhana, Binu Pappu, Prakash Varma, Shaji Kumar, Jakes Bejoy, and our extraordinary team — your artistry and passion made Thudarum what it is,” he noted, naming the individuals who played integral roles in shaping the film’s artistic and technical excellence.

He concluded his message on a poignant note, stating, “To see it resonate so deeply is more than a reward. It is a true blessing. With all my heart, thank you. With love and gratitude always.” The words struck a chord with audiences, highlighting the humility and emotional connection Mohanlal shares with his work and those who support it.

The twin developments—Hridayapoorvam wrapping its shoot and Thudarum hitting the 100-crore mark—underscore the prolific phase Mohanlal is currently experiencing in his career. While fans await the theatrical release of Hridayapoorvam with anticipation, the ongoing success of Thudarum continues to affirm Mohanlal’s enduring appeal and stature in the Malayalam film industry.

With a career spanning over four decades and a portfolio of diverse roles, Mohanlal remains one of India’s most beloved and bankable stars. The emotional weight he brings to his performances, combined with his unwavering dedication to storytelling, keeps drawing viewers to theatres. As Hridayapoorvam nears its release date, expectations are naturally high for another emotionally resonant film, especially given the legacy of Mohanlal-Anthikad collaborations.

For Sathyan Anthikad, Hridayapoorvam marks yet another chapter in his long-standing relationship with Mohanlal, one that has given Malayalam cinema several memorable films. The director’s ability to craft narratives that reflect everyday life and emotions has always resonated with family audiences, and with Akhil Sathyan contributing the story, this film may offer a refreshing blend of traditional sensibilities with contemporary storytelling.

As the curtain comes down on the production of Hridayapoorvam, and the curtains rise higher on Thudarum’s theatrical triumph, Mohanlal seems firmly poised at the intersection of artistic achievement and mass appeal. Whether it is through heartfelt family dramas or powerful box office juggernauts, he continues to leave an indelible mark on Indian cinema.

Global Audiences Flock to Netflix’s Top 10 Most-Watched Shows of All Time

With a subscriber base exceeding 300 million across more than 190 countries, Netflix stands as the world’s leading streaming platform, offering a vast catalog of content. Despite this extensive library, only a select few shows and films capture worldwide attention and secure a place in Netflix’s elite list of most-watched programs.

The following rankings showcase the top 10 most-viewed shows ever released on Netflix, determined by global viewership numbers within the first 91 days of a show’s debut. According to Netflix’s official methodology, views are calculated by dividing the total number of hours watched by a show’s runtime, offering a standardized measure of popularity.

Topping the list is the South Korean sensation Squid Game (Season 1), which amassed an astounding 265.2 million views in its first 91 days. This achievement illustrates the increasing global appeal of non-English programming. “Squid Game” originally premiered in September 2021 during a time when pandemic-induced lockdowns boosted digital content consumption dramatically. Its gripping storyline and cultural relevance propelled it to unprecedented heights, and its sequel also found massive success, earning 192.1 million views during the same initial window.

In fact, three of the top 10 shows are non-English productions, highlighting the internationalization of streaming entertainment. These include Squid Game (both seasons) and Money Heist (Season 4), which pulled in 106 million views. The Spanish-language crime drama continues to hold its ground among global viewers, proving that language barriers are increasingly irrelevant in the age of subtitles and dubbing.

While international content is gaining prominence, English-language shows still dominate the rankings. Wednesday (Season 1) follows closely behind Squid Game, with 252.1 million views. The show’s appeal lies in its charismatic lead, Wednesday Addams, described as both mysterious and sarcastic. With a quirky storyline set against a gothic backdrop, it managed to captivate a broad audience and is Netflix’s second most-watched show.

Sci-fi horror series Stranger Things (Season 4) occupies the fourth spot with 140.7 million views. The show’s nostalgic 1980s Indiana setting and its gripping mix of supernatural and suspenseful plotlines have made it a cultural phenomenon over the years. Each season builds on the previous with more intrigue and intensity, and its latest installment was no different in drawing massive attention.

The fifth spot goes to Adolescence, the newest addition to Netflix’s top 10. Debuting in March 2025, the show quickly garnered 134 million views in just two months. This limited series has been widely praised for its cinematic style, particularly the bold decision to film each episode in a continuous single shot without any cuts. This innovative approach has set it apart from traditional television formats. “Adolescence” is noted for being a standout in storytelling and direction, adding artistic depth to mainstream streaming content.

Coming in sixth is DAHMER, a chilling true-crime series chronicling the life and crimes of Jeffrey Dahmer. It received 115.6 million views, underlining the continued popularity of real-life horror stories and the general fascination with criminal psychology. This show sparked significant conversations around the ethics of dramatizing real tragedies but still managed to pull viewers in with its intense narrative and stellar performances.

Bridgerton (Season 1) follows next with 113.3 million views. The period drama, centered on Regency-era romance and high society intrigue, has resonated strongly with viewers around the world. Its third season also made the list with 106 million views, making Bridgerton the only show with multiple seasons featured in the top 10, aside from Squid Game. With a diverse cast, elegant costumes, and a romantic storyline, it offers a refreshing alternative to the thrillers and mysteries that dominate the list.

The Queen’s Gambit, another English-language limited series, ranks eighth with 112.8 million views. Based on a young chess prodigy’s journey to the top of the competitive chess world, the show captivated audiences not only with its plot but also with its stylish execution and emotional depth. It’s the only other single-season show besides Adolescence to make the cut, demonstrating the potential for limited series to leave a lasting impact.

Completing the list is Money Heist (Season 4), which like Squid Game, is a testament to the power of foreign-language programming on a global platform. Originally a Spanish-language series, Money Heist has become a global cultural symbol for rebellion and resistance, attracting audiences far beyond its domestic market. The fourth season’s viewership of 106 million confirms its sustained popularity.

Here’s the complete ranking of Netflix’s most-watched shows based on the number of views in the first 91 days of their release:

  1. Squid Game (Season 1) – 265.2M views – Korean
  2. Wednesday (Season 1) – 252.1M views – English
  3. Squid Game (Season 2) – 192.1M views – Korean
  4. Stranger Things (Season 4) – 140.7M views – English
  5. Adolescence – 134.0M views – English
  6. DAHMER – 115.6M views – English
  7. Bridgerton (Season 1) – 113.3M views – English
  8. The Queen’s Gambit – 112.8M views – English
  9. Bridgerton (Season 3) – 106.0M views – English
  10. Money Heist (Season 4) – 106.0M views – Spanish

Although non-English shows have clearly proven their global appeal, the top 10 list still sees English-language content claiming seven of the ten spots. This suggests that while Netflix viewers are increasingly open to international storytelling, English shows retain a strong hold on the platform’s viewership base.

From thrillers and horrors to period romances and single-season masterpieces, Netflix’s most-watched list reveals that high-quality storytelling—regardless of language or format—can capture the imagination of a worldwide audience. Whether it’s the high-stakes games of Squid Game, the eerie charm of Wednesday, or the artistic risk-taking of Adolescence, each of these shows has found a way to resonate with millions.

“Squid Game’s first season premiered in September 2021, supported by ballooning media consumption during COVID lockdowns,” Netflix notes, highlighting the timing of its breakout success.

Ultimately, the top 10 most-viewed shows underscore the diversity in viewer preferences, genre tastes, and geographic reach. As global audiences continue to evolve, so too does the definition of what makes a show a hit in the digital age.

Netflix Docuseries ‘American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden’ Becomes a Global Sensation with Perfect Score

Netflix’s docuseries genre focusing on significant episodes in American history has seen continued success, and its latest installment, American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden, has emerged as a major global hit. Despite being delayed for two months, the series has managed to capture the attention of audiences worldwide, achieving a rare 100% critics score on Rotten Tomatoes. This milestone marks another achievement in Netflix’s longstanding tradition of producing impactful documentaries that delve into crucial historical events.

Netflix has steadily developed a reputation for creating high-quality docuseries that explore various pivotal moments in the history of the United States. Past productions such as Waco: American Apocalypse, which chronicles the 1993 Waco massacre, and Spy Ops, examining different federal government operations, have garnered widespread viewership and acclaim. These series often shine a spotlight on intense and often tragic events, offering viewers a deeper understanding of the complexities involved.

The American Manhunt label on Netflix refers to a set of documentary series focused on notorious individuals who have been pursued by the American government in contemporary times. The series began with 2023’s American Manhunt: The Boston Marathon Bombing, which centered on the devastating 2013 terrorist attack and the subsequent manhunt for the Tsarnaev brothers. This was followed by American Manhunt: O.J. Simpson in 2025, which revisited the infamous trial of the former football star. Both series examined major criminal investigations, combining expert commentary and eyewitness accounts to paint a vivid picture of how these cases unfolded.

The latest installment, American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden, has achieved tremendous success on the platform. The three-part series details the intense and complex search for bin Laden, primarily from the perspective of insiders at the CIA. It delves into the history and strategy behind one of the most significant manhunts in modern history, exploring the nuances of the intelligence operations that led to his eventual capture. Despite facing a delay in its release, the series has earned widespread praise. “The series holds a 100% critics score on Rotten Tomatoes as of writing,” highlighting its critical acclaim and signaling its significance within the larger context of American docuseries.

Netflix officially announced that American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden had become the Number 1 English-language TV show on the platform for the week of May 12 to May 18, 2025. According to the platform, it amassed 38.7 million hours of viewership across a total of 12.6 million viewers. The documentary is currently in the Top 10 in 88 countries and has reached the Number 1 position in 19 of those nations. These countries include Canada, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Guatemala, Panama, Paraguay, the United States, Cyprus, Estonia, Malta, Portugal, Egypt, Morocco, Bahrain, Kuwait, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates.

The immense popularity of this docuseries is no surprise when considering the subject matter. Osama bin Laden’s role in global terrorism and his eventual capture is one of the most consequential narratives of the 21st century. The documentary’s deep dive into the events, strategies, and intelligence work that surrounded his capture appeals to a broad global audience. “Given the pervasiveness of America’s war on terror has been for recent world history, it’s not surprising American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden is popular globally.”

The success of the series can also be attributed to its tight, concise structure. With only three episodes, the series manages to deliver all the essential information without overwhelming the viewer. This makes it easily accessible to a global audience interested in understanding the history and tactics of federal investigative operations.This is especially the case because of the experts involved in the series, making the information that shows up in the series feel like an important glimpse into the world of federal investigations.

Another factor that enhances the series’ impact is its reliance on informed voices. Interviews with CIA insiders and intelligence experts provide authenticity and credibility, turning the series into more than just a retelling of events. These perspectives give viewers an intimate look into the decision-making processes and behind-the-scenes operations that aren’t typically available to the public. It is this inside look that distinguishes the series from other historical documentaries.

Additionally, the series comes at a time when audiences are increasingly drawn to real-life crime and investigation narratives. As streaming platforms compete for attention, productions that offer depth, relevance, and a strong storytelling foundation tend to rise to the top. American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden fits this mold perfectly, bringing together history, suspense, and emotional resonance. Its position at the top of Netflix’s charts underscores the global interest in stories that examine the consequences of terrorism and the efforts made to confront it.

Netflix’s ability to market and distribute such a series effectively has also played a role in its success. With strategic release timing and global availability, the platform ensured the docuseries would receive maximum exposure. The widespread international interest demonstrates that stories rooted in American history can have universal appeal when told with clarity and authority.

The high Rotten Tomatoes rating is a testament to the series’ quality. It suggests that critics not only appreciated the storytelling and production but also recognized the importance of documenting such a significant event in global history. “Despite a delay in release, the series holds a 100% critics score on Rotten Tomatoes as of writing,” as noted, indicating that the delay did not negatively affect the reception of the show.

All episodes of American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden are currently available for streaming on Netflix. As viewers around the world continue to engage with the series, its impact is likely to resonate beyond the screen, sparking renewed discussion on the legacy of bin Laden, the war on terror, and the evolving role of intelligence in national security. In a media landscape often dominated by fiction, Netflix’s success with this non-fiction narrative further highlights the growing appetite for real stories that shaped the world.

The success of American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden not only reinforces the popularity of historical docuseries but also signals Netflix’s continued strength in producing globally relevant, critically acclaimed content. As the platform expands its library, the American Manhunt series stands as a compelling example of how true stories, when told well, can resonate powerfully across borders and cultures.

Gauranga Das Highlights Harmony Between Work and Life Purpose at New York Event

On May 16, 2025, a special event was held in New York City, jointly organized by the Indian Consulate and the Bhakti Center. The forum featured a talk by Gauranga Das, a well-known monk, leadership coach, and director within the International Society for Krishna Consciousness (ISKCON). The topic of the discussion was “Reconciling Purpose of Life with Pursuit of Work,” a theme that resonated deeply with a packed audience of around 150 attendees.

Gauranga Das, known for his extensive work in sustainability, social reform, and spiritual education, captivated listeners with insights that merged ancient Vedic principles with the challenges of the modern workplace. According to a post by the Indian Consulate on its official X account, “In a world where success is often measured by titles and bank balances, Shri Gauranga Das invited us to pause – and reflect. Drawing from ancient Vedic wisdom and decades of personal practice, he shared that true prosperity lies in alignment: when our work becomes an expression of our higher purpose.”

The audience comprised a mix of professionals, spiritual seekers, and community leaders, all eager to absorb the message. The Bhakti Center, in a press release, noted that Gauranga Das’s talk not only explored how spiritual principles could bring meaning and balance to contemporary professional lives but also sparked a lively question-and-answer session. The discussion made a strong impact, encouraging introspection and practical consideration of how personal purpose can align with one’s daily professional endeavors.

Das’s diverse background includes leading the Govardhan Eco Village in Maharashtra’s Palghar District, serving on the ISKCON Governing Body Commission, and even transforming the organization’s kitchens through his innovative approach to food and sustainability. He holds multiple prestigious roles, including Visiting Faculty at the Indian Institute of Management in Nagpur, Board of Advisors member at the Chanakya IAS Academy, and a Counsellor for the United Nations Environment Program (UNEP). In addition, he is an accomplished author and has received numerous awards for his multifaceted contributions to society.

His official website, gaurangadas.com, describes him as someone whose influence spans both the corporate world and the domain of personal development. “His ability to inspire and transform lives has earned him a well-deserved reputation as a true champion in both the business world and the realm of personal growth,” the website states.

The event was further elevated by the presence of several dignitaries. The Consul General of India in New York, Binaya Srikanta Pradhan, addressed the gathering and voiced his support for activities that nurture spiritual growth and inner peace. He emphasized the importance of fostering dialogue around well-being in the professional realm. In attendance were also Padma Shri awardee and Chairman of Parikh Worldwide Media and ITV Gold, Dr. Sudhir Parikh, alongside Dr. Sudha Parikh. The event saw participation from other notable figures such as Dilip Chauhan, NYC’s Deputy Commissioner for Trade and International Affairs, and Hemant Patel from the Bhakti Center.

Gauranga Das’s leadership of the Govardhan Eco Village has earned the community global recognition. The village is accredited by several United Nations bodies, including the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD), the United Nations Economic and Social Council (UN ECOSOC), and the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity (UN CBD). It also holds the distinction of being recognized by the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) as an ecovillage community.

His commitment to sustainability extends to the global stage. According to his Wikipedia profile, in 2023, he was a co-facilitator for the Food Systems, Hunger, and Poverty Working Group as part of the C20 Brazil summit, representing India. During this international event, he also led the Food and LiFE Sub Working Group and spearheaded an initiative to designate the years 2023 to 2033 as the decade focused on conscious food production and consumption. These efforts underline his holistic approach to solving large-scale global issues through a spiritual and sustainable lens.

The Bhakti Center, which co-hosted the event, is located in the East Village of New York City. It is known for being a spiritual and cultural hub that introduces visitors and locals to Bhakti-yoga, a path rooted in devotion and self-realization. According to the center’s website, it is “devoted to sharing the experience of self-transformation through the timeless culture and practices of Bhakti-yoga.”

Through his talk, Gauranga Das underscored the relevance of ancient teachings in modern life. His message focused on the idea that material success and spiritual purpose do not need to exist in conflict but can be harmonized when approached thoughtfully. He urged individuals to consider work not merely as a means to earn a living but as a platform to express their deeper calling and values.

The enthusiastic response from the audience and the strong turnout at the event reflected a growing interest in spiritual leadership that addresses real-world challenges. As the Bhakti Center noted, his talk did more than just share philosophical concepts; it opened the door to tangible change in how people perceive their personal and professional lives.

By integrating mindfulness, ethical living, and sustainability into his message, Gauranga Das has managed to create a framework that speaks to both heart and intellect. His contributions stretch across diverse areas—spiritual guidance, education, environmental conservation, and global policymaking—all rooted in a foundation of compassion and conscious living.

The New York event offered a rare opportunity for individuals to engage directly with a thought leader who has not only studied and lived these teachings but also applied them in organizational, environmental, and academic contexts. His multifaceted approach highlights the importance of intentional living in an increasingly fast-paced world.

As attendees left the venue, they carried with them more than just notes—they took away a renewed sense of clarity on how they could better integrate their values with their careers. Through the collaborative efforts of the Indian Consulate and the Bhakti Center, this event served as a powerful reminder that conversations about purpose, well-being, and work are not only possible but essential in today’s world.

Buddha’s Teachings Offer Timeless Wisdom for Modern-Day Global Peace, Say Leaders at UN Vesak Celebration

At a special event held on May 15, 2025, at the United Nations Headquarters to mark the International Day of Vesak, India’s Permanent Representative to the UN, P. Harish, emphasized the enduring relevance of the Buddha’s teachings. “The principle of moderation, or the middle path, remains more relevant today than ever before. The Buddha’s teachings, simple yet profound, encourage us to transcend our differences and embrace a universal bond of loving kindness,” he said.

Harish was addressing a panel discussion themed “Teachings of Gautama Buddha – a Path to Internal and Global Peace.” He noted that in a time of global uncertainty and unrest, the teachings of Buddha could serve as a valuable guide. “The teachings of Lord Buddha can be a guide in today’s times of uncertainty,” he stated.

Harish pointed out India’s historical and spiritual connection to Buddhism, calling it the birthplace of the religion. “Vesak is an occasion for us to celebrate the shared heritage of Buddhism, an occasion to reaffirm and strengthen the cultural and civilizational ties that bind nations of our region,” he said.

He also highlighted recent diplomatic efforts that underscore India’s reverence for Buddhism, particularly Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visits to prominent Buddhist sites in Thailand and Sri Lanka. During his trip, Modi visited Bangkok’s Wat Pho temple, where he paid homage to the Reclining Buddha and offered ‘Sanghadana’ to senior monks. Additionally, the Prime Minister visited the Jaya Sri Maha Bodhi temple in Anuradhapura, Sri Lanka, demonstrating the Indian government’s continued engagement with the Buddhist world.

The event began with a short film showcasing the life and teachings of Gautama Buddha. This was followed by a series of speeches from distinguished guests, including Professor Abhay Kumar Singh, Vice Chancellor of Nalanda University in India, and Santosh Kumar Raut, a visiting professor from Harvard Divinity School. Diplomats and permanent representatives from several Buddhist-majority nations, including Vietnam, Bhutan, Thailand, Cambodia, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Mongolia, Lao PDR, and the Russian Federation, also shared their insights.

Harish elaborated on how Buddha’s core messages of compassion, non-violence, and wisdom remain highly relevant in a world plagued by conflict and suffering. “Lord Buddha’s message of compassion, non-violence and his wisdom offer a path to inner and global peace in a world writ with crisis and suffering,” he said.

He stressed the importance of cultivating both inner and outer peace for a balanced life. These forms of peace, he explained, could be nurtured through mindfulness, wisdom, compassion, and joy. Buddhism encourages creating a positive physical and material environment that fosters pleasant and respectful relations with others. “Maintaining this peace continuum is necessary in today’s world,” he emphasized.

Harish also spoke about Vipassana, the meditative technique in Buddhism that trains individuals to respond mindfully and wisely to external stimuli. He said the practice remains relevant today and can be pursued throughout one’s life. “Developing the correct attitude, comprehension and reaction to outside stimuli through Vipassana is important in Buddhism and will be of use even today and can be pursued throughout life,” he stated.

Discussing how Buddhist thought could be integrated into the modern world, Harish called for equitable resource distribution, a universal legal framework, and constructive conflict resolution. “Buddhist principles could be extended to the modern world through fair distribution of resources, maintaining a universal code of conduct or legal system and through building consensus by constructively dealing with differences,” he said.

Furthermore, he emphasized that peace and compassion should be cultivated at all levels—personal, communal, national, and international. “Buddhism further speaks of cultivating peace and compassion through maintaining international peace, between groups, between nations at an international level or a regional level,” he added.

However, Harish also acknowledged the limitations of applying Buddhist principles in a world marked by state-level aggression. He said that although individual adherence to Buddhist values could be successful, it might fall short when nations act out of self-defense or are forced to prevent large-scale suffering. “Following Buddhist practice, although successful at individual level, can fail on an interstate level in today’s world of aggression and pursuit of violence. At such times, harm can be minimized by keeping in focus the greater good, the motive of national defense, protecting citizens and preventing suffering,” he observed.

Harish concluded his remarks with a powerful endorsement of Buddhism’s transformative potential. “This transformative power of Buddhism is not limited to individuals, but it can change societies. It can change nations and indeed the whole world,” he said.

Echoing Harish’s sentiments, Professor Abhay Kumar Singh emphasized the need to embrace Buddha’s teachings in today’s complex world. “Lord Buddha’s message of compassion, non-violence and his wisdom offer a path to inner and global peace, in a world beset with crisis and suffering,” Singh said. He urged the global community to draw from these ancient teachings to create a more peaceful and harmonious world.

Adding to the discussion, Santosh Kumar Raut offered a scholarly perspective on how Buddhist philosophy could equip humanity to face the complex challenges of the 21st century. He discussed the relevance of mindfulness, ethical living, and inner peace in countering today’s widespread anxiety, divisiveness, and environmental degradation.

Other speakers at the event further elaborated on how Buddhist teachings could offer solutions to many modern-day challenges. They agreed that the principles of moderation, ethical living, mindfulness, and compassion offer practical guidance for a more sustainable and harmonious future. These teachings, they noted, have the potential to address a wide range of global issues—from conflict and inequality to environmental crises.

As the event concluded, the recurring message from all the speakers was clear: the world needs to revisit the teachings of Gautama Buddha now more than ever. By applying these ancient yet timeless principles, both individuals and societies can navigate today’s turbulence and find a path to lasting peace.

The International Day of Vesak celebration at the United Nations served not only as a tribute to the Buddha’s life and legacy but also as a call to action for world leaders, scholars, and citizens to embrace his teachings. In doing so, the speakers hoped, humanity could move toward a more peaceful, compassionate, and united world.

American Hindu Jewish Congress Backs Broader Abraham Accords for Regional Stability and Religious Tolerance

The American Hindu Jewish Congress (AHJC), an interfaith advocacy organization based in the United States, has voiced strong support for the continued growth of the Abraham Accords, emphasizing its commitment to religious harmony and lasting peace in the Middle East and surrounding regions.

Originally signed on September 15, 2020, during President Donald Trump’s first term in office, the Abraham Accords marked a significant diplomatic breakthrough by normalizing relations between Israel and three Arab nations: the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, and Morocco. These agreements were hailed as historic steps toward improving regional diplomacy and fostering economic cooperation between adversaries.

Looking forward, reports suggest that Trump’s foreign policy strategy in a potential second term is centered on broadening the scope of the Abraham Accords. The countries being considered for inclusion reportedly include Saudi Arabia, Syria, Azerbaijan, and Kazakhstan. If realized, this expansion would deepen the regional framework established by the initial agreements, drawing in nations with diverse geopolitical interests and relationships with Israel.

This week, Arthur Kapoor, the chairman of the AHJC, participated in a high-level meeting of the Abraham Accords Prosperity Group held in Washington, D.C. The event brought together an influential group of diplomats, lawmakers, and business leaders to discuss the future direction of the accords following Trump’s recent diplomatic trip to the region. Discussions focused on how to enhance the effectiveness and longevity of the agreements through strengthened political and economic collaboration.

Kapoor expressed optimism after witnessing strong bipartisan backing from key U.S. lawmakers for the ongoing expansion and success of the Accords. “I was impressed by Senator Joni Ernst and Senator Kristen Gillibrand’s commitment to ensuring the success of the Accords,” Kapoor stated, recognizing the rare display of unity across party lines when it comes to promoting peace and stability in the Middle East.

In his remarks, Kapoor also underlined the importance of matching diplomatic goodwill with tangible outcomes that promote growth and prosperity. “The Ambassadors of Morocco and Bahrain shared their hopeful vision as among the Accords’ early partners. But business success will require commensurate economic and infrastructure development. We are looking forward to exploring opportunities and assisting in the regional progress,” he noted.

The meeting attracted a notable list of participants who play central roles in shaping regional diplomacy. Among the attendees were Moroccan Ambassador Youseff Amrani, Bahraini Ambassador Shaikh Abdulla Al Khalifa, UK envoy Sir Liam Fox, and U.S. Senators Joni Ernst of Iowa and Kirsten Gillibrand of New York. Their involvement underscored the wide international interest in maintaining momentum behind the Abraham Accords and in ensuring that they continue to deliver long-term benefits.

The public support voiced by the AHJC comes during a period of intensified diplomatic outreach and negotiations. Recently, Trump held a meeting in Riyadh with Syrian President Ahmed al-Sharaa to deliberate on Syria’s potential involvement in the Abraham Accords. In a major policy shift, Trump also declared the removal of U.S. sanctions on Syria—a move designed to ease the country’s reintegration into the international economic system and increase its openness to broader regional cooperation.

In addition to Syria, the potential inclusion of Azerbaijan and Kazakhstan is currently under discussion. Both nations already maintain diplomatic and trade relations with Israel, and their participation in the Abraham Accords could provide a broader base for collaboration throughout Central Asia. Their involvement would also mark a further extension of the original framework, which initially focused on Arab-Israeli rapprochement.

Supporters of the expansion believe that welcoming countries such as Syria, Azerbaijan, and Kazakhstan into the Accords could boost regional cohesion and allow for greater collaboration on trade, infrastructure, energy, and cultural exchange. By linking Middle Eastern and Central Asian countries through a shared commitment to coexistence and mutual growth, the Abraham Accords could evolve from a diplomatic milestone into a lasting alliance for peace and development.

The AHJC’s endorsement is especially significant given its mission to promote interfaith dialogue and shared values between diverse religious communities. The organization views the Abraham Accords as not merely a geopolitical agreement but as a platform for advancing ideals of religious tolerance and unity among peoples of different backgrounds. In this context, Kapoor and his colleagues believe that continued investment—both economic and diplomatic—is crucial to ensuring the long-term viability of the initiative.

In his remarks at the meeting, Kapoor emphasized that while political agreements are essential, sustained progress depends on delivering results that improve people’s lives across the region. As more countries show interest in joining the Accords, the focus will need to shift increasingly toward infrastructure development, investment in technology, and educational exchanges that can cement bonds of trust and partnership.

The Abraham Accords Prosperity Group, which hosted the meeting, plays a key role in translating the diplomatic agreements into actionable business and investment opportunities. By bringing together stakeholders from government and the private sector, the group seeks to identify practical ways to boost cross-border collaboration and support economic modernization in participating countries.

While critics remain skeptical about the prospects of some nations joining the Accords, especially given long-standing rivalries and political complexities, supporters argue that expanding the framework could bring a new era of regional diplomacy. They believe that these efforts can help shift the focus away from decades of hostility and toward mutual benefit and economic integration.

The AHJC’s vocal support for this next phase of the Abraham Accords reflects a growing recognition among global interfaith leaders that peace and religious coexistence are not just possible, but achievable through consistent diplomatic engagement and shared economic goals.

As diplomatic efforts continue and new countries consider joining the fold, organizations like the AHJC are expected to play an increasingly prominent role in promoting the values of tolerance and unity. Their involvement may also help bridge divides between religious communities that have historically been at odds, setting an example for broader international cooperation rooted in mutual respect.

With the Abraham Accords entering a new phase of potential expansion, the commitment of both political leaders and civil society groups will be crucial. As Arthur Kapoor and the AHJC made clear, real success will require not just symbolic gestures but the creation of lasting economic and social partnerships that benefit people across the region. Their message is clear: progress must be sustained by both policy and action.

House Republicans Clear Key Hurdle for Trump’s Legislative Agenda Amid Internal Tensions

Republican leaders scored a significant procedural victory late Sunday night when the House Budget Committee narrowly voted to advance President Donald Trump’s sweeping legislative package, dubbed the One Big Beautiful Bill Act. This bill, which extends Trump-era tax cuts, boosts border funding, and reforms safety-net programs like Medicaid and food assistance, managed to clear the committee in a 17-16 vote — a crucial step toward broader passage.

The unusual timing of the vote, which began after 10 p.m. EDT, reflected the high-stakes negotiations among Republicans and the pressure to reach an agreement. The breakthrough came after four GOP lawmakers — Reps. Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Chip Roy of Texas, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma — who had previously blocked the bill on Friday, agreed to vote “present,” allowing the legislation to advance.

Their shift was attributed to progress made on two key conservative demands: moving up the implementation date for new Medicaid work requirements and accelerating the phase-out of green energy incentives. Roy confirmed this development, stating that changes were underway to address some of the group’s concerns.

In a reflection of the vote’s importance, high-ranking officials including Speaker Mike Johnson and White House Legislative Affairs Director James Braid were spotted near the hearing room during the late-night session. Johnson celebrated the moment, calling it “a big win tonight.”

“There’s a lot more work to do; we’ve always acknowledged that towards the end there will be more details to iron out. We have several more to take care of,” Johnson said. “But I’m looking forward to very thoughtful discussions, very productive discussions over the next few days, and I am absolutely convinced we’re going to get this in final form and pass it in accordance with our original deadline, and that was to do it before Memorial Day.”

The Speaker added, “So this will be a victory out of committee tonight. Everybody will make a vote that allows us to proceed, and that was my big request tonight.”

With the bill now out of the Budget Committee, it heads to the House Rules Committee. That panel will consider final tweaks to the package to reflect additional compromises between conservative deficit hawks and moderates from high-tax states, many of whom are focused on raising the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap.

Although leadership was celebrating the advancement, conservative members emphasized that the bill is still a work in progress. Roy noted that his vote was more of a strategic move than an endorsement.

He stated, “Out of respect for the Republican Conference and the President,” he had voted present, but cautioned that the bill “does not yet meet the moment.” According to Roy, the modified measure does “move Medicaid work requirements forward and reduces the availability of future subsidies under the green new scam.” Still, he remained critical of elements in the legislation, particularly provisions related to green energy tax credits and Medicaid.

In a statement on social platform X, Roy wrote, “This all ultimately increases the likelihood of continuing deficits and non-Obamacare-expansion states like Texas expanding in the future. We can and must do better before we pass the final product.” His remarks suggested he wants more aggressive reforms, such as reining in the provider tax mechanism that states use to obtain increased federal Medicaid funding.

Norman echoed similar sentiments, suggesting that although some progress had been made, more revisions are needed. “We had some great changes, got a lot more work to do. We’re excited about what we did. We wanted to move the bill forward, and it went like I thought,” Norman said.

He also emphasized the broader fiscal concerns that are motivating conservative Republicans. “We’ve been downgraded three times, we have problems with the money in this country, the debt, the FMAPs gotta be dealt with,” Norman said, referencing the Federal Medical Assistance Percentages (FMAP), the federal share of Medicaid costs.

Despite the committee advancement, Roy — who is also a member of the Rules Committee — would not commit to supporting the bill in the next round of voting. When asked whether Trump had reached out to him following the president’s Friday call for Republicans to “STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” Roy declined to respond.

The initial rejection of the bill by these four conservatives stemmed from the belief that its cost-saving measures were insufficient. Their objections focused on delays in implementing new Medicaid work requirements for able-bodied adults and the slow elimination of green energy incentives. They feared that because the projected savings are back-loaded over a ten-year period, the full financial benefits may never materialize.

On the other side of the Republican spectrum, moderates representing districts in high-tax states are pushing for a much larger increase in the SALT deduction cap. The current version of the bill proposes a $30,000 cap — triple the current limit — but moderates insist that it still falls short of what’s needed to secure their support. Accommodating these demands will necessitate additional adjustments elsewhere in the bill to keep it fiscally viable.

For now, the changes already made were enough to satisfy the holdouts temporarily, at least to allow the legislative process to continue. Norman acknowledged this by stating, “In an effort to move this bill forward, and I’m excited about the changes we’ve made, I vote present.”

Democrats on the committee expressed frustration and skepticism about these last-minute compromises and the lack of transparency. As the vote proceeded, some could be heard asking, “What changes?” Ranking member Brendan Boyle of Pennsylvania raised concerns about the undisclosed “side deals” being negotiated behind closed doors. He argued that lawmakers and the public alike deserve to know what changes are being considered and who is making them.

Boyle’s remarks highlighted the Democratic view that the legislative process is becoming increasingly opaque, especially when major overhauls to social safety-net programs are being crafted without public scrutiny or committee debate.

Even as the bill advances, the path ahead is uncertain. The Republican Party remains divided between conservatives who want more drastic reforms and moderates seeking protections for their constituents. The coming days will involve intricate negotiations and political maneuvering to reconcile these opposing demands and deliver a final product that satisfies enough lawmakers to pass the full House.

With Memorial Day looming as the target deadline, Republican leaders must navigate internal divisions, broker further deals, and maintain momentum to push the bill through Congress — a challenging task, even with Trump’s vocal support.

In sum, while the advancement of the One Big Beautiful Bill Act represents a procedural success for GOP leadership, it also exposes deep rifts within the Republican ranks that will need to be bridged in the coming weeks.

Patients Raise Alarms Over Ozempic’s Potential Link to Irreversible Vision Loss

Weight loss medications like Ozempic have surged in popularity in recent years, prescribed for managing both diabetes and weight loss. However, a rising number of patients now claim the drug may come with an alarming and potentially permanent side effect—vision loss that cannot be reversed.

One such patient is Edward Fanelli, a former contractor from Freehold, New Jersey. Fanelli was prescribed Ozempic to help manage his diabetes. But within months of starting the medication, he says his vision began to deteriorate rapidly, ultimately ending his ability to work in his chosen field. “Not even six to eight months later, I, out of nowhere, I could not see out of my right eye,” Fanelli recalls. “I couldn’t take a chance do the contracting work, worried about cutting my fingers off.”

Fanelli was later diagnosed with a condition called non-arteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy (NAION), which strikes suddenly and has no available cure. He is now the first patient in New Jersey to initiate legal proceedings in state court against the makers of Ozempic, alleging that he was never informed of the potential risk of permanent vision loss associated with the drug. “If they would have told me a chance I could lose my vision, I would not have taken it. Don’t care – weight loss would have done on my own,” he states.

Fanelli is far from alone in raising these concerns. Attorney Jason Goldstein, based in Long Island and affiliated with the firm Parker Waichman LLP, represents more than a dozen clients, including Fanelli, who are filing lawsuits related to semaglutide. Semaglutide is the primary active compound found in Ozempic and other similar medications, and recent medical literature has drawn connections between this compound and the onset of NAION.

Goldstein contends that drug manufacturers failed in their responsibility to adequately warn consumers about the risks. “That’s the crux of this case, people are not warned about this. What did the doctor know? What did the patient know? No one knew,” he explains.

He intends to push not only for financial compensation for the affected patients but also for updated warning labels on drugs that contain semaglutide. Goldstein emphasizes that his aim is to ensure future patients do not unknowingly suffer consequences from drugs that were meant to improve their health.

In response to the growing concerns and lawsuits, Novo Nordisk, the pharmaceutical company behind Ozempic, issued a formal statement addressing the allegations and defending the safety profile of their product. “NAION is a very rare eye disease, and it is not an adverse drug reaction for the marketed formulations of semaglutide (Ozempic®, Rybelsus® and Wegovy®) as per the approved labels,” a spokesperson from Novo Nordisk said.

The company insists that after thoroughly examining both external studies, such as those from the University of Southern Denmark, and its own internal safety reviews, there remains no indication that semaglutide is responsible for causing NAION. “Novo Nordisk is of the opinion that the benefit-risk profile of semaglutide remains unchanged,” the spokesperson said.

Furthermore, Novo Nordisk reported that it has conducted its own analysis across several randomized controlled clinical trials involving GLP-1 receptor agonists—a class of drugs that includes semaglutide. These analyses incorporated evaluations by independent, blinded ophthalmologists who confirmed NAION diagnoses. The company asserts that the findings did not suggest a causal link between the use of GLP-1 receptor agonists and the development of NAION.

Despite the growing number of legal claims, Novo Nordisk has reiterated its commitment to patient safety. “Patient safety is a top priority for Novo Nordisk, and we take all reports about adverse events from use of our medicines very seriously. This also relates to eye conditions, which are well-known comorbidities for people living with diabetes,” the spokesperson said.

The company also emphasized that treatment decisions involving prescription-only drugs should always be made in partnership with a medical professional. “Any decision to start treatment with prescription-only medicines should be made in consultation with a healthcare professional who should do a benefit-risk evaluation for the patient in question, weighing up the benefits of treatment with the potential risks,” the company stated.

The legal complaints surrounding Ozempic and its active ingredient are surfacing at a time when the drug is being prescribed more widely than ever. Initially developed and approved to help manage blood sugar levels in people with type 2 diabetes, semaglutide’s effectiveness in promoting weight loss has made it one of the most sought-after medications on the market. Ozempic, along with other semaglutide-based medications like Wegovy and Rybelsus, has been credited with helping many patients achieve significant weight loss and better overall health.

However, the emerging concerns around irreversible vision damage threaten to cast a shadow over the drug’s widespread success. Attorneys like Goldstein argue that transparency and proper warnings are critical, especially when the potential consequences are as severe as losing one’s sight.

As the legal process unfolds, cases like Fanelli’s are likely to receive increased attention from both the medical and legal communities. His experience underscores the need for rigorous safety communication between pharmaceutical companies, healthcare providers, and patients. Whether or not the courts determine that the drug is directly responsible for NAION, the growing scrutiny may eventually lead to revised labeling and greater awareness of rare but serious risks.

While Novo Nordisk maintains that no definitive causal relationship has been found between semaglutide and NAION, the issue highlights the complex balance of risk and benefit in modern medicine. For patients like Fanelli, the potential benefits were outweighed by a life-altering outcome they say they never saw coming.

Justice Department’s New Whistleblower Policy Signals Aggressive Crackdown on Employers of Immigrants

The U.S. Department of Justice has introduced a new whistleblower policy that places immigration-related offenses at the forefront of its enforcement agenda, significantly broadening its efforts to prosecute employers of immigrants and holders of H-1B visas. The policy shift allows the DOJ to prioritize tips from whistleblowers regarding violations of federal immigration law and reflects the Trump administration’s continued emphasis on immigration enforcement.

In February 2025, the Department of Justice issued a memo directing federal prosecutors to give top priority to immigration-related criminal cases. This new whistleblower initiative is in line with that directive and confirms that immigration remains the administration’s leading issue.

Matthew R. Galeotti, who heads the DOJ’s criminal division, unveiled the expansion of the whistleblower program to include immigration and other categories during his address at the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association’s Anti-Money Laundering and Financial Crimes Conference on May 12, 2025. “We have made changes to our corporate whistleblower program to reflect our focus on the worst actors and most egregious crimes,” Galeotti announced. He further explained that he had tasked both the Money Laundering and Asset Recovery Section (MLARS) and the Fraud Section to reassess the existing whistleblower awards pilot program and identify additional enforcement areas in line with the administration’s objectives.

Galeotti revealed the updated focus areas for whistleblower tips, stating, “Today, we have added the following priority areas for tips: procurement and federal program fraud; trade, tariff, and customs fraud; violations of federal immigration law; and violations involving sanctions, material support of foreign terrorist organizations, or those that facilitate cartels and Transnational Criminal Organizations, including money laundering, narcotics, and Controlled Substances Act violations.” He emphasized that “as with every other area in our program, these tips must result in forfeiture to be eligible for an award.”

Attorney General Pam Bondi reinforced this stance on February 5, 2025, through a memo to DOJ personnel stating that “immigration enforcement” now stands at the top of the department’s list of criminal prosecution priorities. Bondi wrote, “The Department of Justice shall use all available criminal statutes to combat the flood of illegal immigration that took place over the last four years, and to continue to support the Department of Homeland Security’s immigration and removal initiatives.” She singled out violations of the Alien Registration Act and charges of “bringing in and harboring aliens” as areas requiring increased focus—offenses that have historically seen limited use against employers.

The memo issued by Bondi also outlined strict reporting requirements for DOJ attorneys. “Any declinations of immigration-related offenses shall be disclosed as Urgent Reports,” it stated. Furthermore, each U.S. Attorney’s Office must provide quarterly reports to the Executive Office for United States Attorneys summarizing their immigration-related caseloads.

Federal prosecutors appear to be following through on the directive. A press release issued in Texas on April 11, 2025, bore the headline: “U.S. Attorney’s Office Adds 295 New Immigration Cases in One Week.” The announcement quoted Acting United States Attorney Margaret Leachman for the Western District of Texas, who stated, “Federal prosecutors in the district filed 295 immigration and immigration-related criminal cases from April 4 through April 10.” The press release explained that these cases fall under Operation Take Back America, which aims to marshal DOJ resources “to repel the invasion of illegal immigration.”

This pivot in priorities is affecting more than just prosecutors. According to a report by NBC News, “FBI field offices around the country have been ordered to assign significantly more agents to immigration enforcement, a dramatic shift in federal law enforcement priorities that will likely siphon resources away from counterterrorism, counterintelligence and fraud investigations.”

However, many employers of immigrants and foreign visa holders may not yet recognize the serious implications of these policy changes. Chris Thomas, a partner at the law firm Holland & Hart, warned, “Employers do not appear to grasp the depth and breadth of options DOJ and DHS may have to bring enforcement actions.” He cautioned that while these agencies had previously shown restraint in criminal prosecutions, employers should not assume the past is an accurate predictor of future enforcement trends.

Thomas also highlighted the potential damage to businesses, stating that a federal raid or indictment can cripple a company’s operations and inflict severe reputational harm. Employers face the risk of criminal charges that could result in up to 10 years in prison per count, fines of $500,000 per violation, and asset forfeiture.

Prior to its expansion, the DOJ’s Corporate Whistleblower Awards Pilot Program offered compensation to individuals providing “original and truthful information about corporate misconduct that results in a successful forfeiture.” Until now, eligible misconduct included crimes involving financial institutions such as banks and cryptocurrency firms, foreign and domestic corporate corruption, and health care fraud involving private insurers.

The newly revised whistleblower policy can now be applied against employers of highly skilled foreign professionals, including those holding H-1B visas. “It can be and will be used against H-1B employers, along with potentially companies employing L-1, O-1 and TN visa holders,” Thomas explained. He added, “If anybody blew the whistle for an employer knowingly offering false information, charges could be brought. We have even seen DOJ prosecute employers that provide misleading invitation letters for business visitors, such as B-1 or ESTA, claiming that they are coming for meetings, when they are coming to engage in work.”

In recent weeks, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services has issued Requests for Evidence for several H-1B and employment-based immigrant petitions. These inquiries suggest the agency may possess “adverse information” on particular individuals, although the focus thus far appears to be on employees rather than the companies that sponsor them.

Over the last four months, the Trump administration has been laying the foundation for these new criminal priorities. As the policy translates into actual enforcement through raids and indictments, Thomas warns that employers may be forced into compliance at a late stage. “As the rhetoric translates into significant raids and criminal charges, employers will be forced to take compliance much more seriously,” he said. “At that point, however, it may be too late.”

In summary, the Department of Justice’s expanded whistleblower program marks a sharp escalation in immigration-related enforcement, particularly targeting U.S. employers who hire foreign nationals. This reflects a broader realignment of federal priorities under the Trump administration, with serious implications for businesses, especially those dependent on skilled foreign workers.

Pope Leo XIV Begins Papacy with Call for Unity, Humility, and Missionary Spirit

Pope Leo XIV delivered his first homily as pontiff on Sunday, marking the start of a new era in the Catholic Church. In his address, he acknowledged the gravity of the moment, expressing humility as he assumed his new role. “With fear and trembling,” he said, he would take on the immense responsibility before him, striving to serve with “faith and joy.”

The homily came during the Holy Mass for the Beginning of the Pontificate, held in St. Peter’s Basilica at the Vatican. Earlier that morning, Pope Leo was driven in an open-top popemobile through St. Peter’s Square, where approximately 100,000 people had gathered to see him, according to the Vatican’s press office.

In his homily, Pope Leo spoke candidly about the pressing challenges facing the world. He highlighted the divisions and suffering seen globally, stating, “Too much discord, too many wounds caused by hatred, violence, prejudice, the fear of difference, and the economic paradigm that exploits the Earth’s resources and marginalizes the poorest.”

Addressing the Catholic faithful worldwide, now numbering around 1.4 billion, the pope called on them to embrace a broader vision. He urged believers not to isolate themselves in exclusive circles but to instead foster outreach and compassion. “We are called to offer God’s love to everyone, in order to achieve that unity which does not cancel out differences but values the personal history of each person and the social and religious culture of every people,” he declared.

He also warned against attitudes of superiority, encouraging a humble and inclusive missionary spirit. “Let us not shut ourselves in our small groups,” he said. Instead, the Church should aim to connect with all humanity, leaving behind any sense of being “superior to the world.”

The inaugural mass brought together not only high-ranking Church officials but also a notable array of international dignitaries and political leaders. Among those in attendance were U.S. Vice President JD Vance and Secretary of State Marco Rubio. Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney and Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese also participated in the historic ceremony.

In a show of global religious unity, representatives from various faiths attended the event. The Vatican’s Holy See press office reported the presence of delegates from the Ecumenical, Jewish, Muslim, Hindu, Buddhist, Sikh, Zoroastrian, and Jain communities.

Before the mass began, Vance and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy exchanged greetings and shook hands. Later in the day, Pope Leo held a private audience with Zelenskyy and his wife, according to the Vatican. Additionally, the pope met with Peruvian President Dina Boluarte prior to the mass.

Pope Leo, previously known as Cardinal Robert Prevost, is 69 years old and hails from Chicago, Illinois. His election on May 8 marked a historic moment, as he became the first American ever chosen to lead the Catholic Church.

During the ceremony, Filipino Cardinal Luis Antonio Tagle presented Leo with the Ring of the Fisherman. This symbolic ring commemorates Saint Peter, the Church’s first pope, and will be worn by Pope Leo throughout his time in office.

The newly installed pope also paid tribute to his predecessor, Pope Francis, who died on April 21 following a prolonged hospital stay. Reflecting on his passing, Leo stated, “His death filled our hearts with sadness.”

Pope Leo also offered a glimpse into the papal conclave that culminated in his selection earlier this month. As he described the momentous gathering in the Sistine Chapel, he remarked, “We could feel the working of the Holy Spirit.” He likened the spiritual harmony among the 133 cardinals to a musical composition, saying the Holy Spirit “was able to bring us into harmony, like musical instruments, so that our heartstrings could vibrate in a single melody.”

Expressing a deep sense of humility, Leo said, “I was chosen, without any merit of my own, and now, with fear and trembling, I come to you as a brother, who desires to be the servant of your faith and your joy, walking with you on the path of God’s love, for he wants us all to be united in one family.”

As the mass neared its end and the Regina Caeli Prayer was about to be read, the Vatican reported that the crowd had grown significantly, with an estimated 200,000 people filling the square and surrounding streets.

In his final remarks before the prayer, Pope Leo warmly greeted the multitude, thanking those who had journeyed from distant places to witness the occasion. He acknowledged the emotional weight of the moment, stating that he had “strongly felt the spiritual presence of Pope Francis accompanying us from heaven.”

Turning attention to global suffering, Leo reminded the faithful of their duty to care for those in pain and crisis. “In the joy of faith and communion, we cannot forget our brothers and sisters who are suffering because of war,” he said.

He spoke of several ongoing global conflicts, highlighting the devastation in Gaza. “In Gaza, the surviving children, families and elderly are reduced to starvation,” he said. He also drew attention to the renewed violence in Myanmar, lamenting that “new hostilities have cut short innocent young lives.”

On the situation in Ukraine, Pope Leo expressed a longing for peace, noting, “Finally, war-torn Ukraine awaits negotiations for a just and lasting peace.”

As his first day as pope came to a close, Leo XIV had already begun to establish a clear tone for his papacy—one of humility, inclusiveness, and concern for the marginalized and suffering. His message was both a personal pledge and a call to action for the global Church: to walk together in faith, never forgetting those in need, and to offer love that transcends divisions.

GOP Budget Bill Raises Alarms with Provision Undermining Court Contempt Powers

Buried within the vast pages of a multi-trillion-dollar budget proposal currently advancing through the Republican-led U.S. House of Representatives lies a brief but powerful clause that could significantly limit the judiciary’s ability to compel government compliance through contempt rulings. This paragraph would weaken one of the courts’ key enforcement tools—contempt findings—against the federal government.

Although the fate of the bill remains uncertain—it recently failed a committee vote and may face opposition in both the full House and the Senate—the inclusion of this provision reveals growing anxiety among lawmakers over judicial authority as conflicts between courts and the Trump administration intensify.

Tensions reached a new high on Friday when Republican President Donald Trump lashed out at the U.S. Supreme Court after it blocked his administration from resuming swift deportations under an old wartime statute. Posting on Truth Social, Trump declared, “THE SUPREME COURT WON’T ALLOW US TO GET CRIMINALS OUT OF OUR COUNTRY!”

Escalating Conflict with Lower Courts

The most contentious legal battles have emerged in the lower federal courts. One judge found that Trump administration officials may be subject to contempt after defying an order to halt deportation flights authorized under the Alien Enemies Act of 1798. In another case, the administration ignored a ruling—upheld by the Supreme Court—to “facilitate” the return of a man wrongly deported to El Salvador.

There have been other incidents where the government proceeded with deportations despite judicial orders or failed to comply with judicial instructions. Dan Bongino, now serving as Trump’s deputy director of the FBI, fueled the defiance on his radio show in February when he encouraged Trump to ignore court directives. “Who’s going to arrest him? The marshals?” he asked rhetorically, before adding, “You guys know who the U.S. Marshals work for? Department of Justice.”

Administration Testing Boundaries

Despite heated rhetoric, the Trump administration has largely complied with most court rulings—especially those tied to his executive orders. Trump himself has often insisted he will follow court decisions, even as he publicly criticizes judges who oppose his policies.

Still, legal scholars note the unusually aggressive tone of the administration’s pushback. “It seems to me they are walking as close to the line as they can, and even stepping over it, in an effort to see how much they can get away with,” said Steve Vladeck, a Georgetown University law professor. “It’s what you would expect from a very clever and mischievous child.”

Mike Davis, leader of the Article III Project advocating pro-Trump judicial appointments, believes the courts’ resistance will ultimately strengthen Trump’s hand. “The more they do this, the more it’s going to anger the American people, and the chief justice is going to follow the politics on this like he always does,” Davis said.

Supreme Court Showdown and Judicial Skepticism

These tensions were on full display during an unusual Supreme Court session the day before the deportation ruling. Trump’s legal team sought to limit lower courts’ power to issue sweeping nationwide injunctions, a tactic not unique to his presidency but one that has increasingly drawn criticism. Several justices have previously questioned the frequency and scope of such injunctions.

During the session, Justice Amy Coney Barrett challenged Solicitor General D. John Sauer on whether the administration would obey an unfavorable ruling from an appeals court. “Really?” Barrett asked, highlighting the court’s concern. Sauer replied that it was standard policy at the Department of Justice to respect such rulings and assured the justices that the administration would comply.

Mounting Judicial Concerns

Some members of the judiciary have grown more vocal about the administration’s attitude toward the courts. Justices Sonia Sotomayor and Ketanji Brown-Jackson have cautioned against ignoring court orders or threatening judges. Meanwhile, Chief Justice John Roberts publicly criticized Trump’s attempt to impeach Judge James E. Boasberg, who found probable cause of contempt after the administration defied a deportation-related ruling.

Even after the Supreme Court upheld a lower court’s order requiring the return of Kilmar Abrego Garcia to the U.S., the official White House account posted on X: “he’s NOT coming back.” Legal experts suggest this defiance could potentially lead to contempt charges.

U.S. District Judge Paula Xinis has accused the administration of acting in “bad faith” as she continues to demand updates on its efforts to comply with her ruling. While contempt proceedings against the government tend to unfold slowly and are often resolved before penalties are imposed, this case could test the limits of that tradition.

Understanding Contempt of Court

Contempt of court applies when a party disobeys a judicial order. Sanctions can include fines, civil penalties, or, in extreme cases, criminal prosecution and imprisonment. The budget provision put forth by House Republicans would significantly restrict contempt enforcement in cases involving injunctions or temporary restraining orders—the very tools used most frequently to curb Trump’s executive actions—unless plaintiffs have first posted a bond. This is uncommon in lawsuits against the government.

Yale law professor Nick Parrillo, in an in-depth review, found only 67 instances of contempt rulings being upheld against the federal government, out of over 650 cases where contempt was considered. Most were overturned by appellate courts. Still, higher courts have repeatedly signaled that a future case might withstand appeals.

David Noll, a professor at Rutgers Law School, noted, “The courts, for their part, don’t want to find out how far their authority goes, and the executive doesn’t really want to undermine the legal order because the economy and their ability to just get stuff done depends on the law.”

Exploring Uncharted Legal Territory

Some legal analysts are now questioning whether courts could appoint independent prosecutors to pursue contempt or if they’d be forced to rely on the Department of Justice, which may be reluctant to act. They also wonder whether U.S. marshals would actually arrest individuals found in contempt.

“If you get to the point of asking the marshals to arrest a contemnor, it’s truly uncharted territory,” Noll said.

There remains another avenue courts can use—civil contempt—which often leads to fines. According to Justin Levitt, a former Obama administration official now advising President Biden, civil contempt may be more effective because it bypasses the Justice Department and cannot be nullified by a presidential pardon.

“Should the courts want, they have the tools to make individuals who plan on defying the courts miserable,” Levitt said, adding that government lawyers and those executing illegal orders would face the most risk.

Beyond contempt, courts possess other ways to exert pressure. Judges can reduce the Justice Department’s credibility in future cases, potentially making it harder for the government to win. Friday’s Supreme Court order showed some justices were skeptical of the administration’s claims regarding deportations.

Furthermore, public opinion appears strongly opposed to defying court rulings. A recent Pew Research Center poll found that roughly 80 percent of Americans believe the federal government must comply with a court ruling declaring a Trump policy illegal.

Ultimately, the broader picture may be less dire than a few dramatic immigration cases suggest, according to Vladeck. “In the majority of these cases, the courts are successfully restraining the executive branch and the executive branch is abiding by their rulings,” he said.

Sundar Pichai Acknowledges AI Rivals, Jokes About Nadella’s Challenge on All-In Podcast

On May 16, Google CEO Sundar Pichai appeared on the All-In Podcast, where he addressed the growing competition in the field of artificial intelligence. During the conversation, he acknowledged several high-profile figures leading AI innovation and seemed to reference a past remark by Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella that had positioned Google in a competitive spotlight.

When asked to comment on the current dynamics within the AI sector, Pichai named several leading personalities who have been driving advancements in the field. Among those he mentioned were OpenAI CEO Sam Altman, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg, xAI founder Elon Musk, and Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella. Pichai offered commendations for each of them and recognized the impact they have had on the AI landscape.

“They are some of the best entrepreneurs,” Pichai remarked, expressing respect for their achievements and leadership in the rapidly evolving field of artificial intelligence.

However, he followed his words of praise with a light-hearted jab, making a playful reference that seemed to allude to an earlier challenge posed by Nadella. “I think maybe only one of them has invited me to a dance, not the others,” Pichai added with a smile, prompting a moment of confusion from podcast host David Friedberg, who appeared puzzled by the metaphor.

Pichai’s comment was interpreted as a reference to Satya Nadella’s well-known remark from 2023, made during the launch event for Microsoft’s AI-enhanced Bing search engine. At that time, Nadella had boldly declared Microsoft’s ambition to disrupt Google’s long-held dominance in the search engine market, positioning Bing’s AI integration as a major competitive move.

Speaking to The Verge in 2023, Nadella described Microsoft’s foray into AI-powered search as a direct attempt to challenge Google’s supremacy in one of the most crucial areas of software. He had said, “Today’s announcement is all about rethinking the largest software category there is: search.” In that same interview, he went on to say, “At the end of the day, [Google is] the 800-pound gorilla in this. I hope that, with our innovation, they will definitely want to come out and show that they can dance. And I want people to know that we made them dance.”

The phrase quickly became a symbolic line in the ongoing competition between the two tech giants, reflecting Microsoft’s desire to unsettle Google’s hold on the search market and force a visible response through innovation.

Pichai’s recent appearance on the podcast, with his “dance” comment, seemed to indicate that he not only remembered Nadella’s words but also recognized the significance of the challenge. By referring to being invited to a dance by “only one” of his competitors, Pichai subtly pointed toward Nadella and the direct provocation that Microsoft had issued in the public domain last year.

The interaction highlights how competition in the AI field has become a matter not only of technical development but also of public narratives, strategic positioning, and CEO rivalries. Microsoft’s partnership with OpenAI and the incorporation of its GPT technology into Bing has been a central aspect of its strategy to gain ground on Google. Meanwhile, Google has been steadily rolling out its own AI features, including its Gemini model and AI-driven tools integrated into Google Search and Workspace.

Though Pichai did not directly name Nadella in his “dance” comment, the context made it clear who he was referring to. The moment added a touch of levity to what is otherwise a high-stakes technological competition between two of the world’s most powerful companies.

By bringing up the metaphor in a humorous tone, Pichai appeared to downplay any sense of hostility, instead framing the rivalry as part of the spirited and dynamic environment that characterizes Silicon Valley’s innovation ecosystem. His smile suggested that he viewed the comment more as a playful acknowledgment of the competition than as a serious rebuke.

Still, the underlying competition is very real. Microsoft’s investments in AI, including its close collaboration with OpenAI, have been widely seen as a strategic attempt to capture market share in areas historically dominated by Google. This includes not just search, but also cloud computing, office productivity, and AI infrastructure.

Google, for its part, has emphasized its long-term commitment to AI development, citing years of foundational research and technological advancements. The company has stressed that its approach is rooted in careful testing, scalability, and a focus on safety. Nevertheless, the launch of AI-powered Bing last year forced Google to accelerate its own public-facing AI initiatives, leading to the rapid development and release of tools such as Bard (now Gemini), as well as integrations into core products like Gmail and Google Docs.

The reference to Nadella’s “dance” quote also served to highlight just how memorable and symbolic that statement has become in the broader tech industry. It was not just a challenge to Google, but a declaration of Microsoft’s renewed ambition in AI, and it clearly left an impression on Pichai, who chose to reference it more than a year later during a major public appearance.

By choosing to make the comment on the All-In Podcast, a show popular among tech insiders, investors, and entrepreneurs, Pichai was likely speaking to an audience that immediately recognized the context and implications. It was a subtle nod to the ongoing back-and-forth between leading figures in the AI space and a reminder that innovation in this field is often driven not just by engineering teams, but also by the bold visions and statements of CEOs.

As the race to lead in AI continues, moments like these show how the public dialogue around technology is shaped not only by product announcements and code releases but also by the personalities who drive the industry forward. Whether through praise, rivalry, or humor, tech leaders like Pichai and Nadella play a key role in shaping how their companies—and their technologies—are perceived on the global stage.

In the end, while Pichai was gracious in acknowledging the contributions of his peers in AI, his playful “dance” remark reminded listeners that competition remains fierce—and that even lighthearted comments can carry the weight of serious strategic implications.

House Budget Committee Advances Trump’s “Big Beautiful Bill” Despite Conservative Dissent

Late Sunday night, the House Budget Committee approved President Donald Trump’s “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” following a temporary delay caused by resistance from Republican hard-liners on Friday. The bill passed with a narrow margin of 17-16, strictly along party lines. Notably, four conservative Republican members — Reps. Chip Roy, Andrew Clyde, Josh Brecheen, and Ralph Norman — who had previously opposed the bill, shifted their stance and voted “present” instead of against it.

The legislative process will now move to the Rules Committee, which is expected to meet in the middle of the week. This will set the stage for a full House vote by the end of the week.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt spoke on Monday, emphasizing the necessity for unity within the Republican Party. She urged GOP lawmakers to support the measure, saying, “It’s absolutely essential that Republicans unite behind the ‘Big, Beautiful Bill’ and deliver on Trump’s agenda.” Her statement reflects the administration’s growing effort to rally the party around the bill.

Addressing concerns that some Republicans have raised regarding the federal deficit, Leavitt was direct in her rebuttal. “This bill will not add to the deficit,” she said. Leavitt also noted that President Trump had been in “constant communication” with Speaker of the House Mike Johnson over the weekend. She added that Trump was prepared to take further action if needed: “The president is willing to pick up the phone to encourage Republicans to fall in line on the bill.”

Despite the push from the White House, the bill initially faced a hurdle on Friday when several Budget Committee conservatives blocked its progression. Their concerns centered primarily on the timeline for implementing Medicaid work requirements. According to the current version of the bill, these requirements would not take effect until 2029. However, conservative members have been advocating for an earlier start date, ideally in 2027. This issue has remained one of the key sticking points in ongoing negotiations.

Ahead of Sunday’s vote, Speaker Johnson expressed optimism about the talks, stating that discussions had “gone great.” However, sources from Capitol Hill informed ABC News that disagreements persisted, especially around controversial topics like the State and Local Tax (SALT) deduction cap and Medicaid reform. These points of contention had not yet been resolved as lawmakers prepared to move forward.

The core aim of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act” is to implement sweeping tax cuts, offset by spending reductions in other areas of the budget. One of the most significant proposed cuts involves slashing hundreds of billions of dollars from Medicaid. This approach has drawn criticism from some factions within the Republican Party, particularly from the House Freedom Caucus.

In a statement released after Sunday’s committee vote, the House Freedom Caucus made it clear that they are not yet on board with the current form of the legislation. “As written, the bill continues increased deficits in the near term with possible savings years down the road that may never materialize,” the group posted on X. Their message highlighted ongoing skepticism that the proposed savings would ultimately be realized, expressing concern that short-term fiscal consequences could outweigh long-term promises.

Meanwhile, attention is also turning to how the bill will fare in the Senate. Speaker Johnson said there has been close collaboration between the House and Senate, though he hopes the upper chamber will refrain from making changes that could threaten the bill’s passage. “The package that we send over there will be one that was very carefully negotiated and delicately balanced, and we hope that they [Senate] don’t make many modifications to it, because that will ensure its passage quickly,” Johnson stated.

He underscored the urgency of passing the bill by Independence Day, warning that further delays could complicate matters related to the national debt limit. “We’ve got to get this done and get it to the president’s desk by that big celebration on Independence Day. And I’m convinced that we can,” he said.

The looming mid-July deadline to address the debt ceiling is another major factor pressuring lawmakers to act swiftly. The bill’s advancement is seen not only as a pivotal moment for Trump’s policy agenda but also as a potential turning point in the broader fiscal debate within Congress. As the process moves forward, internal GOP divisions, especially among fiscal conservatives and hardliners, continue to pose a challenge to leadership.

Trump, who had already used social media to encourage support for the bill, appears determined to see it passed. His communication strategy includes direct outreach to lawmakers and strategic public messaging through his administration. Despite the initial roadblocks and ongoing negotiations, the legislation has cleared a significant hurdle in the House Budget Committee.

The upcoming vote in the Rules Committee and the eventual floor vote in the House will determine whether the measure continues to gain momentum. Supporters hope that the changes made over the weekend, including the shift in stance by four key conservative members, will help the bill garner enough support for final approval.

In the days ahead, further discussions over key policy points such as the timeline for Medicaid work requirements and the details of SALT deductions are likely to intensify. The GOP leadership is walking a fine line between maintaining fiscal responsibility and fulfilling the promises of the Trump administration. The outcome will not only impact immediate budgetary priorities but could also influence the political landscape leading into future election cycles.

As both chambers of Congress prepare for what could be a pivotal week in legislative action, all eyes remain on the outcome of the GOP’s internal negotiations and the final shape of the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act.”

Indian-American Tech Leaders Honored at 2025 Chicago ORBIE Awards for Innovation and Leadership

Two Indian-American technology leaders have been honored with prestigious accolades at the 2025 Chicago ORBIE Awards, which recognize excellence in leadership, innovation, and business impact within the tech industry. Abhi Dhar, currently the Chief Digital Officer at HealthBridge, and Milind Shah, Chief Technology Officer at Xerox IT Solutions, were among this year’s recipients for their notable contributions to the field.

Abhi Dhar was presented with the “Leadership ORBIE” award, highlighting his exceptional role in advancing technological innovation across the healthcare and financial services sectors. Meanwhile, Milind Shah received the “Corporate ORBIE,” a recognition reserved for executives leading technology organizations with annual revenues of up to $500 million. Their achievements underscore the continued influence and leadership of Indian-American professionals in shaping the digital landscape of American industries.

Dhar is widely regarded as a visionary executive with a keen strategic mindset and a transformative approach to digital leadership. At HealthBridge, he currently oversees product engineering and user experience, steering efforts to enhance the company’s technological foundation. His impact extends far beyond his current role, with a career that includes high-level leadership positions at companies such as TransUnion, Walgreens Boots Alliance, and several startup ventures.

Throughout his career, Dhar has successfully led large-scale global technology operations with budgets running into the billions. He has been responsible for the development of groundbreaking digital products, some of which have earned acclaim at The Webby Awards, an international recognition of excellence on the internet. This accomplishment reflects both his creative approach and technical expertise in crafting user-centric digital experiences.

His professional journey also includes notable board-level roles, including with CIBIL, India’s leading credit information bureau, and Hawaiian Airlines. These appointments demonstrate his wide-ranging influence across industries, as well as his deep knowledge of corporate governance, strategy, and technology. Dhar’s inclusion in this year’s ORBIE winners underscores his pivotal role in transforming businesses through digital solutions and innovative thinking.

Milind Shah, with more than two decades of experience in the technology sector, has likewise distinguished himself through a commitment to continuous improvement and innovation. As CTO of Xerox IT Solutions, Shah has been instrumental in promoting a culture that embraces new technologies and efficiency. One of his most notable achievements has been the implementation of “Tech Tuesday” sessions, where AI tools were introduced and explored with employees.

These sessions have had a far-reaching impact. More than 500 employees have been empowered to independently develop automated processes, driving productivity and streamlining operations. The result has been substantial, with over $1 million in cost savings attributed to the program, along with significant gains in operational efficiency. Shah’s leadership reflects a blend of technical know-how and a forward-thinking approach to employee engagement and innovation.

Reflecting on the purpose of the ORBIE Awards, Kevin Boyd, Chair of ChicagoCIO, emphasized the importance of connection and collaboration in driving technological transformation. “Great CIOs understand how connections drive transformation. The ORBIE Awards recognize CIOs who leverage relationships to drive innovation, solve complex challenges, and shape the future of Chicago,” Boyd stated.

The 2025 Chicago ORBIE Awards ceremony took place at the Marriott Marquis Chicago, a venue befitting the celebration of some of the region’s most accomplished technology executives. Established in 1998, the ORBIE Awards have grown to become one of the most respected honors for Chief Information Officers (CIOs) and Chief Information Security Officers (CISOs), celebrating those who have demonstrated outstanding leadership and made meaningful contributions to the field of technology.

This year’s event continues a tradition of recognizing individuals who have not only led significant digital transformations within their organizations but have also served as catalysts for broader industry change. Dhar and Shah’s inclusion among the honorees highlights the growing diversity and talent within the tech sector, and their stories serve as an inspiration to aspiring leaders across industries.

Dhar’s multifaceted career and ability to manage billion-dollar operations have placed him in a category of executives who drive both innovation and value at scale. His background in developing award-winning digital platforms and serving on influential boards illustrates a unique capacity to blend business strategy with technological advancement. His work at HealthBridge exemplifies this balance, with a focus on creating seamless digital experiences in sectors critical to public well-being.

Meanwhile, Shah’s practical approach to engaging his workforce and promoting AI-driven solutions speaks to a modern leadership style that prioritizes empowerment and agility. His ability to foster innovation from within the organization—by giving employees the tools and knowledge to solve problems independently—has yielded measurable success. The over $1 million saved through process automation is a testament to how smart leadership can result in tangible financial and operational improvements.

Both Dhar and Shah represent a broader trend of Indian-American leaders taking on key roles in shaping the future of global technology. Their recognition at the ORBIE Awards not only affirms their individual accomplishments but also signals the continuing impact of the Indian-American community in driving innovation and leadership in the United States.

As the tech industry evolves, the role of CIOs and CTOs becomes increasingly complex, requiring a blend of strategic vision, technical expertise, and people leadership. The ORBIE Awards aim to spotlight those who excel in all three dimensions, and this year’s honorees embody those qualities fully. Their work is helping to define the next chapter of digital transformation, not just in Chicago but across the broader landscape of American business.

The recognition given to these leaders is more than symbolic—it represents a growing need for excellence and innovation in an age where technology touches every part of our lives. From healthcare to enterprise services, leaders like Abhi Dhar and Milind Shah are setting benchmarks for what effective technology leadership looks like in the 21st century.

In a world increasingly dependent on digital tools and platforms, the stories of Dhar and Shah show how individual vision and team collaboration can converge to create significant impact. The ORBIE Awards, by celebrating such contributions, continue to elevate the importance of thoughtful, strategic technology leadership in shaping a better, more efficient, and connected future.

Struggling to Focus? Here’s How You Can Rebuild Your Attention Span

If you find it difficult to concentrate, feel like finishing a book is nearly impossible, or notice that you constantly scroll through social media just to keep yourself engaged, you are definitely not alone.

Decades of research have shown that people’s ability to concentrate has diminished over time. One long-term study revealed that the average attention span for focusing on a single screen has dropped to 47 seconds, a steep decline from 2.5 minutes back in 2004. The constant stream of news, global uncertainty, and prolonged screen exposure are all contributing factors, according to experts.

“When my patients talk to me about this stuff there is often a feeling of helplessness or powerlessness,” said Dr. Michael Ziffra, a psychiatrist at Northwestern Medicine. “But you can change these behaviors. You can improve your attention span.”

To begin improving your focus, you can try a simple challenge: set a timer for 2.5 minutes and attempt to read this entire article without looking at another device or switching tabs. It might be tougher than it sounds, but it’s a good way to start the process.

Why Are We Losing Focus So Easily?

The tendency to shift attention quickly is not a defect but a built-in survival mechanism. Our brains are wired to process and prioritize new information, especially if it signals a possible threat or significant change in our surroundings.

While early humans were conditioned to be alert for rustling bushes that might indicate danger from predators, today our brains react similarly to the nonstop barrage of alerts and notifications. The COVID-19 pandemic also played a major role in disrupting people’s perception of time and drastically increased their screen usage, said Stacey Nye, a clinical psychologist at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee.

Although technology is not the only factor affecting our attention spans, the constant exposure to rapid-fire stimuli like 30-second videos and notification pings has a cumulative impact on the brain’s natural rhythm.

“Our attention span has really been trained to only focus in those little, small blips and it interrupts our natural focus cycles,” Nye explained.

Take ‘Active Breaks’ to Rebuild Focus

One effective method to retrain your attention is to engage in “active” breaks. These breaks can be as short as 30 minutes and involve anything from taking a walk and observing your surroundings to simply eating lunch in a different room.

To make it more interesting, get creative with your breaks. You could come up with a list of alternative activities or write down ideas and draw them at random from a container. Options include doing a craft project, meditating for a few minutes, preparing a quick snack, or going for a walk outdoors. Including a friend in these activities can add an extra level of engagement.

The key is to make sure the break involves some level of physical or mental activity. Passive scrolling through your phone doesn’t count as a real break. When the brain becomes understimulated, it seeks novelty and tends to lock on to the most accessible source of change — and that’s usually your phone. As Cindy Lustig, a cognitive neuroscientist at the University of Michigan, put it, the smartphone is an “ever-producing change machine” that’s incredibly tempting when your mind is looking for stimulation.

To avoid unnecessary distractions, turn off unimportant notifications and take full advantage of the “do not disturb” feature, especially during nighttime. Lustig even suggests placing your phone in an entirely different room when you’re trying to concentrate.

Avoid Multitasking and Focus on One Thing at a Time

Although multitasking may give the illusion of productivity, experts strongly advise against it if your goal is to strengthen your focus.

“Be a single tasker,” Nye said. “Work on one thing at a time, for a specified period of time and begin to work your way up.”

Lustig supports the use of the “Pomodoro technique,” which involves setting a timer for 25 or 30 minutes to work on a single task, followed by a five-minute break. She encourages herself by thinking, “I can do anything for this amount of time,” reminding herself that whatever is happening outside her focus will still be there when she’s done.

Choose Enjoyable Goals to Build Attention

Having a hobby isn’t just about passing time—it should ideally involve a clear goal and some form of deliberate practice. According to Lustig, this kind of structured engagement, whether it’s learning to play the guitar or getting better at a sport, is much more effective at developing focus than aimless activity.

Importantly, you should pick something you genuinely enjoy.

“You don’t want to start with the heavy nonfiction or like ‘War and Peace,’” Lustig said. “If you need to start with the romance novel, then start with the romance novel. You can work your way up.”

Being self-compassionate is also crucial. Everyone has days when concentration comes more easily and others when it’s more difficult. Your attention needs might also vary depending on the type of task you’re working on.

Experts stress that the most important part of this journey is being intentional. As Ziffra noted, “It is in many ways similar to a muscle in the sense that we can build it up with practice and exercises. Conversely, it can weaken if we’re not exercising it.”

So, if you’re worried that you’ve lost your ability to concentrate or read deeply, don’t panic. The brain is adaptable, and focus can be restored — but it takes mindful effort, the right techniques, and consistent practice.

Trump Says India Offers to Drop Tariffs Amid Ongoing Trade Talks

President Donald Trump has revealed that India has proposed eliminating tariffs on American goods as part of ongoing trade discussions aimed at preventing increased import taxes. This announcement came during an event with business leaders in Qatar, where Trump shared insights into the latest developments in U.S.-India trade relations.

Speaking at the event on Thursday, Trump stated, “They have offered us a deal where basically they are willing to literally charge us no tariff.” While he did not provide any additional details about India’s proposal, the Indian Ministry of Commerce and Industry has yet to respond to requests for clarification.

India’s External Affairs Minister Subrahmanyam Jaishankar later commented on the matter, emphasizing that the talks are still underway. He advised against drawing conclusions until an equitable agreement is reached, saying that “any judgment on it would be premature” until a “mutually beneficial” deal is finalized, according to local reports.

The backdrop to these developments includes Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s visit to the White House in February, which laid the groundwork for a series of trade negotiations between the two nations. India was among the earliest countries to engage in trade talks with the Trump administration following that visit. Both sides had agreed to complete the first phase of a bilateral trade agreement by the fall. To further advance these discussions, India’s trade minister is scheduled to meet with U.S. officials between May 17 and 20.

Trump’s recent comments follow escalating tensions after India threatened to impose retaliatory tariffs in response to the United States increasing duties on steel and aluminum. This suggested a firmer stance by India as it continues negotiations with Washington. Despite the friction, sources familiar with the discussions have confirmed that the trade talks are progressing on schedule.

In New Delhi, analysts interpreted Trump’s remarks in two different ways. Some saw them as a signal that a deal is nearing completion, while others considered it a negotiation tactic aimed at exerting pressure on Indian officials.

Ajay Srivastava, founder of the Global Trade Research Institute in New Delhi, commented, “An India–US trade deal may be on the cards.” He also stressed the importance of fairness in the agreement, stating, “But the deal must ensure strict reciprocity, with both sides eliminating tariffs equally.”

Following Trump’s remarks, the market response in India was relatively calm. The Indian rupee regained some of its losses, and the benchmark NSE Nifty 50 index rose by 1.7% by 2 p.m. local time.

Trump has been vocal about the trade imbalance between India and the U.S. since returning to the White House, describing it as heavily tilted in India’s favor. Last year, the trade gap stood at approximately $47 billion. Trump has repeatedly criticized India for its high tariffs, arguing that they harm American businesses. He has threatened to introduce “reciprocal” tariffs of 26% on Indian goods, although those proposed tariffs have been temporarily postponed until early July.

India, in an effort to address Trump’s concerns, has implemented a series of policy changes. These include revising its tariff structure to lower import duties on key American products such as bourbon whiskey and Harley-Davidson motorcycles. These measures aim to demonstrate India’s willingness to reach a compromise.

Furthermore, Bloomberg News recently reported that New Delhi has suggested applying zero tariffs on selected goods, including auto components and pharmaceuticals. This would apply to a limited volume of imports and would be reciprocated by the United States.

Despite the cordial relationship between Trump and Modi, which has often been highlighted in public appearances and diplomatic meetings, some tensions have emerged. Indian officials have expressed irritation at Trump’s claim that he used trade as leverage to facilitate a ceasefire between India and Pakistan following a four-day military confrontation. Indian authorities have disputed that assertion, indicating that trade and diplomacy should be treated separately.

In another development that could add complexity to the ongoing trade talks, Trump disclosed that he had spoken with Apple Inc. CEO Tim Cook. During their conversation, Trump said he urged Cook not to expand Apple’s manufacturing operations in India.

“I said I don’t want you building in India,” Trump recounted about his conversation with the Apple chief. He further added, “India can take care of themselves, they are doing very well.”

According to Trump, the outcome of this exchange was Apple’s decision to increase its production capacity within the United States. “Apple will be upping their production in the United States,” he said.

These remarks suggest that Trump remains committed to reshoring manufacturing to the U.S., even as he attempts to smooth trade relations with India. The administration appears focused on both correcting the trade deficit and strengthening domestic industry, even if it means discouraging American companies from investing abroad.

India, on the other hand, has been navigating a delicate balance. It is attempting to satisfy American demands without appearing to capitulate too easily, especially as it seeks to maintain economic independence and strategic autonomy. The negotiations now hinge on whether the two sides can reach a consensus that benefits both economies without provoking further political or economic strain.

While no formal deal has been announced yet, signs of potential compromise are emerging. India’s willingness to adjust its tariff policies and the United States’ decision to delay retaliatory measures hint that both nations are interested in resolving the trade impasse amicably. However, analysts caution that much depends on the specifics of any final agreement.

Srivastava’s call for strict reciprocity underscores a key concern for Indian negotiators: ensuring that the United States does not gain disproportionately from the deal. Equal concessions on both sides will be necessary to ensure domestic support and long-term viability of any trade pact.

With the Indian trade minister set to visit the U.S. soon, the next few weeks could prove decisive in determining whether the two countries can move beyond threats and tariff hikes to forge a stable economic partnership. Until then, both sides are expected to continue their careful maneuvering, mindful of both political optics and economic realities.

The outcome of these talks will not only affect bilateral trade but could also shape broader geopolitical alignments, especially as the U.S. and India look to counterbalance other major global players. A successful trade deal would mark a significant milestone in the evolving relationship between the world’s largest and oldest democracies.

India Emerges as Fastest-Growing Major Economy Amid Global Slowdown, Says UN Report

While the global economy faces significant headwinds and weakening growth projections, India stands out as a beacon of economic resilience. According to the World Economic Situation and Prospects (WESP) report published on May 15, 2025, by the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs, India is expected to be the fastest-growing large economy in the world, with a projected growth rate of 6.3 percent in 2025.

This forecast follows a similar projection made in April 2025 by the International Monetary Fund, which estimated India’s economy would expand by 6.2 percent in the current year and 6.3 percent in the next. These figures position India, the world’s fifth-largest economy, far ahead of the global average, which is expected to grow by just 2.4 percent in 2025. This divergence underlines India’s robust performance at a time when most developed and developing nations face economic challenges.

The WESP report attributes India’s economic momentum to several key drivers. “Resilient private consumption and strong public investment, alongside robust services exports, will support economic growth,” it noted. Moreover, the report projects a favorable outlook for inflation and employment in India. “Inflation is projected to slow from 4.9 per cent in 2024 to 4.3 per cent in 2025, staying within the central bank’s target range,” it stated.

India’s relatively strong economic performance comes in stark contrast to the global economic landscape, where widespread deceleration is forecast across regions. The WESP report highlights a grim projection for overall global growth, which is expected to decline from 2.9 percent in 2024 to 2.4 percent in 2025. According to Shantanu Mukherjee, Director of the Economic Analysis and Policy Division, “It’s been a nervous time for the global economy. In January this year, we were expecting two years of stable, if subpar growth, and since then, prospects have diminished.”

A range of factors are cited in the report for this global slowdown. Chief among them are escalating trade tensions and policy uncertainties, which have undermined investor confidence and dampened trade. The report observes that heightened tariffs—particularly in the United States—are increasing the effective tariff rate significantly. This is expected to strain international supply chains, push up production costs, delay essential investment decisions, and stir financial market instability.

The impact of these tariffs is expected to ripple across global markets. The report states, “While looming US tariffs weigh on merchandise exports, currently exempt sectors—such as pharmaceuticals, electronics, semiconductors, energy, and copper—could limit the economic impact, though these exemptions may not be permanent.”

Developing countries, in particular, are likely to bear the brunt of these trade disruptions. Li Junhua, United Nations Under-Secretary-General for Economic and Social Affairs, warned, “The tariff shock risks hitting vulnerable developing countries hard, slowing growth, slashing export revenues, and compounding debt challenges, especially as these economies are already struggling to make the investments needed for long-term, sustainable development.”

The WESP report further cautions that the bleak global economic outlook will hinder progress toward achieving the Sustainable Development Goals. The challenges are rooted in declining global trade, persistent inflationary pressures, and deteriorating growth. In particular, international trade is expected to slow markedly, with projected growth dropping from 3.3 percent in 2024 to just 1.6 percent in 2025. Furthermore, merchandise trade is forecast to shrink in the second half of 2025. These developments could negatively affect industries like transport, tourism, and various services that depend on robust global trade flows.

Adding to the global concerns, inflation remains a critical issue in many developing nations. In 2025, over 20 developing countries have experienced double-digit inflation rates. Food inflation has been especially pronounced, with averages exceeding 6 percent in regions such as Africa, South Asia, and Western Asia.

Despite the economic turbulence, the WESP report suggests that unemployment figures have remained relatively stable globally. “Unemployment remains largely stable amid steady economic conditions,” the report states. However, it also notes that long-standing gender disparities in employment persist, signaling a need for more inclusive labor market policies.

Looking ahead, investment growth globally is projected to be muted in 2025. This outlook is attributed to ongoing trade policy uncertainty, elevated interest rates, and fiscal limitations in many economies. The report underscores that low levels of investment could restrain future growth prospects. Compounding this concern is the role of emerging technologies, particularly Artificial Intelligence, which the report says could disrupt labor markets even further.

In response to these challenges, the WESP calls for coordinated strategic action from global policymakers. It emphasizes the importance of a balanced approach that incorporates monetary policy, fiscal strategies, supply-side reforms, and medium-term industrial policies. These combined efforts are seen as crucial for managing inflation, ensuring financial stability, and promoting inclusive economic growth.

The United Nations has also placed considerable hope in an upcoming global event to address these pressing economic issues. The Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development is scheduled to take place in Sevilla, Spain, from June 30 to July 3, 2025. This event is expected to serve as a pivotal forum to discuss and implement solutions aimed at strengthening multilateral cooperation, promoting debt sustainability, and advancing concrete actions toward financing sustainable development for all.

In summary, while the world grapples with an uncertain and deteriorating economic environment, India’s projected growth sets it apart as a leading light among major economies. Supported by strong domestic demand, steady investment, and controlled inflation, India may not only weather the global downturn but could also become an engine of global economic stability. Meanwhile, global leaders and policymakers are urged to take concerted action to navigate through the economic challenges and reorient growth toward a more inclusive and sustainable path.

India Remains Outside US Visa Waiver Program Despite Growing Global Participation

The United States continues to operate its Visa Waiver Program (VWP), allowing citizens from 41 selected countries to travel to the U.S. without a visa for short stays related to tourism or business, as long as the trip does not exceed 90 days. Although the program covers a broad spectrum of countries from Europe and the Asia-Pacific region, India has not been included.

The Visa Waiver Program serves as a diplomatic bridge, enhancing relations between the U.S. and participating countries by making international travel more convenient. Instead of applying for traditional visas, eligible travelers can obtain authorization through the Electronic System for Travel Authorization, commonly known as ESTA.

The program is managed by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security in partnership with the Department of State. It simplifies entry procedures while maintaining robust security standards for temporary visitors from member nations.

Citizens of countries included in the program are exempt from undergoing the lengthy visa application process if their purpose of travel is limited to tourism or business and the duration does not exceed 90 days. The program also upholds a reciprocal arrangement, whereby U.S. citizens are offered similar privileges when visiting participating countries.

As of April 2025, 41 nations are included in the Visa Waiver Program. European countries form the majority of this list, including the United Kingdom, Austria, Belgium, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, San Marino, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, and Switzerland.

The Asia-Pacific region is also well represented with seven member countries: Australia, Japan, New Zealand, the Republic of Korea, Singapore, Taiwan, and Brunei. In the Middle East, Israel and Qatar participate in the program. Other countries on the list include Chile and the microstate of Andorra.

India, however, remains outside this program, meaning its citizens must follow the traditional route for obtaining U.S. visas. This requires Indian nationals to apply for either the B1 business visa or the B2 tourist visa at U.S. consulates or embassies. Several factors may account for India’s exclusion, such as the requirement for reciprocity, immigration trends, bilateral policy evaluations, and national security assessments.

Although the program offers visa-free entry, not every citizen from a participating country automatically qualifies. To be eligible, individuals must have a passport from a VWP member nation. Their purpose of travel must be confined to tourism or business, the stay must not exceed 90 days, and they must obtain ESTA approval before boarding a flight bound for the United States.

There are also limitations in place. Even citizens from VWP countries can be rendered ineligible if they have traveled to Iran, North Korea, or Cuba on or after January 12, 2021. Dual citizenship is another disqualifying factor. Individuals who hold dual nationality with countries such as Iran, Iraq, Syria, Sudan, Cuba, or North Korea are not allowed to use the VWP and must instead apply for a B1 or B2 visa.

For travelers from non-participating countries like India, or those disqualified from the program, the B-1 and B-2 visa categories remain the standard options for entering the U.S. temporarily. The B1 visa is designed for business-related activities, including attending conferences, consulting with business associates, or engaging in contract negotiations. The B2 visa is meant for tourism, seeking medical treatment, or visiting relatives. Many applicants are issued a combined B1/B2 visa, which permits both business and leisure travel in a single trip. However, it is important to note that neither of these visas allows for employment in the United States.

Travelers planning to visit the U.S. under the Visa Waiver Program must go through the ESTA process. This system serves as a pre-screening mechanism to verify whether travelers meet the eligibility criteria before boarding a U.S.-bound flight. While ESTA is not a visa, it is mandatory for VWP travelers. Once granted, the authorization remains valid for two years or until the traveler’s passport expires. During this period, the traveler may make multiple trips to the U.S., as long as each visit does not exceed 90 days.

Applicants should ideally complete the ESTA process at least 72 hours before departure. The process involves visiting the official ESTA website, filling out forms with personal and travel-related information, responding to questions related to security and eligibility, paying the required fee, and waiting for confirmation, which is generally sent via email.

It is worth mentioning that final entry approval lies with the U.S. Customs and Border Protection officers. Even travelers with approved ESTA authorizations are subject to inspection upon arrival and may be denied entry based on the discretion of immigration authorities.

Since 2015, the Visa Waiver Program has incorporated tighter security protocols. The system cross-references traveler data with various law enforcement and security databases to detect potential risks, criminal backgrounds, or past immigration violations. This strengthens U.S. border security while allowing smoother travel for low-risk individuals.

According to U.S. officials, “The U.S. Congress and the Department of Homeland Security continuously review eligibility standards and participating countries.” Countries can be added or removed from the VWP depending on the evolving geopolitical climate and security considerations.

Despite India’s absence from the VWP, the United States and India continue to explore ways to enhance travel, business, and diplomatic relationships. However, until significant policy shifts occur, Indian nationals will have to rely on the conventional visa system for short-term visits to the U.S.

As the U.S. refines its immigration and security protocols, the list of VWP participants may expand or contract. Until then, citizens from countries not included in the program must continue navigating the formal visa process if they wish to visit the United States.

India’s Defence Minister Declares Operation Sindoor a Warning Shot, Vows Stern Response to Terrorism

India’s Defence Minister Rajnath Singh stated on Friday that Operation Sindoor was only a limited preview of the nation’s military strength, hinting that a much larger response would be unleashed if necessary. While addressing air warriors and security personnel at the Indian Air Force base in Bhuj, Gujarat, Singh emphasized that India’s military capabilities go far beyond what has been demonstrated.

“Operation Sindoor isn’t over. What the world saw was just a trailer. The Indian armed forces will show the full picture when the right time comes,” he told the personnel gathered at the base, making it clear that the mission had not concluded and that India’s full might had yet to be deployed.

His remarks also carried a stern warning directed at Pakistan, which he accused of harboring and nurturing terrorism. Singh minced no words in condemning the neighboring country, saying it has effectively become a hub of terrorist activities. “Pakistan has become a terror factory. Like habitual offenders kept under surveillance, we’ve placed them on probation. A ceasefire is not the end of action—if they repeat their misadventures, our forces will respond firmly. Again,” Singh declared, in a sharp message that underscored India’s no-tolerance approach to cross-border terrorism.

The Defence Minister’s comments came during his visit to Bhuj, where he was accompanied by Air Chief Marshal A.P. Singh. During the visit, Rajnath Singh commended the Indian Air Force for its precise and speedy execution of Operation Sindoor. The operation, which was carried out using indigenous defense systems, highlighted the country’s technological advancements in defense.

“There’s a saying in our country—‘Din mein taare dekhna’ (to see stars in broad daylight). The Made-in-India BrahMos missile lit up their night like day. Just 23 minutes were enough for the Indian Air Force to dismantle the terror infrastructure being nurtured across the border,” Singh said, drawing loud applause and cheers from the military personnel in attendance.

Singh stressed that the operation was a reflection of India’s changing defense policy. While India had historically exercised restraint in response to provocation, the Defence Minister made it clear that the country was now embracing a more assertive approach, focused on retribution and deterrence.

Reaffirming India’s tough stand against terrorism, Singh promised that those responsible for such acts, including their sponsors, would face consequences no matter where they were. This shift in India’s strategic posture reflects a broader transition in the nation’s security doctrine, emphasizing proactive measures over reactive ones.

“Through Operation Sindoor, you’ve shown that ‘Sindoor’ is not just a symbol of adornment, but of courage and unshakable resolve,” he told the assembled troops, praising their bravery and determination in carrying out the mission.

In addition to addressing military matters, Singh voiced apprehensions about the international funding that Pakistan receives, particularly from financial institutions like the International Monetary Fund (IMF). He questioned how these funds were being utilized by Pakistan and warned that they may not be directed toward economic stabilization, but rather to further terrorist activities.

“Pakistan will divert a large portion of the funds received from the IMF to strengthen its terror infrastructure,” Singh alleged, pointing specifically to a $1.023 billion tranche recently released to Pakistan under the IMF’s Extended Fund Facility. This funding, he suggested, could end up being misused to bolster terror networks instead of addressing the country’s economic woes.

Pakistan has long depended on external financial aid to manage its economic crisis, and support from the IMF has played a crucial role in this effort. However, Indian officials have repeatedly expressed concern over the potential misuse of such funds. According to Singh, the risk of financial assistance being funneled into terrorist operations cannot be ignored, and international bodies must take a closer look at how such money is spent.

Singh’s remarks come at a time of heightened tension in the region, with India continuing to monitor developments across the border. His speech in Bhuj was not only a message of encouragement to Indian forces but also a clear signal to adversaries that any form of aggression or terrorism would be met with swift and decisive retaliation.

Operation Sindoor, according to Indian officials, was designed to send a strong message—not just to Pakistan, but to the international community—that India will no longer remain passive in the face of continued threats. The operation, carried out by the Indian Air Force, reportedly struck multiple terror-related targets across the border in a limited time span, demonstrating the country’s enhanced capability for high-impact, time-sensitive operations.

By highlighting the fact that the BrahMos missile used in the operation was domestically developed, Singh underscored India’s growing self-reliance in defense production. This aligns with the government’s broader “Make in India” initiative, aimed at reducing dependence on foreign arms imports and strengthening domestic military manufacturing.

Singh’s strong language and assertive tone reflect a significant evolution in India’s national security approach. Where earlier responses to provocation often leaned toward diplomacy and restraint, the message now is one of firm action and preparedness. India, as articulated by its Defence Minister, is no longer content with mere warnings or symbolic gestures—it is ready to act with force when provoked.

The speech also served to boost morale among Indian troops, especially those stationed in sensitive areas like Bhuj, which lies close to the Pakistan border. By directly addressing air warriors and security personnel, Singh acknowledged their vital role in national security and assured them of the government’s unwavering support.

As Singh concluded his visit, the overarching message was clear: India remains vigilant and prepared to protect its sovereignty and security. The response to terrorism will be firm and unrelenting, and operations like Sindoor are only the beginning of a broader strategy that prioritizes national defense over diplomatic niceties.

Operation Sindoor stands not just as a tactical success but as a symbolic shift in India’s military strategy. It embodies a new era in which deterrence is achieved through demonstrable action, and where every provocation is likely to be met with an equally powerful reply. As Singh reminded the world, what has been seen so far is only the trailer—India’s true response will unfold when the time is right.

BBC’s Digital Leap Signals the End of Traditional Television Era

There was once a period when the television set held a central place in every home, becoming a focal point around which families gathered, bonded, and interacted with the outside world. From gripping soap operas to critical breaking news, television shaped the way entire generations consumed information and entertainment. Yet, with the unrelenting momentum of digital innovation, that golden era of TV is slowly receding into the past.

In a move that has caused ripples throughout global media circles, the British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC), long recognized for its credibility, history, and journalistic integrity, has announced a monumental transformation. Tim Davie, the BBC’s Director General, revealed that the broadcaster intends to cease all traditional television broadcasts by the 2030s, instead shifting completely to digital platforms.

Media observers have described it as “a seismic shift,” and for good reason. The BBC believes the change is not just desirable but unavoidable. The reality is stark: fewer than one in four of its former television audience continues to consume content via traditional broadcasting methods. Even for an institution like the BBC, which has been a beacon of storytelling and public service since the early 20th century, linear TV has become increasingly difficult to sustain in today’s digital ecosystem.

This major pivot by the BBC is not occurring in isolation; it mirrors a broader trend that’s unfolding worldwide. In countries such as India, where television once served as a cultural glue bringing families and communities together, the shift is particularly visible. Although TV sets still occupy space in many Indian households, they often remain unused. The widespread availability of smartphones has dramatically altered content consumption habits — from news and entertainment to live sports, most experiences have migrated to mobile screens.

The once-ritualistic evening family news hour has gradually faded from relevance, overtaken by real-time updates and bite-sized social media clips. As a result, numerous Indian broadcasters are now facing substantial financial challenges, struggling with reduced advertising revenues and the disappearance of younger audiences from traditional television platforms. In an effort to stay current, many regional and national channels have begun pouring resources into digital-first strategies to secure their place in the future media landscape.

This moment is being compared by some to past milestones in media evolution, such as the move from radio to television. Earlier generations still remember the thrill of tuning in to radio broadcasts in the early morning or the often-complex task of adjusting rooftop antennas to achieve a clearer TV signal. These memories are slowly fading as today’s youth — true digital natives — may never experience an antenna or understand the anticipation of waiting for a scheduled show.

In the current environment, streaming services, YouTube, podcasts, and short video content have taken over. Today’s viewer wants their content instantly, interactively, and on their own terms. Traditional television, with its fixed schedules and static presentation, is increasingly finding itself unable to meet these new expectations.

Despite this rapid change, the shift doesn’t mark the death of storytelling. Instead, it signifies a transformation. Storytelling continues, only now it’s being reshaped, reformatted, and distributed through devices we carry in our pockets. The essence of storytelling — to inform, inspire, and connect — remains unchanged.

As the BBC moves forward with its digital vision, its decision represents both a moment of reflection and a catalyst for the future. It acknowledges that television, once the most dominant communication medium globally, is now stepping aside to make way for new formats. But this isn’t a farewell to stories themselves. Rather, it’s a renewal — one that underscores the enduring relevance and influence of narrative, regardless of how or where it is delivered.

As the BBC charts this new course, it becomes a symbol of the media industry’s willingness to adapt in a rapidly changing world. Its choice serves as a wake-up call for others in the industry while honoring the legacy of television as a transformative force in global storytelling.

“The hard truth: less than 25% of its previous television audience still watches through conventional broadcasting,” the report notes, pointing to a dramatic shift in viewing habits. And media experts have not minced words in describing the magnitude of this change: “It’s a seismic shift,” they said, emphasizing just how monumental the transition is for one of the world’s most respected broadcasters.

Even so, the core mission remains unaltered. “While the curtain may be closing on television’s prime-time era, it’s not the end of storytelling. Far from it,” the article emphasizes. Instead, the transition is portrayed as a creative and necessary evolution — one in which the message remains powerful even as the platform changes.

In essence, this is not a funeral for television but a farewell to its current form. With the rise of digital platforms and changing viewer preferences, television as we knew it is being reimagined for the modern era. And in doing so, the BBC’s transformation becomes more than just a strategy — it becomes a statement. The tools may evolve, but the stories continue to matter.

By initiating this digital overhaul, the BBC sends a strong message to broadcasters across the world. The medium may no longer be the same, but the enduring appeal of stories — their ability to connect, to reflect society, and to drive change — will always remain. As the platform shifts from the living room to the smartphone, from scheduled programming to on-demand streams, the commitment to quality storytelling holds firm.

In conclusion, the BBC’s plan to phase out traditional television channels by the 2030s is a landmark moment in media history. It encapsulates the global evolution of content consumption, highlights the urgent need for adaptation among traditional broadcasters, and pays homage to the medium that once brought the world into our homes. Even as the screen gets smaller, the reach of storytelling continues to grow — more personal, more immediate, and more powerful than ever before.

Dr. Amish Shah Makes Second Bid for U.S. Congress from Arizona’s First District

Dr. Amish Shah, a former Democratic member of the Arizona House of Representatives and an emergency-room physician, has declared his candidacy for the U.S. Congress from Arizona’s First Congressional District. This seat represents a potential gain for the Democratic Party in the upcoming 2026 general election.

This marks Dr. Shah’s second run for Capitol Hill after narrowly losing the 2024 election. In that contest, he secured 48.1 percent of the vote, falling just short to incumbent Republican David Schweikert, who garnered 51.9 percent. The upcoming election on November 3, 2026, will see Shah competing against four other Democrats in the primary race for the same seat.

As of March 31, 2025, Shah faces significant financial challenges. According to data from the Federal Elections Commission shared on Ballotpedia.com, Schweikert’s campaign had a sizable $694,863 cash on hand. In contrast, Shah’s campaign reported only $71,555. Among his Democratic competitors, Marlene Galan-Woods appears to be better funded, with $303,278 in campaign cash.

Despite the funding gap, the political landscape remains competitive. The Cook Political Report and Larry J. Sabato’s Crystal Ball rate Arizona’s District 1 as a “Toss-up,” while Inside Elections with Nathan L. Gonzales considers it leaning slightly Republican with a “Tilt Republican” rating.

Dr. Shah has launched his campaign by highlighting his legislative record from his time in the Arizona State House, where he was elected three times in 2018, 2020, and 2022. During his tenure, he focused on key issues such as public health, education, and small business support.

As of May 14, 2025, Shah had secured 26 endorsements from both current and former Arizona elected officials. Among the notable names are former State House Minority Leader Lupe Contreras and State House Assistant Minority Leader Nancy Gutierrez. Additionally, the Indian American Impact Fund has endorsed Shah’s congressional bid.

Dr. Shah’s campaign biography, available at amishforarizona.com, outlines his five-year legislative focus on increasing teacher salaries, strengthening support for small businesses, and enhancing public health and safety. His campaign notes that he had more bills signed into law than any other Arizona Democrat in the past ten years.

One of Shah’s central campaign pledges is to reduce healthcare costs. According to his platform, he intends to take on the pharmaceutical industry to end what he describes as “price gouging” for essential medications like insulin. He also promises to protect reproductive rights, emphasizing that politicians should not interfere in personal medical decisions. As his platform states, Dr. Shah will work “tirelessly” to safeguard women’s freedom to make decisions about their own bodies.

Having already represented significant parts of Arizona’s First Congressional District in Maricopa County, Shah is positioning himself as a pragmatic and independent leader. His campaign bio emphasizes his reputation for working across party lines during his tenure in the State House.

If elected to Congress, Dr. Shah says he will focus on reducing costs for working families, protecting key social programs such as Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid, advocating for abortion rights, and ensuring the safety of communities. In his own words, he pledges to “work to lower costs for hardworking Arizonans, protect Social Security, Medicare, and Medicaid, fight for abortion rights, and keep families safe.”

Outside of his political career, Dr. Shah has a wide range of personal interests. According to his campaign website, he enjoys playing basketball, flying small airplanes, and adventurous travel. He speaks Gujarati fluently and conversational Spanish. His campaign also mentions his three adopted cats: Hillary, Miss Meowerson, and Cousin Oliver.

Dr. Shah’s biography on Ballotpedia reveals his academic and professional background. Born in Chicago, Illinois, he earned his Bachelor’s degree in economics from Northwestern University in 1997. He continued at the same university for his medical degree, which he obtained in 2001. He later received a Master’s in Public Health from the University of California, Berkeley, in 2003.

Professionally, Shah has served in several medical institutions. He worked at the Mayo Clinic, Dignity Health, and IASIS Healthcare as an attending physician. He was also the Chief Medical Officer at Urgent Consult and held a position as an airway management physician with the New York Jets, blending his medical expertise with professional sports.

During his time in the Arizona State House, Dr. Shah was involved in a wide range of legislative efforts. He sponsored bills on critical topics such as tuition, family services, post-traumatic stress disorder, and the repeal of abortion bans. His legislative portfolio also included work on medical licensure, malpractice reform, veterinary malpractice, and drinking water pollutants.

Dr. Shah’s contributions have not gone unnoticed. Over the years, he has received more than a dozen awards recognizing his legislative work. In 2022, he was honored as a “Women’s Health Champion” and “Legislator of the Year” for his work in supporting healthcare and women’s rights. In May 2024, he received the Jacob K. Javits Public Service Award from the American Psychiatric Association for his efforts in mental health advocacy. In September 2023, he was awarded the Pamela P. Bensen Trailblazer Award for his work in emergency medicine.

While his campaign still faces significant financial and political challenges, Dr. Shah is hoping that his strong record in the Arizona State Legislature, his healthcare background, and his community ties will resonate with voters in Arizona’s First Congressional District. With a race considered highly competitive by most analysts, and endorsements continuing to roll in, Shah is positioning himself as a serious contender in a district that may help determine control of Congress.

By highlighting both his personal story and professional accomplishments, Shah hopes to distinguish himself in a crowded Democratic field. Whether he can overcome the funding disadvantage and unseat an incumbent Republican remains to be seen, but his campaign remains committed to the issues he believes matter most to Arizona voters.

Ram Charan’s Wax Figure with Pet Rhyme Unveiled at Madame Tussauds Singapore in Historic First

Madame Tussauds Singapore, a popular tourist attraction managed by Merlin Entertainments, has revealed its latest wax figure—a lifelike statue of Indian superstar Ram Charan. What makes this unveiling even more unique is that it marks the first time a wax figure includes both a celebrity and their pet. Ram Charan’s statue is accompanied by his beloved dog, Rhyme, making it a groundbreaking moment for the museum.

The actor, who has garnered widespread acclaim for his performances in South Indian cinema as well as forays into international recognition, expressed his amazement at seeing the figure for the first time. “When I saw the figure for the first time, I was absolutely stunned. The likeness is unbelievable—from the expression to the stance to the exact detail of Rhyme by my side. It’s like looking in a mirror, and I’m so thrilled that fans around the world will get to experience me up close,” said Ram Charan.

The waxwork captures every aspect of the actor’s appearance and demeanor, including the intricate portrayal of Rhyme, who stands beside him in the display. This addition of a pet figure to the wax statue is a novel concept for Madame Tussauds, and Ram Charan is now the first to have such a personalized representation. This decision reflects not only his celebrity status but also a deep personal bond that resonated with the creative team behind the figure.

This event marks a significant cultural moment as well, especially in terms of how South Indian cinema is increasingly finding its place on the global entertainment map. Ram Charan, known for blockbuster hits in Telugu cinema and more recently for his role in the globally recognized film “RRR”, represents a powerful shift in how regional Indian cinema is perceived internationally.

Andre Timmins, co-founder of the International Indian Film Academy (IIFA), also spoke at the unveiling and shared his thoughts on the importance of this collaboration. “For over 25 years, IIFA and Madame Tussauds have shared a proud partnership built on celebrating Indian cinema’s biggest icons and its extraordinary cultural journey across the world. This unveiling of Ram Charan’s figure, a global superstar whose roots are in South Indian cinema, has redefined international perceptions. It is a milestone moment that reflects the growing influence of regional cinema alongside Hindi movies on the global stage. Together with Madame Tussauds, we remain committed to showcasing the diversity, depth and dynamism of Indian cinema to audiences everywhere.”

Timmins’ comments underline the broader cultural implications of the unveiling. Indian cinema is no longer just about Bollywood; the increasing recognition of regional stars and their global fan bases signals a larger narrative about inclusivity and representation. Ram Charan, who hails from a long line of cinematic icons in the Telugu film industry, embodies this evolving dynamic.

The presence of his dog Rhyme in the wax figure presentation also sends a message about the evolving nature of celebrity identity. In today’s age of social media and digital storytelling, fans are not just interested in a star’s professional achievements but are also deeply invested in their personal lives. Including Rhyme brings an emotional and intimate layer to the statue, which makes it stand out among the many figures housed in Madame Tussauds.

Ram Charan has enjoyed a career filled with both critical and commercial success. From memorable performances in movies like “Magadheera”, “Dhruva”, and “Rangasthalam” to international exposure through “RRR”, his journey has been one of consistent evolution and growing appeal. His presence in Madame Tussauds Singapore now offers fans a chance to get closer to one of India’s most dynamic actors.

The wax statue is expected to become a major attraction for the museum, drawing fans from across Asia and around the world. Singapore’s Madame Tussauds location has been noted for its diverse range of wax figures, but the inclusion of Ram Charan along with his pet signifies a move toward more personalized and meaningful representations of global celebrities.

According to the creators at Madame Tussauds, crafting a wax figure is a highly meticulous process involving hundreds of measurements, detailed photographs, and numerous sessions with the individual to ensure every element is accurate. In Ram Charan’s case, this also extended to his dog, requiring additional efforts to achieve the same level of detail and realism for Rhyme.

Such detailed craftsmanship not only captures physical features but also the aura and personality of the subject, making each statue a work of art. Visitors to Madame Tussauds often marvel at how real the figures appear, and the new Ram Charan-Rhyme installation is likely to elicit the same reaction.

This dual wax figure also symbolizes the emotional connection that fans feel with their favorite celebrities. By showcasing Ram Charan with Rhyme, Madame Tussauds is acknowledging the role of relationships and companionship in a celebrity’s life—a departure from the usual portrayal of stars in glamorous or iconic poses.

In terms of cultural representation, this move also illustrates Madame Tussauds’ expanding focus on global diversity. The inclusion of a South Indian star, celebrated for both his artistic talent and broad popularity, speaks volumes about the global appeal of Indian cinema beyond the Hindi-language industry.

For Ram Charan, this wax figure is not just an honor but a marker of his journey and the deep affection fans hold for him. It is a visual and symbolic reminder of how far South Indian cinema has come and how its stars are now celebrated on international platforms that once predominantly featured Western celebrities.

Madame Tussauds Singapore’s decision to feature Ram Charan and Rhyme has set a new standard for wax figures, blending personal significance with public recognition. It not only enhances the museum’s collection but also reinforces its role as a space that evolves with global cultural currents.

As Ram Charan himself noted, the experience of seeing his wax figure was like “looking in a mirror”, a statement that encapsulates the striking authenticity of the display. With this launch, both Madame Tussauds and Ram Charan have achieved a landmark moment—one that honors not just a film career but a deeply human story of connection and recognition.

This new figure is now on display at Madame Tussauds Singapore, inviting fans to witness an extraordinary blend of celebrity, artistry, and affection.

How the Happiest Couples Spend Their Weekends to Strengthen Their Bond

Balancing a full-time job is already a challenging task, requiring significant time, effort, and mental energy. Adding a romantic relationship into the mix makes the pursuit of work-life balance even more complex. As a psychologist who studies couples—and as someone with a working spouse—I’ve encountered these struggles firsthand. However, my dual role as a researcher and a husband has given me valuable insights into the importance of intentional time spent with a partner, especially during weekends.

Here are five key ways the happiest and most successful couples use their free time to deepen their relationships and create lasting happiness.

First, they intentionally put their phones away. A couple might spend hours together, but if that time is interrupted by constant texts, social media scrolling, or emails, the quality of their connection suffers. Conversely, a couple who spends less time together but makes that time technology-free tends to experience greater relationship satisfaction. It’s not about how much time is spent, but how present both partners are in the moment. The nature of the activity doesn’t matter—it could be a quiet coffee shared in the morning, a leisurely walk filled with shared silences, or even a more traditional dinner date. What counts is being fully there. “What matters is presence,” the author states, emphasizing the value of undivided attention during quality time.

Second, successful couples engage in what psychologists call “parallel play.” This concept, borrowed from child psychology, refers to two individuals engaging in different personal activities while still occupying the same physical space. After a stressful week at work, it’s natural to want some alone time. But many people struggle with choosing between “me time” and “we time.” Parallel play provides the best of both worlds. One partner might be immersed in a novel on the couch while the other enjoys a video game nearby. They are not interacting directly, yet they are still connected through shared proximity and the comfort of each other’s presence. It’s a way of expressing, “I love you, but I also need to love me for an hour or two. Let’s do it together.”

Third, these couples maintain shared rituals. Rituals help anchor a relationship by providing a sense of predictability and comfort. Knowing that certain activities will happen every weekend creates a shared rhythm that can help couples weather the chaos of life.  Research shows that rituals can help couples organize their lives in a way that allows for both change and stability to coexist. These traditions foster a collective identity that feels unique to the couple and greater than the sum of its parts.

Rituals don’t have to be grand or elaborate. In fact, the simpler they are, the better. Think of making pancakes every Sunday morning, dedicating a night to board games complete with a quirky scoreboard on the fridge, or having a weekly wine night to plan out the upcoming week. Even tackling a mundane household chore together while a shared playlist plays in the background can become a cherished ritual. These routines, while seemingly ordinary, provide emotional grounding.

The fourth strategy is scheduling intimacy, including sex. Despite its central role in relationship satisfaction, sex often becomes a low priority amid weekend chores, errands, and obligations. What begins as a time to unwind can quickly turn into a continuation of the weekday hustle. Couples may assume that scheduling sex removes spontaneity, but the opposite is often true. Structured intimacy can be a good thing. It eliminates the added pressure of trying to manufacture the right moment, allowing partners to engage meaningfully and without distractions. By intentionally setting aside time for intimacy, couples create space to emotionally reconnect, which is especially beneficial when their work lives are draining.

Lastly, the happiest couples prioritize laughter. According to research, being playful is one of the most effective tools to build stronger relationships. Playfulness boosts satisfaction, eases conflict, and prevents the relationship from falling into a dull routine. During the workweek, we unconsciously train our minds to focus on stress and responsibility. But weekends should serve as an intentional escape from this mindset. Playfulness… can boost relationship satisfaction, ease conflict and break up the sense of monotony that partners can start to resent.

Making space for fun doesn’t require elaborate planning. Laughter can come from the simplest of activities, such as inventing silly trivia rules, staging a spontaneous dance-off, or reenacting an inside joke. The goal is to find joy and share it deliberately. Most couples already know what makes their partner laugh—they just need to make time to do it.

“The act of being silly — and being met with silliness in return — helps us reconnect with the childlike wonder we carry inside that gets buried beneath our responsibilities,” the author adds. The key is to look for joy on purpose and create those light-hearted moments that keep a relationship lively and connected.

In sum, sustaining a happy and fulfilling relationship amidst busy work schedules requires conscious effort, particularly over the weekend when time together is more available. The happiest couples take advantage of this time by being present with each other, engaging in shared and individual activities side by side, forming meaningful rituals, scheduling intimacy, and seeking laughter together. Each of these practices strengthens the bond and makes the relationship resilient in the face of life’s inevitable challenges.

Though none of these ideas require extravagant effort or money, they do demand a level of intentionality that often gets overlooked. As with most aspects of a successful relationship, it’s not about doing more—it’s about being present, mindful, and loving with the time you already have.

FBI Issues Urgent Warning Over Sophisticated AI-Powered Scams That Mimic Trusted Voices and Faces

We were warned. The latest wave of cyberattacks powered by artificial intelligence is so advanced that traditional methods of detecting fraud may no longer be sufficient. In the past 24 hours alone, warnings have been issued to Gmail and Outlook users, cautioning them that malicious emails are now so convincingly crafted they appear flawless. Meanwhile, voice calls that sound like they’re from familiar contacts may, in fact, be deceptive traps.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) has raised a serious alarm following the emergence of “an ongoing malicious text and voice messaging campaign.” This attack strategy utilizes fake text and voice messages that seem to originate from “senior U.S. officials,” and has managed to deceive many targets. These include “current or former senior U.S. federal or state government officials and their contacts,” making the threat especially severe and far-reaching.

In response, the FBI has delivered a clear message: “If you receive a message claiming to be from a senior U.S. official, do not assume it is authentic.” The primary intent behind these attacks is to lure recipients into clicking links disguised as legitimate communications, ultimately stealing login credentials and sensitive data.

According to Max Gannon of Cofense, “it is important to note that threat actors can also spoof known phone numbers of trusted organizations or people, adding an extra layer of deception to the attack.” He further noted that “threat actors are increasingly turning to AI to execute phishing attacks, making these scams more convincing and nearly indistinguishable.”

The FBI’s latest advisory expands upon their ongoing series of alerts related to the rapidly growing use of AI in cybercrime. People are urged to “verify the identity of the person calling you or sending text or voice messages” before engaging, no matter how familiar the communication may seem.

While checking email addresses, phone numbers, and website links is still advised, the truth is that AI-generated scams have become so accurate that typical mistakes and oddities are increasingly rare. Digital clones can now create replicas that are virtually perfect.

The FBI also encourages people to watch for subtle flaws in digital content. These could include “distorted hands or feet, unrealistic facial features, indistinct or irregular faces, unrealistic accessories such as glasses or jewelry, inaccurate shadows, watermarks, voice call lag time, voice matching, and unnatural movements.”

Voice cloning presents a similar challenge. The agency advises listening carefully to verbal communication. “Listen closely to the tone and word choice to distinguish between a legitimate phone call or voice message from a known contact and AI-generated voice cloning, as they can sound nearly identical.”

Still, the FBI concedes that “AI-generated content has advanced to the point that it is often difficult to identify.” In such cases, common sense becomes the best defense. One should ask: Is this a call or message I would logically expect? Am I being urged to take an action that benefits a scammer or a cybercriminal? What could their motive be?

As Ryan Sherstobitoff from SecurityScorecard advises, “to mitigate these risks, individuals must adopt a heightened sense of skepticism towards unsolicited communications, especially those requesting sensitive information or urging immediate action.”

The danger often escalates when these texts, calls, or voice messages include a link. Clicking on such a link could result in stolen credentials or the unintentional installation of malware. The FBI stresses, “Do not click on any links in an email or text message until you independently confirm the sender’s identity.” The agency also warns to “never open an email attachment, click on links in messages, or download applications at the request of or from someone you have not verified.”

ESET cybersecurity specialist Jake Moore also weighed in following the FBI’s warning. He stated, “it’s vital people think with a clear head before responding to messages from unknown sources claiming to be someone they know.” Moore pointed out that with the “newer, impressive and evolving technology, it is understandable why people are quicker to let down their guard and assume that seeing is believing.” He added, “Deepfake technology is now at an incredible level which can even produce flawless videos and audio clips cleverly designed to manipulate victims.”

A timely report from Help Net Security underscores Moore’s concerns. The report warns people not to “assume anything is real just because it looks or sounds convincing.” It adds, “Remember the saying, seeing is believing? We can’t even say that anymore. As long as people rely on what they see and hear as evidence, these attacks will be both effective and difficult to detect.”

In a striking coincidence, Reality Defender published a deepfake security guide just three days before the FBI’s latest public advisory. The guide emphasizes that “deepfake threats targeting communications don’t behave like traditional cyberattacks… Instead, they exploit trust.” It also cautions that “a cloned voice can pass legacy voice biometric systems. A fake video call can impersonate a company executive with enough accuracy to trigger a wire transfer or password reset.”

Moore offered practical guidance on how to avoid falling victim to these AI-driven attacks. “To protect yourself from smishing scams and deepfake content avoid clicking on links in unexpected or suspicious text messages — especially those that create a sense of urgency, even when it looks or sounds like the real deal,” he said. “Never share personal or financial information via text messages and always verify via trusted communication channels.”

The growing sophistication of these cyber threats calls for a shift in how we approach digital trust. No longer can we rely solely on familiar visuals, voices, or communication formats to determine authenticity. The line between real and fake has been blurred by AI tools capable of generating nearly undetectable impersonations.

In summary, the era of easily spotting phishing scams and suspicious messages may be over. As the FBI and cybersecurity experts warn, skepticism and independent verification must become standard practice. With AI-generated messages becoming indistinguishable from authentic ones, people must exercise caution, remain vigilant, and always verify identities through known, reliable methods before taking any action.

Mohanlal’s ‘Thudarum’ Breaks Records with Unprecedented Footfalls and Global Box Office Triumph

The year 2025 is shaping up to be an iconic one for Malayalam cinema, especially for superstar Mohanlal. His latest crime thriller Thudarum has emerged as a groundbreaking film in Mollywood, surpassing several benchmarks and setting a new standard for box office success. With record-breaking footfalls and massive global collections, Thudarum has achieved a feat no Indian film has managed in the last nine years.

Released on April 25, 2025, Thudarum has captivated audiences across Kerala, with its gripping storyline and Mohanlal’s compelling performance drawing in massive crowds to theatres. The film’s popularity shows no sign of slowing down, as it continues to attract moviegoers in unprecedented numbers.

According to the most recent data, the film has recorded a staggering 66.2 lakh footfalls in Kerala within just 20 days of its release. With the current momentum, Thudarum is expected to cross the 70 lakh mark with ease by the weekend. This incredible audience turnout reflects the film’s strong word-of-mouth and repeat viewership. What makes this even more remarkable is that Thudarum has outperformed another of Mohanlal’s recent blockbusters, L2: Empuraan, which had amassed a total of 53.95 lakh footfalls during its entire theatrical run.

This level of footfall is historic for Kerala’s film industry. Thudarum is now the third most-watched Indian film in Kerala since the year 2000. It trails only behind Narasimham (2000) and Pulimurugan (2016), both of which are also Mohanlal starrers. Notably, Pulimurugan had been the gold standard for nearly a decade when it came to audience turnout, but now Thudarum is challenging that legacy. In fact, no Indian film over the past nine years has managed to achieve such a large viewership in Kerala. As one observer noted, “Mind-boggling, isn’t it?”

While the film is breaking records in terms of audience numbers, its performance at the global box office is equally impressive. Within 21 days, Thudarum has already overtaken L2: Empuraan to become the second highest-grossing Malayalam film of all time. The only film still ahead of it is Manjummel Boys.

Domestically, Thudarum has earned a net total of ₹107.66 crore in India. Its gross domestic collections amount to ₹127.03 crore. On the international front, the film has concluded its overseas run with a gross of ₹90.20 crore. Adding it all together, the worldwide gross stands at a remarkable ₹217.23 crore.

Here’s a breakdown of Thudarum’s global box office performance over the span of 20 days:

India net: ₹107.66 crore

India gross: ₹127.03 crore

Overseas gross: ₹90.20 crore

Worldwide gross: ₹217.23 crore

These numbers are a testament to the wide appeal of the film, not just among audiences in Kerala but also among the Malayali diaspora and international moviegoers. Few regional films manage to make such a dent globally, but Thudarum has proven that Malayalam cinema continues to rise in stature and influence on the world stage.

The film has been helmed by director Tharun Moorthy, who has crafted a crime thriller that resonates with viewers across demographics. Featuring a stellar ensemble cast, Thudarum includes celebrated actress Shobana in a pivotal role, alongside Prakash Varma, Farhaan Faasil, Maniyanpilla Raju, Binu Pappu, Irshad Ali, Aarsha Chandini Baiju, Thomas Mathew, Sangeeth Prathap, and Krishna Prabha. Each actor brings depth and nuance to the film, enhancing the intricate storyline and creating a cinematic experience that is both engaging and memorable.

Produced by M. Renjith under the banner of Rejaputhra Visual Media, Thudarum had a wide theatrical release on April 25, 2025. The production values and cinematic craftsmanship have received praise, with critics highlighting the film’s storytelling, tight screenplay, and impactful performances. The collaboration between Mohanlal and director Tharun Moorthy has proven to be a winning combination, attracting both critical acclaim and commercial success.

The film’s success reflects not just Mohanlal’s star power but also the evolution of Malayalam cinema into a more global and commercially viable force. While Mohanlal’s name undoubtedly adds tremendous weight to any film, it is clear that Thudarum has resonated with audiences on multiple levels—thanks to its compelling plot, direction, and powerful ensemble cast.

As Thudarum continues its theatrical run, it remains a phenomenon in Kerala and beyond. With its footfall count inching toward 70 lakhs and worldwide revenue already crossing ₹217 crore, the film is expected to climb even higher in the list of all-time box office successes.

Given the current trajectory, it wouldn’t be surprising if Thudarum goes on to challenge even more longstanding records in the days to come. Its popularity suggests strong legs at the box office, and with continued support from fans and audiences, it could eventually narrow the gap with Manjummel Boys or even surpass it.

For now, Mohanlal can bask in the glory of yet another historic achievement. His ability to consistently draw crowds and push the boundaries of Malayalam cinema remains unmatched. Thudarum is more than just a hit film—it is a cultural event, a celebration of storytelling, and a clear indicator that Malayalam cinema is thriving like never before.

In an industry constantly evolving with new trends and shifting audience preferences, Mohanlal continues to adapt and dominate. As 2025 unfolds, Thudarum stands tall as a defining moment for both the actor and the Malayalam film industry.

House Fiscal Hawks Stall Trump’s Legislative Mega-Bill in Budget Committee Setback

In a surprising turn of events, fiscal conservatives on the House Budget Committee blocked a key vote Friday on the “One Big Beautiful Bill Act,” a sweeping legislative package central to President Donald Trump’s agenda. The 16-21 vote marked a significant setback for Republican leadership, who had hoped to advance the bill to the Senate by Memorial Day. The defeat highlighted growing divisions within the GOP as lawmakers grapple with balancing demands from both fiscal hawks and moderates.

The bill, referred to as OBBB, encountered resistance from five Republican members—Reps. Chip Roy of Texas, Ralph Norman of South Carolina, Josh Brecheen of Oklahoma, Andrew Clyde of Georgia, and Lloyd Smucker of Pennsylvania. With Republicans only able to afford losing two votes to move the bill forward, Smucker’s switch from yes to no sealed its temporary collapse. His change, however, was a tactical move.

“To be clear—I fully support the One Big Beautiful Bill (OBBB). My vote today in the Budget Committee is a procedural requirement to preserve the committee’s opportunity to reconsider the motion to advance OBBB,” Smucker explained in a post on X.

House Budget Committee Chairman Jodey Arrington of Texas called a recess following the failed vote and told committee members not to expect a return Friday. “Go home,” he instructed them, adding he would notify them if a resumption would take place early Monday.

Smucker, offering further clarification, stated that despite unresolved concerns, the committee decided to proceed with the vote because negotiations were making progress. “There were continued, ongoing discussions and we were very close to having a yes,” he said. Smucker remained optimistic, expressing hope for a resolution by Monday. “We’re working through some remaining issues here, there are just a few outstanding issues I think everyone will get to yes, and we’re going to resolve this as quick as we can and hopefully have a vote, ideally on Monday, and we can advance this bill.”

Later in the day, sources informed The Hill that the committee would reconvene Sunday night at 10 p.m., signaling urgency to push the legislation forward.

Throughout the committee markup, negotiations were underway in a nearby room involving House Majority Leader Steve Scalise of Louisiana. Despite these efforts, leadership was unable to win over the dissenting members. Roy, one of the Republicans who voted against the bill, criticized its fiscal shortcomings. “This bill falls profoundly short. It does not do what we say it does with respect to deficits,” he said during the markup.

Norman echoed Roy’s sentiment, voicing his dissatisfaction with the measure. “Sadly, I’m a hard no until we get this ironed out,” he declared, calling the bill’s current state “very disappointing.”

The OBBB package merges several major components of Trump’s legislative platform. It extends the tax cuts from his 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, implements entitlement reform, and slashes food assistance programs—measures that Republicans claim will save at least $1.5 trillion over ten years. These changes include tightened work requirements for Medicaid targeting “able-bodied” adults, which are expected to cause millions to lose coverage, the repeal of green energy tax credits enacted by Democrats in 2022, and for the first time, requiring states to help fund food assistance programs.

Although House committees had completed detailed markups on these sections earlier in the week, final negotiations were still underway. Moderate Republicans were pushing for an increase in the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap, which was currently set at $30,000 in the draft. Fiscal conservatives, in contrast, wanted corresponding spending cuts to offset any tax relief expansion.

To satisfy the hawks, conservatives proposed several adjustments, including speeding up the implementation of the new Medicaid work requirements and advancing the timeline to eliminate green energy subsidies. Additionally, they proposed reducing the federal Medicaid match rate for populations covered under the Affordable Care Act’s expansion—changes likely to alienate moderates.

Norman insisted on firm commitments before backing the bill. “It’s a sticking point because it’s huge money,” he said. “I’m tired of smoke and mirrors.”

Scalise confirmed that Republicans were coordinating closely with the Trump administration on timing-related provisions of the package, which emerged as a major point of contention. “What they want to see is progress and get answers on some of the questions and expedite the timelines,” Scalise said. He emphasized the shared GOP goals: “We’re all in agreement on the reforms we want to make. We want to have work requirements, we want to phase out a lot of these green subsidies.”

Scalise added that some delays were unavoidable. “How quickly can you get it done? And it’s not as quick as saying you just turn it off tomorrow,” he explained. “Some things the administration does have to actually create a process to implement it, and we want to make sure that the Trump administration has the time they need while pushing it as fast as possible. So those are the conversations we’re having and we’re making a lot of progress.”

The stakes were underscored by the unexpected arrival of Rep. Brandon Gill of Texas at the markup, despite recently welcoming his second child. “I’m here to support the president’s agenda,” Gill told reporters as he entered the hearing.

Amid the tense negotiations, Trump directly intervened via his platform, Truth Social, urging Republicans to stop stalling and unite behind the bill. “We don’t need ‘GRANDSTANDERS’ in the Republican Party. STOP TALKING, AND GET IT DONE!” he wrote.

The post was clearly aimed at the dissenting members, though it didn’t sway Norman. When asked about Trump’s remarks, Norman responded, “I don’t need to grandstand. This is: how do you disagree with the agenda he laid out? He’s a smart guy, and he’s got so many good things [in the bill]. All we’re asking is [for] a little compromise somewhere.” He continued, “Let’s not give the farm. It’s not right. It’s not right.”

Despite the initial blow, Republican leaders are expected to continue pushing for a resolution by early next week. As negotiations continue, both sides within the GOP remain firm in their positions—fiscal hawks demanding deeper savings and accelerated reforms, and moderates seeking relief for high-tax states. The outcome will determine whether Trump’s sprawling legislative agenda can gain the traction needed to advance to the Senate and potentially reshape key federal programs.

India Faces Escalating Obesity Crisis with Over 70% of Urban Population Affected, Lancet Study Finds

India is confronting an escalating health crisis as a recent study published in The Lancet reveals that 70% of the country’s urban population is either overweight or obese. This alarming trend places India among the top nations grappling with obesity, ranking third globally after the United States and China in the number of obese individuals.

The findings, part of a report released by the NCD Risk Factor Collaboration, indicate that nearly eight crore people in India are categorized as obese. Particularly concerning is that one crore of these individuals belong to the 5 to 19-year age group, suggesting that childhood and adolescent obesity is becoming a widespread issue.

Highlighting the growing threat, Dr. Amit Garg, a senior bariatric and metabolic surgeon at a hospital in Mohali, told The Times of India, “India ranks third, just behind the US and China, in the list of top 10 countries with the highest number of obese individuals.”

The report notes that 30 million Indian adults are either overweight or obese. Among the diabetic population in India—estimated at around 62 million—there is a high incidence of obesity-related complications such as excess body fat, abdominal adiposity, and fat accumulation in ectopic areas of the body. These complications are major contributing factors to chronic diseases and organ dysfunction.

Dr. Arunanshu Beheram, another senior surgeon, observed a corresponding rise in bariatric or weight-loss surgeries due to the increasing prevalence of obesity in the country. According to him, more individuals are turning to surgical interventions as a means of tackling extreme weight gain.

“Obesity is just one facet of malnutrition, with underweight or thinness constituting the other end of the spectrum,” the report elaborates. It emphasizes that both extremes—being underweight and being obese—pose significant risks to vital organs such as the heart and liver. These conditions increase the likelihood of various illnesses, including cardiovascular and metabolic diseases.

The report also offers insights into the changing trends of malnutrition in India over time. Between 1990 and 2022, the percentage of underweight women in India declined by about 30%. However, the number of obese women saw a sharp rise during the same period, reaching 4.4 crore. Similarly, the number of obese men increased to 2.6 crore, reflecting a 5% growth. The data reveals a notable transition from undernutrition to overnutrition within India’s demographic landscape.

Alarmingly, the obesity trend is not confined to adults. The 5-19 age group is increasingly affected, with 0.7 crore boys and 0.5 crore girls now classified as obese. This change marks a significant shift in India’s public health profile, indicating that unhealthy weight gain is becoming a problem early in life.

The global context adds to the concern. The Lancet study shows that in 2022, the worldwide rate of obesity among children and adolescents was four times higher than in 1990. This exponential rise points to a global epidemic that requires urgent attention and collaborative efforts.

In India, the increase in obesity is mirrored by the surge in medical procedures to combat it. In 2019 alone, about 20,000 weight-loss surgeries were performed across the country. This is a staggering increase compared to just 800 surgeries conducted a decade earlier, reflecting both rising demand and wider acceptance of surgical solutions to weight-related issues.

Adding to the accessibility of such procedures, the Indian government now funds weight-loss surgeries for its three million government employees. This policy move is intended to make such surgeries more accessible to a broader section of the population, potentially reducing long-term healthcare costs by preventing obesity-related diseases.

The Lancet report underscores the severity of India’s obesity problem by reiterating that nearly 80 million Indians, including 10 million individuals aged between 5 and 19 years, are obese. The figures also highlight how childhood obesity is rapidly becoming a dominant feature of India’s public health landscape.

Three in ten school-going children in India are now obese, according to the report. This statistic, experts say, signals a worrying surge in weight-related issues among youth, particularly in the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic, which saw extended lockdowns, reduced physical activity, and unhealthy eating patterns.

Experts unanimously agree that reversing this trend requires immediate and concerted lifestyle changes. They advocate for better dietary habits, increased physical activity, and community-wide awareness programs to instill healthy routines early in life. Without such interventions, India could face a future overwhelmed by preventable chronic diseases.

A recent World Health Organization (WHO) study further highlights the gravity of the situation on a global scale. According to the WHO, more than one billion people worldwide are now classified as obese, surpassing the number of individuals who are underweight. This shift underscores a dual burden of malnutrition: while undernutrition continues to plague low-income populations, overnutrition has emerged as a leading public health threat globally.

This rise in obesity is accompanied by a spike in associated conditions such as early-onset diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, and kidney disorders. “This rapid increase in obesity rates poses a dual burden with malnutrition and raises concerns about the early onset of diseases such as diabetes, heart disease, and kidney disease,” the report states.

Another challenge in addressing obesity is the limited availability and high cost of obesity-related medications. These drugs, often essential for people who cannot undergo surgery or for whom lifestyle changes are insufficient, remain out of reach for a large portion of the population due to financial constraints.

The mounting obesity crisis demands a multi-pronged response. Policy initiatives, public health campaigns, and grassroots efforts must work in tandem to create an environment that supports healthier choices. Measures like subsidizing nutritious foods, creating public spaces for exercise, and introducing mandatory physical education in schools can contribute significantly to curbing the trend.

In conclusion, the data from the Lancet and WHO reports present a stark picture of a nation—and a world—grappling with a growing epidemic of obesity. With India’s urban population particularly affected, and children increasingly at risk, experts warn that time is running out. Without swift and strategic action, the consequences could be devastating for future generations, both in terms of health and economic burden.

The Five Happiest Countries in the World in 2025: What Makes Them Smile More Than the Rest

Have you ever wondered where people genuinely start their day with a smile instead of relying on caffeine to survive the morning? While many face the daily grind of traffic snarls and awkward elevator conversations, certain countries seem to live in a state of ongoing contentment. While scientists have yet to determine if it’s due to something in the water, favorable genetics, or simply the wisdom of disconnecting from work emails after 6 PM, these nations have discovered what the rest of us are still trying to figure out: the formula for happiness.

But how are the happiest countries actually ranked? After all, happiness is subjective and varies greatly from person to person. According to William Russell, several factors are considered in calculating a nation’s happiness. These include access to international health insurance, insights from the World Happiness Report 2024, Numbeo’s Quality of Life Index, the US News Quality of Life Index, CEOWORLD Magazine’s Quality of Life Report, and the Happy City Index developed by the Institute for Quality of Life. In addition, GDP per capita and average life expectancy also play a major role. Using a weighted average of all these elements, the happiest countries in the world for 2025 were determined.

Switzerland sits at the top of this list.

  1. Switzerland

The happiest city in Switzerland is Zurich, which boasts a Quality of Life Index of 204 and an Average Life Evaluation score of 7.060. Previously recognized as the best country to live in and among the top ten healthiest countries, Switzerland remains a beacon of well-being.

The average annual salary in Switzerland is an impressive US$79,204 as of 2023, placing the country in the top five globally for income. While these high wages come with a steep cost of living—rents are nearly twice that of the UK, and everyday expenses are 64% higher—residents are surrounded by awe-inspiring natural beauty. From the Matterhorn to Lake Lucerne, many Swiss spend their free time hiking, skiing, and paragliding.

Working conditions in Switzerland are also favorable. Employees benefit from a maximum workweek of 45 to 50 hours, a minimum of four weeks of vacation, and a 25% overtime pay premium.

Swiss society values honesty, diligence, and respect. Interactions are generally formal, with handshakes as the norm. Their policy of neutrality in global affairs mirrors a deep cultural emphasis on peace and security.

  1. Australia

Brisbane takes the title of the happiest city in Australia, with a Quality of Life Index of 185.5 and an Average Life Evaluation of 7.057. The country ranks highly in all happiness metrics, from life satisfaction to quality of life. It was previously named the best place for expats, the seventh healthiest, and the ninth best country for work.

The average Australian earns around US$68,000 annually. Nearly 90% of its 27 million people reside in urban areas. Although the cost of living is approximately 4% higher than in the UK, Australia offers a wealth of recreational activities, from surfing at Bondi Beach to exploring the vast Outback.

The workforce is protected under the Fair Work Act 2009, which stipulates a 38-hour workweek, four weeks of paid leave, and a minimum wage of AUS$23.23 per hour. A notable 2024 amendment introduced the “right to disconnect,” ensuring workers are not obligated to respond to work-related communications after hours.

Australian culture is a fusion of Western traditions with both indigenous and immigrant influences. It emphasizes liberty, fairness, and respect, often expressed through good manners and an egalitarian spirit. As Australians like to say, they “work hard and play hard,” enjoying leisure time with barbecues, music, and drinks.

  1. Sweden

In Sweden, Gothenburg is the happiest city, with a Quality of Life Index of 186.7 and an Average Life Evaluation of 7.344. Although it dropped one spot from the previous year, Sweden remains a model of mental well-being, consistently ranked as one of the least stressed and healthiest countries.

Swedish life is guided by the concept of “Lagom,” meaning “just the right amount,” encouraging balance in all aspects. The country provides universal healthcare, leading gender equality, and a strong welfare system. This support coexists with a thriving private sector.

Swedish workplaces are some of the most productive globally. Employer-employee relationships are collaborative, and any disputes are often mediated through trade unions. Average income is about US$38,310, and income tax ranges from 32% to 45%, funding healthcare, education, and pensions.

Swedish culture is egalitarian and inclusive. Regardless of age, gender, ethnicity, or religion, fairness is upheld. Their calm, trusting nature is embodied in the national tradition of “Fika,” where coworkers take coffee breaks together to recharge and connect.

  1. Norway

Ålesund leads as the happiest city in Norway, with a Quality of Life Index of 189 and an Average Life Evaluation of 7.302. Norway lives up to its tourist slogan “Find your Happy Place,” continually appearing among the top happy countries due to its wealth, social structure, and quality of life.

Norway has strategically used its oil wealth to support society since the 1960s. It boasts one of the smallest income inequality gaps, high public spending, and a GDP per capita among the highest in the world. The average salary is US$63,900, though the cost of living is 18% above the UK’s.

Norwegian workers are among the most productive globally, generating over US$119 per hour worked. Work is capped at 37.5 hours weekly, with at least one break every 5.5 hours and a minimum of 25 vacation days each year.

Norwegian values include equality, humility, and social cooperation. “Dugnad” is the principle of collective effort toward shared goals. “Janteloven,” or the unwritten cultural code, promotes modesty and social unity over individualism.

  1. The Netherlands

Amsterdam is the Netherlands’ happiest city, featuring a Quality of Life Index of 207.5 and an Average Life Evaluation of 7.319. The Dutch have climbed the happiness rankings thanks to improvements in work-life balance, social support, and quality of life.

Though small in size, the Netherlands is a heavyweight in European politics, finance, and law. The cost of living is about 3% higher than in the UK, but the country compensates with clean cities and an efficient public transport network.

Dutch life emphasizes harmony, outdoor activity, and continuous learning. The average salary is US$46,000, with higher taxes funding essential services like healthcare and education. Its economy thrives in services and technology, with strong ties to Germany and France.

The Dutch uphold constitutional values like equality and freedom. They are culturally rich, enjoying frequent festivals, art, and literature. Despite their national pride, they maintain close cultural relationships with neighboring countries.

In Conclusion

These five nations have found ways to integrate joy into their everyday lives, from Switzerland’s alpine adventures to the Netherlands’ bicycle commutes and art festivals. As the article puts it, “whether it’s the Swiss perfecting the art of chocolate consumption, Australians turning every weekend into a beach party, or Scandinavians creating social systems so good they make the rest of us question our life choices,” these countries have discovered how to build happiness into the fabric of their societies.

The search for happiness is a shared journey, but having the right systems in place to protect and support it is just smart planning. After all, you’ll want to be financially protected while you’re busy learning to say ‘I’m extremely content’ in Dutch, Norwegian, or Swedish.

Beauty Influencer’s On-Camera Killing Shocks Mexico Amid Rising Femicide Concerns

Valeria Marquez was chatting with her TikTok audience during a livestream from her beauty salon in Zapopan, Mexico, when her day took a tragic turn. A small parcel arrived at the salon’s entrance, and she momentarily left her audience to retrieve it. With a smile and a cheerful tone, the 23-year-old beauty influencer returned to the screen, unwrapping the package to reveal a stuffed animal. “He’s a little piglet!” she exclaimed, flipping her long blonde hair over her shoulder.

Tragically, within moments of that joyful moment, Marquez was fatally shot. She slumped lifeless in her chair, blood soaking the desk in front of her, while the livestream continued uninterrupted. It only came to a stop when another person at the scene picked up her phone, their face briefly visible to the online viewers.

The Jalisco state Attorney General’s office confirmed that Marquez was shot and killed by a man who entered her salon. Authorities are treating her death as a suspected femicide — a gender-based killing of a woman, which remains a persistent and deeply troubling issue across Mexico.

With more than 100,000 followers on Instagram, Marquez was a rising social media figure, and news of her murder has reverberated across the country. Her death has once again placed a spotlight on the violence women face in Mexico and the dangers faced by women, even in their workplaces or while engaging with fans online.

According to a spokesperson for the Jalisco Prosecutor’s Office, the man believed to have carried out the attack arrived at the salon before Marquez and inquired about her whereabouts. He returned later in the day, and that was when the fatal shooting occurred. This timeline aligns with what was captured on the livestream, the spokesperson confirmed.

The suspect has not yet been named, and at present, officials have indicated that the incident is not believed to have any connection with drug cartel activity, which is often behind violent crimes in the region. This detail further underscores the disturbing nature of the crime, pointing instead toward a more personal or gender-based motive.

Marquez’s killing is not an isolated event. Just days before her death, another woman — this time a candidate running for mayor in Veracruz — was gunned down while livestreaming as well. In that incident, three other individuals were also killed. These back-to-back attacks on women, both carried out during live broadcasts, have sparked outrage and renewed scrutiny of Mexico’s ongoing struggle with gender violence and impunity.

While not all murders of women are legally classified as femicides, many are. In 2020, data from Amnesty International showed that about one in four killings of women in Mexico were investigated as femicides. These types of killings were reported in every one of Mexico’s 32 states, indicating a nationwide crisis.

The Mexican government reported 847 cases of femicide in 2023. In the first quarter of 2024 alone, authorities have already logged 162 cases. These statistics reflect a deeply rooted and persistent pattern of violence against women across the country.

Critics say that Mexico’s institutional response to these crimes remains alarmingly inadequate. Investigations into homicides, including femicides, are often slow, incomplete, or result in little to no accountability.

“In 2022, around 4,000 women were killed in Mexico, which amounts to 12% of all homicides that year,” said Juanita Goebertus, Americas Director at Human Rights Watch, in an interview with CNN. “And the rate of cases that lead to a verdict is around 67%.”

This figure indicates that a significant number of cases either go unsolved or never make it to trial. According to Goebertus, one of the main issues is the lack of capacity among authorities to conduct thorough investigations and offer protection to witnesses and victims. The challenge, she emphasized, lies in building stronger institutions that can respond effectively and deliver justice in cases of gender violence.

As Mexico grapples with this pervasive issue, public outrage continues to grow. Social media platforms are flooded with tributes, demands for justice, and calls for systemic change following Marquez’s death. Her killing has come to symbolize the vulnerability many women face in Mexico, regardless of fame or social standing.

Marquez was known for her beauty tutorials, light-hearted content, and online engagement with her followers. That a young woman so visible and seemingly full of life could be murdered while livestreaming has only deepened the sense of alarm and sorrow in the nation.

Her fans and fellow influencers have taken to Instagram and TikTok to share their grief and demand justice. Some have posted messages using hashtags linked to femicide awareness and women’s rights in Mexico. Others have condemned the broader culture of violence that continues to claim lives with tragic frequency.

The Jalisco Prosecutor’s Office has assured the public that the investigation is ongoing, and authorities are working to identify and apprehend the suspect. However, given the country’s track record with gender-based crimes, skepticism remains high.

The lack of consistent legal accountability and a broader culture of impunity has long enabled gender violence to flourish in Mexico. Despite recent reforms and increased awareness, femicides continue to occur at alarming rates, and survivors or families of victims often struggle to see justice served.

Advocates say that beyond investigations, Mexico needs deeper structural changes — from police training and judicial reforms to public awareness campaigns and community protection programs. Only with a multi-layered approach, they argue, can the cycle of violence against women begin to be dismantled.

Marquez’s killing serves as a grim reminder that women in Mexico still face significant risks, even in what should be the safest of spaces. Her death has turned the lens once more on the failures of the justice system and the urgent need for reform.

While the young influencer’s life was tragically cut short, the impact of her death continues to ripple across Mexico. Her story has become part of a larger narrative of fear, resilience, and the growing demand for change in a country grappling with gender-based violence.

As her family, friends, and followers mourn, there is hope that her loss might at least push the country a step closer to confronting the epidemic of femicide with the seriousness and resolve it deserves.

Mayor Eric Adams Honors Dr. Raj Bhayani for Lifelong Service to Medicine and Community During AAPI Heritage Month

In a grand ceremony marking Asian American and Pacific Islander (AAPI) Heritage Month, New York City Mayor Eric Adams paid tribute to the achievements of celebrated ENT surgeon and philanthropist Dr. Raj Bhayani. The reception, held at Gracie Mansion, honored individuals of AAPI heritage whose work has significantly enriched the city’s civic and cultural fabric. Dr. Bhayani was presented with a formal mayoral citation acknowledging his longstanding commitment to medicine, humanitarian efforts, and global philanthropic work.

During the event, Mayor Adams praised Dr. Bhayani for his exemplary service and his status as a trailblazer in both the medical field and the AAPI community. In his remarks, the Mayor described Dr. Bhayani as “an authentic force for good and a pillar of the Asian American community,” recognizing his groundbreaking achievement as the first ENT surgeon in India to undergo neurosurgical training. Additionally, Dr. Bhayani’s fellowship in facial plastic and microvascular surgery was noted as a milestone in his pioneering medical journey. Mayor Adams emphasized that these accomplishments are representative of the values of dedication, excellence, and inclusivity that define New York City’s diverse AAPI population.

Dr. Bhayani has distinguished himself not only through clinical expertise but also in academic and research circles. He has authored and presented more than 50 medical research papers and earned a place in the esteemed Marquis Who’s Who in America, a publication that highlights significant figures in various professional fields. His scientific contributions earned him the Triologic Society Award in the United States, a mark of recognition in otolaryngology research. In addition to his scholarly work, he holds several senior positions across top-tier hospitals in New York, where he leads departments specializing in ENT and facial plastic surgery.

Beyond his professional achievements, Dr. Bhayani has also demonstrated a deep commitment to humanitarian service. He has served on the boards of more than 20 charitable and nonprofit organizations, playing a leadership role in advancing social causes. Among these, Save Life Foundation and Hindu Center New York have benefited significantly from his involvement. Through these organizations, he has worked on vital projects such as promoting the Good Samaritan Law and advocating for road safety legislation in India. He was also a strong supporter of the Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, a major cleanliness initiative launched in India.

Dr. Bhayani’s civic engagement has extended beyond the realm of healthcare. He led the Football for Nation campaign in Delhi, a unique event that brought together Indian parliamentarians and celebrities in an effort to raise awareness and generate funding for sanitation programs. This campaign was one of several initiatives where Dr. Bhayani used sports and public engagement to encourage support for developmental policies.

In 2014, Dr. Bhayani played a key organizational role during a significant moment in India-U.S. relations—the address by Prime Minister Narendra Modi to the Indian American community at Madison Square Garden. The event, attended by thousands, marked a turning point in the strengthening of diplomatic and cultural ties between the two countries. Dr. Bhayani’s behind-the-scenes efforts helped shape what became a historic evening, demonstrating his commitment to community empowerment and international collaboration.

His passion for India’s progress has continued through advocacy for various development programs. Among the Indian diaspora in the U.S., Dr. Bhayani has remained a vocal supporter of initiatives that aim to bring lasting change to India. His ability to bridge cultures while promoting policy awareness has earned him a strong reputation in both American and Indian circles.

Dr. Bhayani’s leadership in the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) has also been a hallmark of his service. He has held several positions including President of the New York chapter, Treasurer, Board Trustee, and Convention Chair for the 2017 AAPI National Convention. His contributions to the association have enhanced its role as a central institution for Indian-origin physicians in America, enabling professional collaboration and community service at a national scale.

In recognition of his outstanding achievements and public service, Dr. Bhayani has received numerous accolades both in the U.S. and internationally. Among them are the Mahatma Gandhi Pravasi Samman presented at the House of Lords in London, Bharat Gaurav Puraskar, Hind Ratan Award, Delhi Ratan, and the Asian American Heritage Honoree of the Year in 2016. These honors reflect his consistent dedication to advancing healthcare, supporting philanthropic causes, and championing the values of the Indian American community. Moreover, the United States Congress has acknowledged his impact by awarding him a Congressional Achievement Award. He has also been recognized as one of the most influential Indian American leaders in recent years.

In addition to his medical, civic, and organizational contributions, Dr. Bhayani has taken an active role in promoting Indian culture and Hindu philosophy, particularly among younger generations. Through events such as the World Hindu Day, the Global Dharma Conference, and the Vishwa Dharma Chetana Manch, he has worked to help young Indian Americans stay connected to their spiritual and cultural heritage. His efforts have played a vital part in fostering a sense of identity and belonging among youth in the diaspora.

Concluding the event at Gracie Mansion, Mayor Eric Adams extended his heartfelt gratitude to Dr. Bhayani for his tireless work and service. “Your unparalleled selflessness and ambition are inspiring,” the Mayor stated, expressing his belief that Dr. Bhayani’s influence will continue to benefit both the United States and India for years to come.

The evening stood as more than a celebration of one individual—it served as a powerful reminder of the integral role that Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders play in the life and progress of New York City. Dr. Raj Bhayani’s story is emblematic of a broader narrative of immigrant excellence, service, and cultural bridge-building that continues to shape the city’s evolving identity.

Zelensky Awaits Putin in Turkey Amid Trump’s Push for Peace Talks

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky announced that he will be waiting for Russian President Vladimir Putin in Turkey on Thursday, responding to recent remarks by U.S. President Donald Trump urging Ukraine to engage in negotiations with Russia. Trump had emphasized the importance of talks to potentially end the conflict that has ravaged Ukraine under Putin’s command.

In a strong message delivered on Truth Social, Trump expressed his frustration over the ongoing war and stressed the urgency for peace negotiations. “President Putin of Russia doesn’t want to have a Cease Fire Agreement with Ukraine, but rather wants to meet on Thursday, in Turkey, to negotiate a possible end to the BLOODBATH,” Trump wrote. He followed this with a demand directed at Ukraine: “Ukraine should agree to this, IMMEDIATELY. At least they will be able to determine whether or not a deal is possible, and if it is not, European leaders, and the U.S., will know where everything stands, and can proceed accordingly!”

Trump further commented on the possibility of Ukraine rejecting a deal with Russia. “I’m starting to doubt that Ukraine will make a deal with Putin, who’s too busy celebrating the Victory of World War ll, which could not have been won (not even close!) without the United States of America. HAVE THE MEETING, NOW!!!”

Although it remains uncertain whether Putin himself will attend any talks in Turkey, Zelensky swiftly responded after Trump’s social media post. Taking to X (formerly Twitter), the Ukrainian leader confirmed his intention to be in Turkey for possible peace discussions. He wrote, “We await a full and lasting ceasefire, starting from tomorrow, to provide the necessary basis for diplomacy. There is no point in prolonging the killings. And I will be waiting for Putin in Türkiye on Thursday. Personally. I hope that this time the Russians will not look for excuses.”

The international community has not been informed whether representatives from the United States or the European nations commonly referred to as the “coalition of the willing” will attend the proposed talks in Istanbul. Nevertheless, the idea of direct talks between Russia and Ukraine has gained renewed attention following remarks from Putin earlier in the week.

In the early hours of Sunday, the Russian president offered a proposal for direct negotiations with Ukraine, aiming for what he called a lasting and comprehensive peace. Putin stated that the talks, planned for May 15 in Istanbul, would focus on addressing the root causes of the war, not merely establishing a temporary pause that would allow for future conflict.

“We are proposing that Kyiv resume direct negotiations without any preconditions,” Putin said. “We offer the Kyiv authorities to resume negotiations already on Thursday, in Istanbul.” He went on to emphasize that the initiative was already presented to Ukraine, placing the onus on its leadership. “Our proposal, as they say, is on the table. The decision is now up to the Ukrainian authorities and their curators, who are guided, it seems, by their personal political ambitions, and not by the interests of their peoples.”

Putin’s comments came in the aftermath of a stern demand made by European powers during a meeting in Kyiv on Saturday. Leaders from France, Germany, Poland, and the United Kingdom urged Putin to accept an unconditional ceasefire for 30 days. Failure to comply, they warned, would trigger “massive” new sanctions against Russia. However, Putin rejected what he described as “ultimatums” from Europe.

British Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer, who was among the European leaders in Kyiv, joined French President Emmanuel Macron, German Chancellor Olaf Scholz, and Polish Prime Minister Donald Tusk for discussions with Zelensky. The group also held a phone conversation with Trump, who, like them, had previously called for a short-term truce.

During his visit to Kyiv, Starmer reinforced the unity of the Western allies and their shared commitment to peace. “Together with the US,” he said, “we are calling Putin out” and pledged that if the Russian leader “turns his back on peace,” sanctions would be increased. Starmer added that the European coalition was determined to uphold the principles that were defended during World War II. “It was important to demonstrate that the values that underpin what was being fought for 80 years ago were the same values now, that we will step up and play our part to preserve the peace and bring about that ceasefire.”

In response to Putin’s Sunday announcement regarding the proposed direct talks, Macron welcomed the gesture but maintained skepticism. He labeled the Russian president’s offer as “a first step, but not enough.” Speaking to France 24 during his return journey from Kyiv, Macron explained that while Putin might be searching for an exit strategy, he was likely also trying to buy time. “An unconditional ceasefire is not preceded by negotiations,” Macron said, dismissing Putin’s plan as insufficient for a real breakthrough.

As both leaders prepare for what could be a significant diplomatic moment, questions remain about the sincerity of Putin’s offer and the likelihood of reaching any meaningful resolution. For now, Zelensky has made clear his willingness to attend and participate in the talks, awaiting his Russian counterpart’s arrival in Turkey on Thursday. The global community watches closely, hoping that diplomacy might finally offer a path toward peace after months of devastation and loss.

US Sees Major Drop in Drug Overdose Deaths in 2024, CDC Reports

In a remarkable shift from previous years, the United States experienced a sharp decline in drug overdose deaths in 2024, with figures dropping by 27 percent compared to 2023, according to provisional data released Wednesday by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). This change marks the first significant decrease in a crisis that has long gripped the nation, especially among adults under the age of 45, where overdose has remained the leading cause of death.

The CDC estimates there were 80,391 drug overdose deaths in 2024, representing a 26.9 percent drop from the 110,037 deaths recorded in 2023. This steep decline is especially notable given the recent trend of stagnation, where overdose death rates had hovered at high levels for several years. In its announcement, the CDC emphasized the positive implications of this development, stating, “a strong sign that public health interventions are making a difference and having a meaningful impact.”

Prior to this downward turn, overdose deaths had shown little to no decline, remaining alarmingly consistent. The estimated death toll was 110,037 in 2023, 112,582 in 2022, and 110,697 in 2021. These numbers reflected a broader crisis that intensified during the COVID-19 pandemic. Earlier, the overdose toll had been rising steadily with an estimated 95,072 deaths in 2020, 73,177 in 2019, and 69,747 in 2018.

The new 2024 data reveal that nearly every state in the country reported a reduction in estimated overdose deaths. Only two states broke this pattern with slight increases. South Dakota experienced a small rise of 2.3 percent in overdose deaths, increasing from an estimated 86 in 2023 to 88 in 2024. Nevada also recorded a minor uptick, with a 3.5 percent increase from 1,442 deaths in 2023 to 1,492 in 2024.

In contrast, several states posted particularly large improvements, with estimated overdose deaths dropping by more than a third. States leading this dramatic reduction include Louisiana, Virginia, West Virginia, Michigan, New Hampshire, Ohio, Wisconsin, and Washington, D.C. Each of these saw decreases of 35 percent or greater.

The decrease in drug-related fatalities is not limited to specific substances but spans across multiple drug categories. Overdose deaths related to opioids, which have long been the primary drivers of the crisis, dropped significantly. In 2023, there were an estimated 83,140 opioid-related deaths. That number fell to 54,743 in 2024, indicating major progress in combating opioid misuse.

Among opioids, synthetic opioids like fentanyl have been the most lethal contributors in recent years. The data shows that estimated overdose deaths involving synthetic opioids decreased sharply from 76,282 in 2023 to 48,422 in 2024. This represents a substantial reduction in deaths caused by some of the most dangerous and potent substances currently circulating in the illegal drug market.

Methamphetamine, a powerful psychostimulant, has also played a major role in the overdose crisis, often in combination with opioids. The new CDC data indicates that overdose deaths involving psychostimulants, including methamphetamine, fell from an estimated 37,096 in 2023 to 29,456 in 2024. This downward trend highlights broad progress across drug types, not just a shift in use from one substance to another.

Cocaine-related overdose deaths, which have also contributed significantly to overall fatalities, dropped as well. In 2023, the CDC estimated 30,833 overdose deaths involving cocaine. By 2024, that figure had declined to 22,174. The consistency in reductions across these categories reinforces the idea that this trend is not an anomaly but may reflect meaningful, systemic change.

While the CDC has not attributed the decline to any single factor, public health officials believe that ongoing efforts to expand access to treatment, increase distribution of naloxone (a medication used to reverse overdoses), and raise public awareness about the dangers of fentanyl are playing critical roles. The significant drop may also reflect improved coordination across local, state, and federal agencies as well as community-based interventions.

Despite the promising data, officials caution that the crisis is far from over. Over 80,000 overdose deaths in a single year remains an immense public health burden. Experts emphasize the need to continue aggressive efforts to prevent substance use, treat addiction, and address the underlying social and economic factors that contribute to drug misuse. Continued vigilance is necessary to ensure that the trend does not reverse.

Still, the 2024 data represent a hopeful milestone in a fight that for years has brought devastation to families and communities across the country. As the CDC noted, “a strong sign that public health interventions are making a difference and having a meaningful impact.” The agency’s tone suggests optimism tempered by the knowledge that progress must be sustained and expanded upon in order to build on these gains.

With nearly every state seeing improvements, and significant reductions observed in the most dangerous drug categories, the nation appears to be making real progress against a long-standing epidemic. The key now is to maintain momentum, invest in evidence-based policies, and ensure that those struggling with substance use disorders have access to the help they need.

At a time when the nation has long sought a turning point in its battle against drug overdoses, 2024 may be remembered as a year when the tide began to turn.

New Republican Tax Bill Proposes 5% Remittance Levy, Posing Major Challenge for NRIs in the US

A new tax proposal introduced by the House Republicans on May 12, 2025, has raised significant concerns for Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) residing in the United States. Among the provisions in the legislation is a contentious clause that would impose a 5% tax on international money transfers made by non-citizens. This proposed measure marks a notable shift in American tax policy, particularly affecting foreign workers who consistently send funds back to their families in their home countries.

The primary objective of the broader legislation is to make permanent several key elements of the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. This includes plans to increase the standard deduction and extend the child tax credit to $2,500 through 2028. The bill has received full support from U.S. President Donald Trump, who is now serving his second term. He described the legislation as “GREAT” and strongly encouraged Republican lawmakers to ensure its swift passage.

The 5% tax on remittances is aimed at generating revenue to fund extended tax breaks and bolster border security efforts. Supporters argue that it could potentially raise billions for the U.S. Treasury. However, this financial burden would fall directly on the shoulders of immigrants who are already contributing significantly to the economy through their labor and taxes. The measure, if enacted, would be particularly taxing for NRIs who maintain strong financial ties with their families in India.

Currently, India is the world’s leading recipient of remittances, with approximately $83 billion sent annually from overseas. A large share of this amount comes from Indian workers living in the U.S. Under the proposed law, a 5% cut would be applied to every transfer. This means that for every ₹1 lakh (in dollar terms) sent to India, ₹5,000 (in dollar terms) would be diverted to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) before reaching its intended destination. Until now, these remittances have not been taxed by the U.S., making this move a stark departure from previous norms.

Such a policy change would have deep financial consequences for NRIs. Remittances are not just money transfers—they are a vital financial lifeline that supports various aspects of life back home. These include everyday living expenses for family members, the purchase of property, tuition fees for education, and medical bills. The proposed tax would reduce the value of every dollar sent, affecting both short-term assistance and long-term financial planning.

The bill is being pushed through Congress on an accelerated schedule. The House of Representatives plans to vote on the bill by Memorial Day, which falls on May 26, 2025. Following that, the legislation would move to the Senate for approval. Lawmakers aim to have the bill signed into law by July 4. If enacted, the 5% remittance tax would take effect almost immediately. Financial institutions and money transfer companies would be required to deduct the tax at the point of transfer, without regard to the size or purpose of the remittance.

This could greatly disrupt how NRIs currently manage their finances. Whether the purpose is to support elderly parents, contribute to a sibling’s education, or invest in real estate in India, the remittance tax would eat into the funds being sent. It would apply to all conventional and lawful methods of money transfer, including services offered by traditional banks and transactions made via NRE (Non-Resident External) and NRO (Non-Resident Ordinary) accounts. This leaves very little room for tax avoidance without violating financial compliance laws.

With the tax’s implementation timeline moving rapidly, NRIs are urged to act without delay. Those planning large or essential money transfers are advised to do so before the expected July deadline in order to escape the new levy. Additionally, NRIs may want to reconsider the structure of their remittances. For example, sending fewer but larger amounts could help reduce the total cost of the tax. However, this strategy must be balanced with U.S. financial regulations. Any international transfer exceeding $10,000 remains subject to mandatory reporting under the Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report (FBAR) and Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) rules.

Over the longer term, the passage of the bill would necessitate a rethinking of financial and tax planning strategies among NRIs. Budgeting will have to accommodate the extra costs involved. Investment plans that include regular transfers will need to be adjusted. Alternative means of supporting family members, such as through dual-account arrangements or shared investments in India, might be considered. Above all, maintaining detailed records of all international transfers will become more critical. Proper documentation will be essential not just for compliance with tax authorities, but also for safeguarding legal and financial clarity in the future.

The 5% remittance tax is not yet law, but if passed, it would introduce a fundamental change in how NRIs manage their money and support loved ones overseas. The Indian American community in the U.S., which plays a significant role in both economies, could be especially affected. Until now, the ability to freely send untaxed funds back to India has been a cornerstone of financial planning for many NRIs. If this bill becomes law, that benefit would be significantly curtailed.

As it stands, the bill has not yet been enacted, and opposition is likely to surface from various advocacy groups and political stakeholders concerned about the negative impact on immigrants. However, with strong backing from President Trump and the Republican leadership, there is growing momentum for the bill’s approval. Immigrant communities, financial advisors, and money transfer companies will be watching closely as the legislation moves through Congress.

In essence, this proposal is more than a simple tax tweak—it is a dramatic policy change that alters the financial landscape for NRIs. It brings into question the balance between national fiscal goals and the needs of immigrant workers who continue to play a vital role in the U.S. economy while supporting families abroad. For now, the Indian diaspora and other non-citizen residents in the U.S. will need to prepare for the possibility of a more expensive and complex remittance process in the very near future.

India Briefs UN on Terror Group TRF Linked to Pahalgam Attack, Pushes for Global Sanctions

Indian officials have provided a detailed briefing to the monitoring team of the United Nations Security Council’s 1267 Sanctions Committee about the activities of The Resistance Front (TRF), which has been identified as the group responsible for the recent Pahalgam terror attack. According to individuals familiar with the matter, the Indian delegation shared comprehensive intelligence regarding the group’s operations and links to Pakistan-based terror organizations.

A specialized Indian technical team is currently in New York for discussions with the monitoring team of the 1267 Sanctions Committee. This visit also includes engagement with representatives of other partner nations within the United Nations framework. The purpose of this mission, the sources explained on condition of anonymity, is part of India’s broader diplomatic efforts to push for the global designation of the TRF as a terrorist entity.

In addition to the meetings with the Sanctions Committee, the Indian team will also be interacting with officials from the United Nations Office of Counter-Terrorism (UNOCT) and the Counter-Terrorism Committee Executive Directorate (CTED). These interactions are seen as crucial to building international consensus and ensuring a stronger global response to the activities of groups like the TRF.

The TRF has long been regarded by Indian security agencies as a front for the Lashkar-e-Taiba (LeT), a Pakistan-based terror organization. The group had initially claimed responsibility for the April 22 terror attack in Pahalgam that led to the death of 26 individuals. However, Indian officials have stated that TRF later withdrew its claim following instructions from its handlers across the border. This reversal has been interpreted as a strategic move by the group’s backers to deflect international attention.

Following the Pahalgam attack, India launched a military operation named Operation Sindoor on May 7, targeting terrorist infrastructure in areas controlled by Pakistan. The operation led to a series of intense military exchanges between India and Pakistan that spanned four days. These retaliatory actions included the use of drones, missiles, and long-range artillery by both nations. An understanding was eventually reached between the two sides on May 10 to de-escalate and halt further military actions.

As part of its case to the United Nations, India has supplied substantial documentation about TRF’s involvement as a proxy for Pakistan-based terror outfits. Information regarding TRF was submitted to the monitoring team as part of India’s biannual reports to the 1267 Sanctions Committee in both May and November of 2024. These reports detailed TRF’s ties to LeT and its role in executing terror activities in Jammu and Kashmir. Even earlier, in December 2023, India had informed the UN monitoring team about the active presence of LeT and Jaish-e-Mohammad (JeM) in Jammu and Kashmir, operating under the guise of groups like the TRF.

Foreign secretary Vikram Misri recently highlighted India’s commitment to keeping the international community informed. “We are going to be meeting with the [monitoring] team again very soon and we will be providing an update to the information that we have provided earlier,” Misri told reporters last week. This statement underscores India’s resolve to ensure that global institutions remain aware of the evolving terror threats emanating from the region.

The UN Security Council’s 1267 Sanctions Committee plays a pivotal role in combating international terrorism. It is responsible for managing and updating the sanctions list under resolution 1267 and oversees the implementation of sanctions against individuals and entities involved in terrorism. This includes actions such as freezing financial assets, imposing travel bans, and enforcing arms embargoes against designated terrorists and their support networks.

The monitoring team of the 1267 Sanctions Committee supports the committee’s objectives by collecting and verifying information related to listed individuals and organizations. One of its key tasks is to help ensure that the financial assets of designated terror entities and individuals are frozen. It also assists in preventing such individuals from entering or transiting through the territories of UN member states and helps block the supply of weapons to them.

In addition to its work with the UN sanctions regime, the monitoring team is also a part of the Working Group on Tackling the Financing of Terrorism. This role includes close coordination with global partners and institutions such as the Financial Action Task Force (FATF). The FATF, which plays a major role in combating money laundering and terrorist financing, collaborates with the UN in tracking and dismantling the financial lifelines of terrorist networks.

The push to get TRF designated under the UN sanctions regime reflects India’s growing assertiveness in dealing with cross-border terrorism. Indian officials argue that sanctioning the group would not only hold it accountable for its role in violent attacks but also limit its ability to operate internationally. Designation would allow global law enforcement and financial institutions to freeze assets and disrupt logistical support systems used by TRF and its affiliates.

The backdrop of the military confrontation in May adds urgency to India’s campaign. Operation Sindoor was one of the most significant cross-border military responses by India in recent years and underscores the serious threat that groups like the TRF pose to regional stability. The brief but intense escalation also drew attention from global powers, many of whom have urged both nations to exercise restraint and focus on diplomatic channels.

Indian analysts have noted that the TRF’s emergence and actions are part of a broader strategy by Pakistan-based terror groups to create plausible deniability. By operating under new names or regional fronts, organizations like LeT and JeM attempt to obscure their direct involvement in attacks while continuing to pursue their objectives. Indian officials maintain that these tactics are deceptive and that the international community must look beyond the façade.

India’s diplomatic outreach at the United Nations is aimed not only at ensuring justice for victims of terrorism but also at exposing the network of support that allows such groups to thrive. The country’s efforts have found some resonance among UN member states, especially those that have faced similar threats or share India’s concerns about the misuse of financial and digital systems by terrorist networks.

The visit by the Indian technical team to New York represents a continuation of a strategy that combines military resolve with international diplomacy. By engaging proactively with institutions like the 1267 Sanctions Committee, UNOCT, and CTED, India hopes to secure meaningful global action against terror groups that pose a persistent danger to peace and security in the region.

In the coming weeks, Indian officials are expected to intensify their efforts with more briefings, document submissions, and consultations with key partners. The broader goal remains to ensure that entities like the TRF are not only exposed but also effectively sanctioned to prevent further attacks and destabilization.

India’s Precision Strikes in ‘Operation Sindoor’ Dealt Clear Blow to Pakistan, Reports NYT

India’s covert military offensive, known as “Operation Sindoor,” caused discernible damage to Pakistani military installations and gave New Delhi a tactical advantage during a brief but intense four-day conflict with Pakistan, according to a report by The New York Times, which cited satellite imagery to support its claims.

The report, based on high-resolution before-and-after satellite images, highlighted that Indian airstrikes had indeed damaged key Pakistani military sites. “The four-day military clash between India and Pakistan was the most expansive fighting in half a century between the two nuclear-armed countries. As both sides used drones and missiles to test each other’s air defences and hit military facilities, they claimed to inflict severe damage,” the NYT article noted.

While both nations engaged in a series of drone strikes and missile exchanges aimed at testing each other’s air defense systems, the report suggested India emerged with a stronger hand, having struck critical Pakistani military targets with precision. The assessment indicated that although the fighting saw numerous attacks from both sides, India appeared to have done the most tangible damage.

According to the New York Times, the visuals from satellite images confirmed that India had indeed inflicted “clear damage” on Pakistani sites. Although both countries engaged in what was described as precisely targeted strikes, the results on the ground seemed to favor India’s strategic execution.

The report stated, “Where India appears to have had a clear edge is in its targeting of Pakistan’s military facilities and airfields, as the latter stretch of fighting shifted from symbolic strikes and shows of force to attacks on each other’s defence capabilities.” This indicates that India’s offensive tactics transitioned from demonstrative force to operationally significant assaults on military infrastructure.

One of the central targets in India’s campaign was the Bholari air base. Indian defense officials claimed they struck an aircraft hangar at this facility with a pinpoint strike. The NYT analysis supported this, stating, “The visuals showed clear damage to what looks like a hangar,” validating India’s account of the operation.

Perhaps the most notable strike came at the Nur Khan air base, situated near the Pakistani Army’s central headquarters and the office of the Pakistani Prime Minister. The New York Times emphasized the sensitivity of this target, describing it as “perhaps the most sensitive military target that India struck.” This base is also in proximity to a critical Pakistani military division tasked with managing the country’s nuclear command and control structure, underlining the potential gravity of India’s move.

The satellite evidence reviewed by the NYT showed signs of damage to various infrastructure elements, including runways and other vital components at multiple locations. One such instance was Pakistan’s Rahim Yar Khan air base. Following India’s strikes, Pakistan issued a notice on May 10, designating one of the runways as non-operational, which the NYT cited as further evidence corroborating India’s claim of having successfully targeted that location.

At the Sargodha air base in Pakistan’s Punjab Province, the Indian military reportedly struck two distinct sections of the runway using precision-guided weaponry. These claims were again supported by corresponding satellite images, further reinforcing the narrative that India’s attacks were both deliberate and impactful.

In addition to runways, India also targeted radar installations, vital for air defense and military surveillance. Radar sites at Pasrur and the Sialkot aviation base came under attack, with India deploying precision munitions to disable them. The NYT stated that these strikes “caused massive damage,” suggesting a significant degradation in Pakistan’s air surveillance capability during the conflict.

While India’s strikes were backed by visual and satellite data, Pakistan’s retaliatory claims did not appear to hold up under similar scrutiny. According to the report, “Satellite images of the sites Pakistan claimed to have hit are limited, and so far do not clearly show damage caused by Pakistani strikes even at bases where there was corroborating evidence of some military action.” This line cast doubt on the extent or even the occurrence of successful strikes by Pakistani forces on Indian soil.

Among Pakistan’s key claims was the alleged destruction of India’s Udhampur air base. However, the New York Times disputed this assertion. “An image from May 12 does not appear to show damage,” the report said, refuting Pakistan’s statement and implying that the counterstrike might have either missed its intended target or was far less effective than suggested by Islamabad.

Overall, while both nations engaged in rapid military escalation over four days, the satellite evidence reviewed by the NYT leaned strongly in favor of India having executed more effective and damaging strikes. The report did not downplay the risks involved in such confrontations between two nuclear powers but highlighted the strategic and precise nature of India’s operations.

India’s use of precision weapons and targeting of key Pakistani defense facilities not only demonstrated its military capabilities but also appeared to set the tone for the brief conflict. With sensitive sites like Nur Khan air base and radar installations in Sialkot and Pasrur visibly damaged, India’s actions were viewed as bold and well-coordinated.

On the other hand, the absence of verifiable evidence supporting Pakistan’s claims of having struck Indian targets undermined its narrative. The limited imagery and lack of observable damage at the sites it claimed to have hit raised questions about the efficacy of its retaliatory actions.

In summary, the NYT report paints a picture of a conflict in which India held the tactical upper hand, both in terms of military execution and target selection. By focusing its efforts on degrading Pakistan’s defense infrastructure rather than just engaging in symbolic strikes, India appeared to have adopted a strategy aimed at longer-term deterrence rather than short-term retaliation.

The brief conflict, while not escalating into a full-scale war, demonstrated the volatility of relations between the two neighbors and the potential consequences of any future confrontations. The NYT’s satellite imagery-based analysis adds an objective layer to the evaluation of the military actions, offering rare insight into the real outcomes of what both countries initially portrayed as tit-for-tat military exchanges.

Anita Anand Becomes Canada’s First Hindu Woman Foreign Minister Amid Strained India Ties

On May 14, Anita Anand made history by becoming Canada’s first Hindu woman to be sworn in as the Minister of Foreign Affairs. A prominent figure in Canadian politics since her entry in 2019, the Liberal Member of Parliament has held various influential roles, including Minister of National Defence and Minister of Transport. Her elevation to Foreign Minister comes at a critical moment, as Canada’s newly elected Prime Minister Mark Carney navigates delicate diplomatic tensions with India.

Anand’s appointment is particularly notable because of her Indian heritage and the timing, following a period of strained relations between the two nations. Born in 1967 in Kentville, Nova Scotia, she is the daughter of Indian immigrants. Her father hailed from Tamil Nadu, while her mother was from Jandiala Guru, a town located near Amritsar in Punjab. Her parents’ global journey began when they met in Ireland during the 1950s, later marrying in England and living in Nigeria and India before settling in Canada in 1965.

Proud of her Indian roots, Anand actively participates in cultural events tied to her heritage. She regularly attends both Hindu and Sikh celebrations, hosts Diwali festivities, and commemorates India’s Independence Day. Speaking in Parliament, she once said, “I am a Canadian who is very proud of my Punjabi and Tamil heritage.” On September 19, 2023, she further emphasized her multicultural identity, stating, “My ethnic background is part and parcel of my entire identity, which is made up of different components, including being a mother, a professor, now a member of Parliament, a Canadian and a Canadian of Indian origin in fact.”

Reflecting on her upbringing in Nova Scotia, a predominantly white region, Anand has often shared her experiences as a South Asian woman in Canada. In an April 2023 interview with The Globe and Mail, she said, “…the fact that I was racialized never left my consciousness. There weren’t very many people who looked like me and my sisters at my school.” These formative experiences shaped her inclusive approach to governance, and she strives to ensure that her work reflects her commitment to diversity. “I try to incorporate my views about diversity and inclusivity in everything I am doing,” she explained.

Before her political career began, Anand built a formidable academic resume. She holds two Bachelor of Arts degrees—one in Political Studies from Queen’s University and another in Jurisprudence from the University of Oxford. She also earned a Bachelor of Laws from Dalhousie University and later completed her Master’s degree in law at the University of Toronto. Until 2019, she held various teaching and administrative positions in academia.

That year, she became Canada’s first Hindu woman elected to Parliament and the first Hindu Cabinet Minister. In 2021, she made further strides by becoming the second woman in Canadian history to serve as Minister of National Defence. During her tenure, she was responsible for overseeing Canada’s military assistance to Ukraine following Russia’s invasion in 2022.

From July 2023 to December 2024, Anand served as President of the Treasury Board Secretariat. She subsequently assumed the role of Minister of Transport and Internal Trade, showcasing her versatility within the federal cabinet.

Her new role as Foreign Minister comes during a tumultuous chapter in Canada-India relations. Diplomatic ties deteriorated significantly under former Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, especially after he accused India of being involved in the assassination of Sikh separatist Hardeep Singh Nijjar in September 2023. The fallout was swift, with both countries expelling each other’s diplomats the following month.

In response to Trudeau’s allegations, Anand addressed Parliament the next day and called for a measured approach. She emphasized the importance of national unity and adherence to legal principles. Offering condolences to Nijjar’s family, she said it was a “very difficult time” for “many of us who have our roots in India.” She firmly added, “I want to be very clear that our government takes any and all allegations of foreign actor interference in Canada extremely seriously.”

She echoed the Prime Minister’s sentiment, emphasizing trust in Canadian institutions. “I agree with Prime Minister Trudeau in letting law enforcement and security agencies take their course for the continued safety of all Canadians,” she said.

Despite criticisms from India that Canada was lenient towards pro-Khalistani groups, Anand defended the country’s Indo-Pacific strategy. She called it “prudent,” explaining that the strategy aimed to bolster relations with countries like Japan and South Korea while also improving ties with India. This framework was initiated in 2022 by then Foreign Affairs Minister Mélanie Joly, positioning Canada to strengthen alliances in Asia as a counterbalance to China.

Indian officials have repeatedly criticized what they perceive as Canada’s tolerance for anti-India and anti-Hindu sentiments. Just recently, on May 5, India issued a strong objection to Canada over a Toronto parade that featured what Indian authorities described as “threatening language” and “unacceptable imagery” aimed at Indian leaders and citizens. They urged Canada to “act against anti-India elements who spread hatred and advocate extremism and separatist agenda.”

In past incidents, Anand has spoken out against hate speech and vandalism. In June 2024, she condemned the controversial depiction of former Indian Prime Minister Indira Gandhi on a float in Brampton. “The use of violent imagery in relation to Prime Minister Indira Gandhi is disturbing and unacceptable as it promotes and perpetuates hate and violence,” she wrote on social media. Similarly, in February 2023, she denounced the vandalism of Hindu temples, calling it “unacceptable.” In July 2022, she criticized the defacement of a Mahatma Gandhi statue at a Hindu temple in Richmond Hill.

Anand’s elevation to one of Canada’s highest diplomatic offices has sparked interest in India, with observers speculating whether her leadership might open the door to improved bilateral relations. In March this year, before his election, Prime Minister Mark Carney indicated his willingness to repair ties with New Delhi. “There are opportunities to rebuild relationships with India, there needs to be a shared sense of values around commercial relationships, and if I am the prime minister, I look forward to the opportunity to build that,” he said.

Following Carney’s election, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi expressed hope for renewed cooperation, saying he looked forward to working together to “strengthen our partnership.”

Anand’s personal background, professional accomplishments, and longstanding advocacy for inclusion position her as a bridge-builder at a time when Canada’s foreign policy requires both sensitivity and strength. Her role as Foreign Minister will likely be scrutinized closely by both domestic audiences and international observers, particularly in India, where many await signs of a diplomatic thaw.

ITServe’s 24th, Boston Chapter Launched

“It’s truly historic for ITServe Alliance to have our Boston Chapter launched, joining today with our 23 other Chapters, taking the total number of ITServe chapters to 24, spread across the United States,” said Anju Vallabhaneni, President of ITServe, the largest association of IT Solutions & Services organizations, representing over 2,500 member companies across the United States.

The historic launch event of the Boston Chapter was held at the Double Tree Hilton in Worcester, MA,on April 18th, 2025, with over150 ITServe members and sponsors from across the United States joining to celebrate this milestone. The energy was incredible as industry leaders shared their insights, setting the stage for the future of ITServe in Boston and across the United States.

Chandra Sekhar Nallam, in his response after being installed as the President of the ITServe Boston Chapter, said, “I am deeply honored and grateful to the ITServe National Leadership for placing their trust in me and appointing me as the ‘Founding President of the ITServe Boston Chapter.’ I would also like to extend my heartfelt thanks to the Boston Core Team for unanimously electing me as the first President of this prestigious Chapter.”

While acknowledging the vision and strategy of the Governing Board, Executive Board, and National Leadership, Chandra Sekhar Nallam thanked Srinivas Gattu, Sharad Patney, Ram Dondapati, Suman Kora, Chandra Yamsani, Venu Mammai, Dibs Mahanta, Prasad Chintalapudi, Prasad Maganti, and Srikanth Dasugari “for their invaluable contributions towards making the Boston Chapter possible.”

At the inaugural session, the newly formed Boston Chapter donated $5000 towards STEM Education to a local Community College and $1000 towards the local Police Department in Worcester.

In his Presidential address, Anju Vallabhaneni, President of ITServe Alliance, recalled his close association with Worcester, where he began his successful career in IT and Business 27 years ago. “I was a Programmer here in Worcester, so I have a special connection to this place,” he said. He expressed his gratitude and appreciation to all the Sponsors, who continue to support ITServe and its numerous initiatives. “On behalf of the ITServe leadership, I want to thank everyone for coming here today, I am proud to represent the 2,500-member company organization.”

Pointing to the role of ITServe, Vallabhaneni said, “ITServe stands up against unfair government policies and helps IT companies grow.” Quoting the famous saying, ‘if you are not at the table, you will be on the menu,’ Vallanhaneni pointed out that “We don’t want to be on the menu. In order for it to happen, we need to be unified. We need to expand, attracting more members, so that we have a lot of say in the immigration policies and expand our benefits from more companies/businesses.

Vallanhaneniexplained that ITServe provides exceptional services to members, such as discounts on immigration attorneys, telephone services, tech insurance, payroll services via ADP, FINTEX services, and more. Members also benefit from weekly webinars, networking, chapter meetings, regional meetings, and synergy sessions. ITServe has secured significant discounts from DICE and LinkedIn, and is negotiating with larger companies for great packages. These discounts can save each member $10,000 annually.

ITServe is developing a job board to make resume matching easier. Uploading a resume will show employers across the country whose requirements match your qualifications, providing a valuable benefit to members. Vallabhaneni also mentioned CSR initiatives that benefit American society and build goodwill.

Siva Moopanar, President-Elect of ITServe, said, “Boston being a tech hub, it is very vital for us, and it will be a valuable Chapter.”Pointing to the current economy, Moopanar said, IT sector is the first sector which is affected during the downturn we are seeing in the last two years, and this is the first sector to bounce back as well, and we are seeing some positive signs in the commercial sector.  “And this is the right time to launch the chapter in the right city, as Silicon Valley and Boston are the epicenters of innovation. We look forward to this chapter leading in industry trends and innovation. So, Boston chapter, we are here to help in every way. We wish your chapter to cross, first 100 members, 200 members in the coming months. We will work together to add new members to the New England chapter as well, so that both the chapters will be powerful, and we are here to help.”

Proving a broader narrative of the major contributions of ITServe in recent Years, Moopanar pointed out how, ITServe through CSR, ITSS, CPAC, and PAC, is making a lasting impact on the IT industry and the larger American society, through STEM and other philanthropic activities.“We are spending more time, more money on STEM. Several congressmen, legislators, and other leaders are appreciating our efforts.”

Referring to CPAC as the pillar of ITServe, Moopanar said, ITServe was born to address the concerns the IT industry faced due to the immigration policies that hurt the industry. “The ITServe leadership is working together on how to overcome the issues that affect our businesses. We are collecting data from the member companies to identify and address common issues that impact our members.” He urged members to reach out to PAC Team regarding any concerns regarding immigration issues.

“High skill legal immigration is the backbone of our business, not only our business, and for this country,” Moopanar said. ‘We are bringing the best and the brightest from all over the world so that the innovation happens in this country, which fuels job growth and economic and we have to work together for the betterment of our businesses, and for this country.”

“ITServe has been the center point for Information advocacy, trust building, and challenging the status quo when it matters the most. Since its inception in 2010, our organization has grown from a small network in Dallas to a nationally recognized association of IT services companies. This journey and success would not have been possible without the active participation of volunteers, members, and sponsors,” said Jagadish Mosali, the immediate past president and ITServe Governing Board member.

Amar Varada, member of  ITServe Governing Board, said, “From humble beginnings to being a national force, ITServe has continuously grown by fostering collaboration, advocating for policy changes, and driving innovation in the IT industry. We are now a community of 2500+ members contributing over $12 billion to the U.S. economy, creating 150,000+ high-paying jobs, and we’re just getting started!”

In his keynote address, Gururaj Deshpande, Entrepreneur & Venture Capitalist and Philanthropist, who invests in creating social and economic impact through entrepreneurship and innovation,  shared with the audience key insights on ways to build and grow businesses in a fast-changing world.

Deshpande explained the gap in the product business ecosystem, highlighting the role of service companies in bridging it. He emphasized AI’s transformative impact, noting its potential to change lives and businesses. Major players like Open AI, Google, Meta, Microsoft, and Elon Musk are investing heavily, making AI vital for future success. Deshpande urged companies to familiarize themselves with AI technologies and integrate them into their clients’ businesses to stay ahead. Understanding both technology and client needs will be key to winning in the AI-driven future.

Ramesh Razdan, Global Chief Technology & Information Officer at Bain, discussed various forces shaping the world today. He emphasized the disruptive impact of AI, the post-globalization era, the need for a sustainable society, and the effects of rising interest rates on businesses. Razdan highlighted the importance of leadership and responsible citizenship in addressing these challenges. He urged individuals to focus on continuous learning, upskilling talent, and fostering innovation to adapt to these changes. Razdan’s insights underscored the need for strategic action to build a better future.

Ramesh Garlapati, Director, ITServe PR & Media expressed his heartfelt gratitude to all the attendees, sponsors, and partners who made this event possible. “Together, we continue to drive innovation and growth in the IT services and consulting industry! Your support drives our mission forward. Here’s to the continued growth of ITServe as we expand, empower, and innovate!”

Since its establishment in 2010, ITServe Alliance has been a beacon of knowledge, skills, and awareness, empowering its members through 24 Regional Chapters across the country. ITServe Alliance has built a strong member-focused community within the IT industry where professionals and experts alike can collaborate, present new business ventures, and work together to find new ways to overcome industry obstacles. For more information, please visit: www.itserve.org

Trump Faces Declining Public Support on Immigration Amid Shifting Voter Sentiments

Immigration, a defining pillar of Donald Trump’s 2024 presidential campaign and a topic on which he previously enjoyed strong public support, is now emerging as a point of vulnerability. Recent polling data reveals a noticeable dip in Trump’s approval ratings on immigration, signaling possible dissatisfaction with his approach among voters and highlighting evolving public attitudes.

A new Morning Consult survey, conducted from May 9 to 11 among 2,221 registered voters, indicates that Trump’s approval on immigration has dropped to the lowest level since he began his second term. According to the poll, 51 percent of respondents approved of his immigration stance, while 44 percent expressed disapproval. Notably, enthusiasm for mass deportations as a top policy priority has waned, with only 35 percent in favor.

This shift comes as additional surveys reveal growing disapproval of Trump’s hardline immigration policies, which include widespread deportations and a reduction in legal immigration opportunities. A Fox News poll conducted in April found Trump with a negative approval rating on immigration for the first time: 47 percent approved of his performance, while 48 percent disapproved. However, Trump still received better marks for his handling of the border, where 55 percent expressed approval.

Similarly, the most recent AP-NORC poll, carried out between May 1 and 5 among 1,175 adults, reported that 49 percent approved of Trump’s immigration policies, while 51 percent disapproved. This showed a slight improvement from April, when the approval rating stood at 46 percent and disapproval at 53 percent.

Another survey, conducted in April by Atlas Intel, showed a net approval rating of minus 6 points for Trump on immigration. In that poll, 52 percent rated his performance as “terrible” or “very poor,” compared to 46 percent who said it was “excellent” or “good.” This marked a notable drop from March, when 51 percent viewed Trump’s immigration policies positively and only 43 percent negatively.

This decline in approval is occurring against a backdrop of increased legal scrutiny and mounting criticism over Trump’s deportation agenda. One case drawing particular attention is that of Kilmar Abrego Garcia, who was deported from Maryland. The Department of Justice referred to his removal as an “administrative error.” Although Trump’s administration identified Garcia as a member of MS-13, a gang now classified as a terrorist organization, Garcia’s legal team and family deny any such affiliation.

Trump’s current immigration plan calls for the deportation of millions of undocumented individuals through expanded operations by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and involvement of the National Guard. His strategy involves reviving and intensifying first-term policies, constructing large detention centers, and accelerating deportations by limiting judicial review.

What stands out about the current enforcement is that it targets undocumented immigrants without criminal records. During Trump’s first 50 days back in office, ICE arrested over 32,000 people, nearly half of whom had no prior criminal record. A report by El País also revealed that by mid-February 2025, over 40 percent of deportees had no criminal background.

Public support for deportation of non-criminal undocumented immigrants appears weak. A Pew Research Center survey found that while a slim majority—51 percent—of Americans support the deportation of at least some undocumented individuals, only around one-third support mass deportation. Notably, there is overwhelming support for removing violent criminals, but approval sharply declines when it comes to deporting individuals married to U.S. citizens or those brought to the country as children.

Trump’s declining approval on immigration mirrors broader polling trends showing a general downturn in public support since the start of his second term, even though he entered it with record-high approval levels. According to Morning Consult, Trump’s overall approval rating dropped one point since April to 45 percent, while 52 percent disapproved of his performance.

Echelon Insights also documented a one-point drop in Trump’s approval between April and May, falling to 46 percent, with disapproval climbing to 52 percent. Similarly, Big Data Poll found that Trump’s approval now stands at 48 percent, down from 56 percent in January. Meanwhile, disapproval has risen to 47 percent, compared to just 37 percent in January.

Nonetheless, some recent surveys indicate a slight rebound in Trump’s approval. Newsweek’s approval tracker currently shows Trump at 46 percent approval with 50 percent disapproval. This marks a marginal improvement over the previous week, when he had a 45 percent approval rating and disapproval was firmly in the 50s.

A compilation of various polls paints a mixed picture:

Rasmussen (May 12): 52% approve, 46% disapprove

Morning Consult (May 9-11): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

Echelon Insights (May 8-12): 46% approve, 52% disapprove

YouGov (May 6-8): 42% approve, 50% disapprove

Quantus (May 5-7): 48% approve, 48% disapprove

Big Data Poll (May 3-5): 48% approve, 47% disapprove

YouGov/Economist (May 2-5): 42% approve, 52% disapprove

AP-NORC (May 1-5): 41% approve, 57% disapprove

RMG Research (April 30-May 8): 49% approve, 49% disapprove

TIPP Insights (April 30-May 2): 42% approve, 47% disapprove

While these polls show Trump’s approval rating holding relatively steady, they also reveal a subtle but consistent uptick in disapproval. For instance, the YouGov poll conducted from May 6 to 8 among 1,143 adults showed a 42 percent approval rate—unchanged from previous polling—while disapproval rose by 2 points to 50 percent. A similar pattern was seen in the Quantus Insights poll, conducted between May 5 and 7.

Comparing Trump’s current ratings with those from his first term provides additional perspective. On May 13, 2017, RealClearPolitics recorded Trump’s approval at 42 percent and disapproval at 53 percent, a net rating of minus 11 points. This suggests Trump is marginally less popular now than he was at the same point during his first term.

In comparison to Joe Biden, Trump’s current approval rating also falls short. On May 13, 2021, Biden enjoyed a 54 percent approval rating, with 42 percent disapproving, according to RealClearPolitics.

Even though Trump began his second term with his highest approval rating to date, Gallup’s initial poll for the term—conducted between January 21 and 27—showed him as the least popular incoming president since 1953, and the only one to start with an approval rating below 50 percent. Gallup noted that Biden started his presidency with a 57 percent approval rating.

Historical data from Gallup, analyzed by The American Presidency Project, underscores Trump’s low standing compared to previous presidents at the 100-day mark. Dwight Eisenhower held a 73 percent approval rating at that point. Other presidents also fared better: John F. Kennedy had 83 percent, Richard Nixon 62 percent, Jimmy Carter 63 percent, Ronald Reagan 68 percent, George H.W. Bush 56 percent, Bill Clinton 55 percent, George W. Bush 62 percent, and Barack Obama 65 percent.

Looking ahead, Trump’s approval ratings may fluctuate depending on several critical developments, such as the outcome of the Russia-Ukraine war, changing dynamics in international trade, and increasing economic uncertainty linked to potential recession fears.

Mohanlal’s Reign Continues: A Four-Decade Superstar Still Shattering Box Office Records in 2025

In a film industry where fame often fades as quickly as social media trends rise, one actor continues to rise above generational shifts and transient popularity—Mohanlal. Affectionately referred to as Lalettan by his fans, Mohanlal isn’t just a popular actor; he is an enduring symbol of Malayalam cinema itself. Over the past four decades, his name has become inseparable from the industry’s growth and transformation. And if anyone still doubts his box office might, a look at Malayalam cinema’s top-grossing films will quickly erase that skepticism.

Among the ten highest-grossing Malayalam films of all time, Mohanlal headlines four—a distinction no other contemporary actor can match. Even more impressive is that two of these four blockbusters were released in 2025 alone. With an already illustrious career full of milestones, this new chapter confirms that Mohanlal is not merely preserving his legacy; he is boldly redefining it.

Here’s how Mohanlal ranks in the history of Malayalam cinema’s box office success in India:

  1. L2: Empuraan – Rs 105.25 crore (2025)
  2. Thudarum – Rs 101.65 crore (2025)
  3. Pulimurugan – Rs 76.67 crore (2016)
  4. Lucifer – Rs 65.21 crore (2019)

The two latest additions—L2: Empuraan and Thudarum—haven’t just entered the elite Rs 100 crore club; they’ve soared well past it. Empuraan, the much-anticipated sequel to the 2019 political thriller Lucifer, is now the highest-grossing Malayalam film of all time, collecting an enormous Rs 268.05 crore worldwide. Hot on its heels is Thudarum, a compelling social drama that has crossed the Rs 200 crore mark—a number once thought impossible for Malayalam films.

Add to this list Pulimurugan, the first Malayalam movie to surpass Rs 100 crore globally, and Lucifer, which redefined the political thriller genre in Kerala, and a clear narrative emerges: Mohanlal is the unrivaled king of the Malayalam box office.

What makes this accomplishment all the more remarkable isn’t just the revenue these films have generated but the broad variety they represent. Pulimurugan thrilled audiences with adrenaline-filled action sequences and became a festive favorite. Lucifer delved into political intrigue and treachery, carried by Mohanlal’s restrained yet magnetic performance. Empuraan expanded that world with higher stakes and darker themes. Meanwhile, Thudarum offered a modern social thriller that allowed Mohanlal to embody a deeply emotional and layered character, proving once again that he can blend substance with star power effortlessly.

While most actors rely on one genre for their commercial success, Mohanlal’s true strength lies in his versatility. He effortlessly transitions between intense thrillers, emotional dramas, and grand-scale action films. This ability to adapt while staying true to his artistic roots is part of what sustains his enduring appeal.

A particularly noteworthy aspect of Mohanlal’s recent success is his role in creating Malayalam cinema’s first full-fledged franchise. With Lucifer and Empuraan, he has ignited a level of fan excitement usually reserved for big-budget franchises like Baahubali or KGF. These aren’t just films; they have become cultural spectacles. The anticipation is already high for the third installment, L3: The Beginning, which will also feature his son, Pranav Mohanlal. In many ways, the Lucifer universe is Kerala’s homegrown reply to the epic cinematic universes crafted in other Indian film industries.

Beyond his superstar image, Mohanlal holds a special place in the hearts of Keralites. He’s more than a celebrated actor; he’s like family. His roles resonate with people from all walks of life—from college youth to elderly viewers. Whether he’s playing a rebellious youngster, a tormented father, a humble village savior, or a strategic political player, his performances always strike a chord with the Malayali audience.

Even now, young audiences are discovering his classic films like Kireedam, Bharatham, Chithram, and Vanaprastham, and finding the same depth and magic that captivated their parents’ generation. This generational bridge is what keeps his fandom both loyal and ever-expanding.

Mohanlal’s lasting relevance doesn’t come from blindly chasing modern trends. While Malayalam cinema evolves with new-wave, content-rich films like 2018, Manjummel Boys, and Premalu, Mohanlal continues to deliver massive hits that cater to both mass and niche audiences. His 2025 filmography is testament to this balance. Alongside massive commercial hits like Empuraan and Thudarum, he’s also set to appear in a wide range of upcoming projects that span different genres and character arcs.

His journey is nothing short of a textbook example in how to stay relevant in an ever-changing industry. Mohanlal collaborates with new-age directors, explores fresh storytelling methods, and yet never lets go of the core essence that made him a beloved figure in the first place.

Even with the rise of OTT platforms and younger stars making their presence felt, Mohanlal’s films still manage to attract packed theatres, pre-release fan celebrations, and phenomenal ticket sales on a global scale. His screen presence and popularity remain untouched by age or changing audience dynamics.

As 2025 unfolds, Mohanlal has not only secured four positions in the list of the highest-grossing Malayalam films of all time, but also delivered two of the biggest hits in the same year. That achievement alone cements his status not just as a superstar but as a symbol of Malayalam cinema’s legacy, evolution, and promise for the future.

Mohanlal’s continued success is more than just a nostalgic celebration of a beloved actor; it’s a reaffirmation that genuine talent, adaptability, and emotional connection with the audience can withstand the test of time. As Malayalam cinema continues to grow and diversify, Mohanlal remains its most towering, enduring figure—someone who doesn’t merely represent its history but actively shapes its future.

India Moves to Retaliate Against US Tariffs Amid Ongoing Trade Deal Talks

India has initiated its first countermeasure against the United States under President Donald Trump’s second term by proposing tariffs on select American goods. This comes in response to Washington’s import duties on steel and aluminum and unfolds at a time when the two nations are actively working toward finalizing a bilateral trade agreement.

New Delhi informed the World Trade Organization (WTO) that it considers the US tariffs on steel and aluminum as “safeguard measures” — essentially trade restrictions — that will negatively affect Indian exports. The notification, made public on Monday, emphasizes that these measures hinder India’s trade interests.

According to the official WTO communication, India reserves the right to “suspend concessions or other obligations” as a reciprocal measure under international trade rules. This formal move marks the first instance of retaliation by India during Trump’s current term, signaling a shift in New Delhi’s approach. Until recently, India had refrained from taking retaliatory steps, choosing instead to prioritize ongoing trade discussions. Both countries are aiming to seal a trade pact by the fall.

“India’s latest WTO action comes at a delicate moment,” remarked Ajay Srivastava, founder of the New Delhi-based think tank Global Trade Research Initiative. “New Delhi and Washington are exploring a broader free trade agreement, and this retaliation could cast a shadow over negotiations.”

The WTO filing noted that the US tariffs could affect up to $7.6 billion worth of Indian exports, and that the additional duties imposed by Washington would amount to $1.91 billion. In response, India plans to introduce retaliatory duties equivalent in value to those losses, though it has not yet specified which American products will be targeted.

Earlier this year, President Trump imposed a 25 percent duty on all steel and aluminum imports into the United States, which went into effect on March 12. The move was part of his broader plan to reshape trade relationships globally. At the time, Indian exporters had called on their government to counteract these measures with reciprocal action.

Following WTO protocol, India had formally requested consultations with the US in April concerning the increased tariffs. However, the US rejected the consultation request, arguing that the duties were imposed on grounds of national security and therefore should not be treated as safeguard measures under WTO regulations.

Pankaj Chadha, chairman of the Engineering Exports Promotion Council, expressed support for India’s move, calling it a “positive development.” He added that this response might help his sector secure exemptions from the US-imposed tariffs.

“India’s proposed suspension of concessions would result in an equivalent amount of duty collected from products originating in the United States,” the WTO notification stated, underlining the principle of proportional retaliation. However, it did not disclose the specific goods likely to be affected by the new Indian tariffs.

The timing of this action is notable. India’s Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal is set to visit Washington from May 17 to 20 for trade discussions with members of the Trump administration. A source with knowledge of the matter, who requested anonymity due to the sensitive nature of the talks, confirmed that India’s proposed retaliatory measures would now form a key component of the discussions.

This episode represents a shift in tone from earlier in Trump’s presidency. During his first term, India responded to the US’s decision in 2019 to withdraw trade concessions on $5.7 billion worth of Indian goods by raising customs duties on 28 American products.

However, in Trump’s current term, India had been more accommodating. Earlier this year, New Delhi introduced sweeping reforms to its import tariff structure, cutting duties on around 8,500 industrial items. Notably, this included significant reductions on American products like bourbon whiskey and premium motorcycles from Harley-Davidson Inc. These moves were intended to address longstanding trade grievances voiced by President Trump.

Despite these efforts at conciliation, India’s recent WTO notification signals a firmer posture. Srivastava pointed out that “India’s move reflects a broader shift: a willingness to assert itself within global trade rules to protect its economic interests.”

The retaliation also coincides with broader international trade developments. Just hours before India submitted its WTO notice, the United States agreed to substantially lower tariffs on Chinese goods after Beijing refused to yield to Trump’s demands.

Adding to the tension, this latest move by India comes amid controversy over President Trump’s remarks linking trade with a recent ceasefire between India and Pakistan. At a White House event on Monday, Trump said, “If you stop it, we’re doing trade. If you don’t stop it, we’re not going to do any trade,” implying that trade with India might have been used as leverage in securing the ceasefire.

India promptly dismissed this suggestion. On Tuesday, May 13, a spokesman from the Ministry of External Affairs, Randhir Jaiswal, addressed the issue at a press conference in New Delhi. “There were conversations between Indian and US leaders on the evolving military situation,” he said. “The issue of trade did not come up in any of these discussions.”

With trade negotiations continuing and high-level visits planned, India’s decision to propose retaliatory tariffs places pressure on the upcoming talks. The move is both a signal of India’s readiness to defend its economic interests and a test of whether both sides can reconcile their differences to finalize a long-anticipated trade agreement.

By asserting its right to respond within the framework of WTO rules, New Delhi has shown it is prepared to push back while still maintaining diplomatic engagement. The outcome of Minister Goyal’s visit and the inclusion of India’s retaliation in negotiations may determine the trajectory of US-India trade relations going forward.

Record-Breaking 29th US Carrom Nationals Celebrates Talent, Youth, and Historic Partnerships

The United States Carrom Association (USCA) successfully hosted the 29th edition of the MATA US Nationals Carrom Championship from May 2 to May 4 in Pompton Plains, New Jersey, marking a major milestone for the sport in America. The prestigious event drew over 150 players representing 22 states, setting a new participation record, according to a press release issued by the association.

For the first time in the tournament’s history, the USCA collaborated with the Mana American Telugu Association (MATA) to organize the national-level championship. This inaugural partnership added a new dimension to the competition and brought in a fresh wave of enthusiasm among players and fans alike. “This event was not only a celebration of skill and sportsmanship but also a testament to the power of collaboration between organizations with a shared vision for promoting carrom,” said the organizers.

The tournament was spearheaded by the USCA core committee, whose leadership played a central role in ensuring its success. The committee included Atul Bhave as President, Chandrashekar Dashudu as Vice President, Roshan Muhsin as Secretary, Roshan Rauff as Tournament Director, Veerraju Dhavileswarapu as Treasurer, Srikanth Munagala as Associate Vice President, Shailesh Mokashi as Logistics Director, and Shakeel Baig as Deputy Secretary.

The USCA extended its gratitude to MATA for serving as the event’s title sponsor. “MATA’s contributions played a pivotal role in making the event a grand success,” the organizers stated. Special thanks were reserved for Suresh Kajana, the Sports Director of MATA, “whose dedication and leadership were instrumental throughout the planning and execution of the tournament.”

In the highly anticipated Men’s Singles final, Ajay Arora from Pennsylvania emerged victorious, clinching his second national title by defeating Vikas Koshti of Texas, who was playing in his first US Nationals final. Arora secured the win with scores of 25-11 and 23-14. The defending champion, Deep Joshi of Washington, secured third place after an intense match against Preeti Jhakotia from California. Jhakotia, who is ranked third globally among women and is also the 2025 Doubles Champion, showcased her prowess throughout the tournament.

Jhakotia, alongside fellow Californian Panna Chowdhury, went on to win the Doubles Championship. They outplayed the team of Ashok from California and Shibu Jose from Dallas in a closely fought final. The event also featured standout moments, including two white slams—one each by Madhu Kalya from Dallas and Ajay Arora—demonstrating a high level of skill and mastery of the game.

A historic development at this year’s championship was the introduction of the Juniors US Nationals. Seen as a significant step toward the sport’s future growth, the youth-focused segment was described by the organizers as a “vital investment in the future of carrom, aimed at engaging youth and cultivating emerging talent.”

The Junior Championship finals were met with great enthusiasm. Fifteen-year-old Aditya Godugu captured the top honor, while seventeen-year-old Advaith Godugu took second place. Thirteen-year-old Vaidehi Kadam impressed the crowd and judges alike, earning third place. “The enthusiasm and skill displayed by these young competitors signal a vibrant future for the sport,” organizers noted.

Another significant achievement was the tournament’s expansion into the digital arena. The MATA XXIX US Nationals saw unprecedented global engagement thanks to its strategic alliance with SportivAI. Over 150 Singles and Doubles matches were live-streamed using advanced features such as score overlays and real-time analytics. The broadcast attracted 18,000 views and 1,600 watch hours in just two days, showcasing the tournament’s rising popularity worldwide.

Carrom Pro, a key technology partner, provided vital support for live commentary during the Singles and Doubles finals. Their involvement allowed fans across the globe to enjoy uninterrupted coverage of the championship’s most crucial moments—completely free of charge.

The tournament concluded with a vibrant closing ceremony attended by several notable political and community leaders. Among the dignitaries present were Middlesex County Commissioner Shanti Narra, New Jersey Board of Public Utilities’ Upendra Chivukula, Jersey City Council candidate Shahab Khan, Jersey City mayoral hopeful Mussab Ali, and Edison Council President Nitesh Patel.

In their closing remarks, USCA President Atul Bhave and MATA President Ramana K Kiran Duddagi expressed heartfelt thanks to all the participants, attendees, volunteers, and supporters who made the event a grand success.

Adding a cultural flair to the closing ceremony were special musical performances by acclaimed Indian music director Raghu Kunche and renowned playback singer Anjana Sowmya. The two artists flew in from India specifically to perform at the event, giving attendees a memorable cultural experience in addition to the competitive sporting action.

The championship also saw a generous distribution of prize money, with a total pool exceeding $9,200 awarded across all categories. The prize funding was made possible by the support of title sponsor MATA.

Additional sponsors contributed to the event’s success, including SportivAI, Unify Sports Academy Foundation, New York Life, Dosa & Biryani House, Cell Revolution, Carrom Pro, Baymont Inn, RealTech, adAmerindo, and Sasha Realty. On the media front, coverage was provided by ITV Gold, Parikh World Media, and several other outlets.

The tournament’s smooth execution was thanks in part to the hard work of a dedicated team of volunteers led by Sricharan Kajana. Behind the scenes, a strong officiating crew played a crucial role in maintaining the integrity and fairness of the matches. The referee panel was headed by Chief Referee Sam Mallisetti and included Arun Kumar, Laxminarayanapuram Subramanian, Panna Chowdhury, Umakanth Pandurangaiah, Oscar Philips, and Yogi Narayan.

Commentary throughout the matches was provided by a skilled panel that included Dr. Nilesh Mehta, Murali Balasubramaniam, Shibu Jose, Mandar Ashtekar, Bala Parthasarathy, and Atul Bhave, ensuring that fans and players alike stayed informed and engaged during the games.

In all, the 29th MATA US Nationals was not just a competitive sporting event but a celebration of community, youth involvement, digital outreach, and cultural pride. With record-breaking participation, innovative partnerships, and global viewership, the tournament set a new standard for the promotion and celebration of carrom in the United States.

Golden Girls of Chicago Launches with a Mission to Empower Women and Honor Motherhood

A new women’s organization has been launched in Chicago, spearheaded by Mina Purohit, a television host, founder and director of IndiaTV-USA, and a seasoned producer in the Gujarati film industry. This newly formed group, titled Golden Girls of Chicago, was officially introduced with a clear mission centered on women’s empowerment and community service. The group seeks to bring together accomplished women who are dedicated to uplifting others and spreading positivity within their communities.

The official launch of Golden Girls of Chicago marked the beginning of a collective effort to foster joy and support among women from various walks of life. The group’s primary goal is to create a supportive space for women to connect, share experiences, and contribute to meaningful causes. Nearly 50 successful women participated in the group’s inaugural gathering, signaling a strong and enthusiastic start.

“Spreading happiness and being helpful to each other,” serves as the guiding motto for the group. This principle was the foundation upon which the organization was built, encouraging members to find strength in unity and compassion. With this mission in mind, the Golden Girls of Chicago aims to serve both the local and global community, especially women facing hardships.

Mina Purohit emphasized the vision of the group during the launch event. “We recognize the strength of women, and we deeply cherish both America and our beloved Motherland, India,” Purohit stated. She further explained the significance of this new platform, describing it as more than just a social outlet. “This platform is not just about enjoying life together but also about creating meaningful impact—especially for women in need.”

The choice to launch the organization in May was intentional and symbolic. As May is widely associated with the celebration of Mother’s Day, it was seen as the perfect moment to introduce an initiative that pays homage to motherhood. The timing added emotional depth and cultural resonance to the launch, making it especially meaningful for the organizers and participants.

In keeping with this sentiment, the Golden Girls of Chicago introduced a signature initiative titled “MAA TUZE SALAM” – A Salute to Motherhood. This program is designed as a heartfelt tribute to elderly mothers in India, particularly those who are single, underprivileged, or otherwise struggling to meet basic daily needs. Through this initiative, the group aims to offer consistent, voluntary, and annual contributions to support these mothers.

Purohit was clear in her description of the purpose behind the initiative. “We do not call this charity or donation,” she said. “We see it as our heartfelt duty—an offering of respect to the mothers of our homeland.” This sentiment reflects the deep cultural and emotional commitment of the group to honor the role of mothers and give back in a meaningful and respectful way.

The philanthropic spirit of the Golden Girls of Chicago is not limited to just their work in India. The organization also plans to remain active within the local Chicago community. One of the group’s ongoing efforts will include monthly gatherings that highlight and celebrate both Indian and American cultural festivals. These events are intended to create shared joyful moments among members, while also strengthening their relationships and promoting the group’s mission of empowerment.

Beyond cultural celebration, these monthly gatherings will serve as platforms for discussions, collaborations, and new initiatives that aim to further the group’s impact. By blending social connection with purposeful action, the Golden Girls of Chicago seeks to be both a source of inspiration and a vehicle for change.

The group is open to all women who share its vision of empowerment and service. It actively welcomes new members to join and contribute their energy, skills, and compassion to the collective cause. The organization encourages women from diverse backgrounds to come together, not only to celebrate life but also to make tangible differences in the lives of others—both locally in Chicago and abroad in India.

Golden Girls of Chicago aspires to create a sustainable movement that honors cultural roots while embracing the values of community, dignity, and empowerment. The founding members hope their efforts will inspire similar groups to form across the country and eventually worldwide.

In summary, the Golden Girls of Chicago stands out not just as a social group but as a meaningful collective driven by purpose. With leadership from Mina Purohit and support from nearly 50 successful women at launch, the organization has begun its journey on a powerful note. Their goals to uplift women, support mothers in need, and celebrate cultural heritage are already taking shape through initiatives like “MAA TUZE SALAM” and regular community engagement.

“We recognize the strength of women, and we deeply cherish both America and our beloved Motherland, India,” Purohit reiterated during the launch, underscoring the dual sense of identity and duty that fuels the group’s mission. “This platform is not just about enjoying life together but also about creating meaningful impact—especially for women in need.”

With a focus on compassion, cultural connection, and shared responsibility, the Golden Girls of Chicago is poised to become a strong force for positive change. As they continue to grow and expand their outreach, their commitment to honoring mothers and empowering women remains at the heart of all they do.

72nd Miss World Festival Kicks Off in Telangana with a Grand Cultural Celebration

The 72nd Miss World Festival officially began on May 10 with an elaborate and colorful inauguration ceremony at the Gachibowli Indoor Stadium in Hyderabad, marking the start of a month-long tribute to global beauty, cultural diversity, and humanitarian ideals. The launch of the prestigious event was underscored by a powerful message of peace and unity, in keeping with the pageant’s long-standing mission of promoting “Beauty with a Purpose.”

The opening event highlighted Telangana’s rich and vibrant cultural identity. Attendees witnessed energetic performances of various traditional folk and tribal dances, including Perini, Kommu Koya, Lambada, and Oggu Dolu. These displays were more than just entertainment; they served as a heartfelt welcome to over 110 contestants from across the globe and showcased the unique traditions and spirit of Telangana. This lively cultural representation not only enchanted the audience but also set an uplifting and inclusive tone for the upcoming festival events.

Among the notable dignitaries present at the inauguration was Telangana’s Chief Minister Revanth Reddy, who gave a warm greeting to all the participants. The official opening declaration of the Festival in Telangana was made by Julia Morley, CBE, Chairman and CEO of Miss World Limited. Her address emphasized the significance of this event being held in such a culturally rich region.

Julia Morley expressed her excitement by saying, “We are thrilled to bring the Miss World festival to Telangana, a place where tradition beautifully intertwines with innovation. This year’s pageant reflects the spirit of world unity, peace and cultural appreciation, and I am excited to witness the remarkable journeys of each contestant as they inspire the world.”

Jayesh Ranjan, who holds the Full Additional Charge (FAC) as Special Chief Secretary in Telangana’s Youth Advancement, Tourism and Culture Department, also extended a cordial welcome to the international participants. He remarked on the significance of the occasion, noting, “It is a historic day as the 72nd Miss World opens in Telangana. Today will be marked as a significant moment where a powerful message of peace is being conveyed to the world. I wish all the contestants to also become ambassadors of peace in their respective countries.”

Reigning Miss World Krystyna Pyszková, reflecting on her own reign and the importance of the event, expressed gratitude towards the hosts. “A heartfelt thank you to the government of Telangana for welcoming all the contestants with open hearts. I encourage all the contestants to showcase the rich heritage of their countries and be the voices of their communities. I am proud to have been crowned the 71st Miss World in India, and it is an honor to pass my crown in this incredible country once again,” she stated.

The inauguration also featured a visually stunning parade of contestants. Each participant introduced herself while proudly carrying her nation’s flag, creating a memorable scene of unity through diversity. The parade not only allowed the contestants to present their personal and cultural identities but also celebrated the global spirit of the Miss World platform.

In addition to the pageant itself, the 72nd Miss World Festival includes an itinerary rich with cultural, spiritual, and charitable engagements. On May 12, the contestants are scheduled to visit Buddhavanam, a sacred Buddhist site at Nagarjunasagar, offering them an opportunity to connect with India’s spiritual heritage. This will be followed by a heritage walk through Charminar and Laad Bazaar on May 13, allowing the contestants to explore the historical and commercial heart of Hyderabad. A royal welcome dinner at the majestic Chowmahalla Palace will also be held, featuring a live musical concert to further showcase the region’s grandeur and hospitality.

The pageant has received robust support from various partners. Trident has come on board as the Official Hospitality Partner, renowned for its top-tier services and luxurious accommodations, thus ensuring that contestants experience a high standard of comfort during their stay. HITEX, the Venue Partner, provides state-of-the-art facilities that are in perfect sync with the international scope and elegance of the Miss World Festival.

Viewers around the globe will be able to follow the festivities through digital streaming. The entire Miss World Festival is being exclusively streamed on Sony LIV, the official streaming partner. Audiences can also stay updated through regular posts and updates on the official website (www.missworld.com) and the pageant’s Instagram handle @missworld.

The grand finale of the 72nd Miss World Festival is scheduled for May 31, concluding a month filled with festivities, cross-cultural connections, and efforts to champion meaningful causes under the umbrella of “Beauty with a Purpose.”

From its impressive inauguration to its diverse and meaningful schedule of events, the 72nd edition of Miss World is shaping up to be a memorable chapter in the pageant’s history, celebrating not only beauty but also culture, unity, and humanitarian spirit.

Iceland’s Four-Day Workweek Proves a Resounding Success, Setting a Global Example

In 2019, Iceland attracted worldwide attention by becoming one of the first nations to embrace the four-day workweek, not through a sweeping legislative change, but via negotiated agreements that allowed employees to reduce their hours without a cut in pay. Now, five years later, the results are clear and overwhelmingly positive.

The initiative actually began in 2015 with a pilot program that included approximately 2,500 workers, just over 1% of the country’s workforce. The pilot was met with overwhelming approval, as 86% of the participants expressed strong support for the shortened workweek. This success laid the foundation for a broader rollout in 2019. As a result, today nearly 90% of Icelandic workers enjoy a reduced 36-hour workweek, down from the traditional 40 hours, all without any reduction in their salaries.

Initially, the idea of a four-day workweek sparked considerable skepticism, both within Iceland and internationally. Critics worried that trimming the workweek would lead to decreased productivity, increased costs for employers, and difficulty maintaining consistent service levels. But these concerns have largely proven unfounded thanks to Iceland’s experience.

According to official reports, productivity in Iceland has either remained steady or improved in certain sectors. One of the most significant contributors to this positive outcome has been the improved mental health of employees. The mental well-being of workers, especially highlighted by Generation Z, has become a key factor in evaluating the impact of this policy. A noticeable reduction in stress and a more balanced work-life dynamic have contributed to better overall health and job satisfaction among employees.

One particularly striking outcome of Iceland’s move has been a boost in gender equality. The shorter workweek has allowed men to become more engaged in domestic life, leading to a more equitable distribution of parenting and household responsibilities. Unlike in countries such as Belgium, where reduced workweeks are offset by longer working days, Iceland has opted to keep both pay and working conditions the same, even with fewer hours worked. This decision has played a pivotal role in the country’s success.

This smooth transition has also been facilitated by a significant push toward digitalization. The Icelandic government has invested heavily in building digital infrastructure, resulting in some of the world’s best internet connectivity—even in remote regions. This has enabled remote work to flourish and allowed productivity to remain high, despite the reduced number of hours spent in physical workplaces. A report from el diaro emphasized that this infrastructure has supported telecommuting, ensuring that reduced office time does not compromise efficiency.

Generation Z, having grown up in a tech-savvy environment, has adapted easily to this new model of working. Their natural familiarity with digital tools and platforms has helped ease the transition to the four-day week, allowing both businesses and public services to function effectively with fewer in-person hours.

But the benefits of Iceland’s four-day workweek extend beyond the workplace. Citizens report notable improvements in overall quality of life. With more free time, people are spending more moments with family, enjoying leisure activities, and nurturing personal relationships. The stress tied to time pressure has significantly diminished, and general happiness levels have risen.

María Hjálmtýsdóttir, a teacher and activist, spoke about how this shift has transformed her personal life. “The shorter working week has been a great success in Iceland and has changed my family’s life. For 90% of Icelanders, the 36-hour week means less stress, more job satisfaction and more time to enjoy life,” she shared.

This Icelandic approach has started to inspire similar experiments across Europe. Countries like Germany, Portugal, Spain, and the UK are currently conducting pilot projects to test the four-day model. Meanwhile, Belgium has passed legislation supporting the concept, though its version compensates for fewer days with extended daily hours—an approach that has slowed its widespread adoption.

Despite these advancements in working conditions, Iceland remains divided on the matter of joining the European Union. This topic is expected to be a major talking point in the upcoming early parliamentary elections scheduled for Saturday. The Social Democratic and liberal Reform parties are the only groups clearly in favor of EU membership. In contrast, the current ruling coalition—comprising ecologists, conservatives, and liberals—remains opposed.

Still, Iceland’s success with the four-day workweek underscores a powerful lesson: reducing work hours without sacrificing pay or productivity is not only feasible, but beneficial on multiple fronts. By prioritizing worker well-being, the country has moved toward a more humane and balanced model of labor. The benefits ripple beyond individuals to families and communities, showing that rethinking our relationship with work can yield meaningful improvements in quality of life.

Generation Z has played a crucial role in championing this shift. By advocating for work models that better align with mental health and personal well-being, this generation has helped set the stage for broader changes in how society views employment. Iceland’s achievements suggest that their vision for the future was anything but unrealistic. As the rest of the world watches, Iceland offers a blueprint for a sustainable and people-centered approach to work—one where the job adapts to human needs, rather than demanding that people bend themselves to fit outdated expectations.

In a world increasingly focused on finding a healthier work-life balance, Iceland stands as a shining example of what is possible when forward-thinking policy meets practical execution. As more nations explore this model, the conversation around how we work—and how much—is bound to evolve.

Air India Reroutes North America Flights via Mongolia Amid Pakistan Airspace Closure

Air India has started rerouting several North America-bound flights through Mongolian airspace to address the rising operational costs triggered by the ongoing closure of Pakistani airspace. This strategic move is primarily impacting flights departing from Delhi’s Indira Gandhi International Airport, especially those en route to destinations in the United States and Canada.

Among the affected routes are Air India flights to San Francisco and Vancouver. In some cases, these journeys now also include a technical halt in Kolkata. These adjustments are part of the airline’s efforts to maintain efficiency while coping with regulatory constraints and increasing fuel demands.

Currently owned by the Tata Group, Air India operates 71 flights each week to North America. Of these, 54 originate from New Delhi. Following Pakistan’s decision to bar Indian carriers from using its airspace on April 24, 2025, Air India was compelled to adopt new flight paths for its long-haul services to cities like Chicago, New York, Washington, San Francisco, Newark, Toronto, and Vancouver.

Flight tracking data from Flightradar24 has confirmed that flights AI174, traveling from San Francisco to Delhi, and AI186, flying from Vancouver to Delhi, have recently made use of Mongolian airspace. This adjustment mostly affects flights on the Pacific corridor and aims to avoid the need for detours through Europe, which are both time-consuming and costly.

The inclusion of Kolkata as a technical stop allows Air India to remain flexible while sidestepping the substantial costs associated with refueling or swapping crew at European airports. These strategic changes also help the airline comply with the Directorate General of Civil Aviation’s regulations on Flying Duty Time Limitation. This DGCA policy limits how long a flight crew can work continuously, which becomes especially significant on ultra-long-haul flights.

The repercussions of Pakistan’s airspace closure have rippled through Indian aviation operations. The trigger for this move was India’s retaliation following the terror attack in Pahalgam, which led to increased tension and the subsequent ban on Pakistani airlines using Indian airspace beginning April 30. With Pakistan’s reciprocal restrictions still in place, Indian carriers like Air India have had to adapt swiftly.

The longer routes resulting from the ban have caused a spike in fuel consumption and placed additional pressure on aircraft usage and crew scheduling. As per DGCA regulations, crew members are limited to a maximum of eight hours of continuous operation. For flights longer than 14 hours—such as those connecting Delhi with San Francisco—airlines are required to assign two separate crews. By making in-country stops, such as in Kolkata, Air India can seek extended duty approvals from the DGCA without violating the prescribed limits.

One of the key advantages of avoiding European stopovers is the reduction in landing charges and additional fuel burn, both of which can significantly impact an airline’s bottom line. These efficiency-driven decisions are vital for Air India to continue operating ultra-long-haul flights without compromising financial sustainability.

Campbell Wilson, Air India’s Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer, addressed the situation in an internal communication with employees dated May 2. In the memo, he confirmed the airline had made temporary adjustments to routes serving Europe and North America. He also noted that new technical stops had been introduced and highlighted the company’s ongoing efforts to reestablish direct flights by finding workable alternatives.

According to sources within the airline, Air India is also evaluating other Indian cities as potential domestic stopover hubs to avoid overseas layovers and keep international expenses down. Kolkata is one of the key cities being considered for such contingency planning.

The broader geopolitical tensions are central to this disruption. The closure of Pakistani airspace followed the April 22 attack in Pahalgam, which resulted in 26 deaths. In response, India barred Pakistani carriers from flying through its skies, beginning April 30. Although there have been some signs of reduced hostilities between the two nations, airspace closures are still in effect.

These political developments have immediate consequences for aviation, affecting both logistics and financial planning. Airlines are forced to act quickly, adjusting routes, reworking crew rosters, and seeking regulatory approvals while keeping service quality intact and costs under control.

Despite these challenges, Air India’s shift to alternative flight paths, particularly over Mongolia and through domestic waypoints like Kolkata, reflects the airline’s commitment to operational resilience. These strategies are not only helping the airline navigate through international airspace restrictions but also ensuring compliance with Indian aviation rules while maintaining customer service continuity.

The adaptation showcases how airlines like Air India must be nimble and resourceful when dealing with unexpected disruptions. The Mongolian corridor, while longer than the previously used Pakistani airspace, still allows the airline to manage long-haul operations without completely sacrificing efficiency or increasing layover durations unnecessarily.

Furthermore, the use of domestic technical stops plays a crucial role in minimizing delays, managing crew shifts, and preventing the need for costly overnight stays or logistical rearrangements at international airports. The airline’s ability to stay within regulatory frameworks while exploring creative alternatives shows how major carriers respond to geopolitical stress with calculated precision.

In summary, Air India’s decision to reroute some of its North America-bound flights through Mongolian airspace and incorporate technical stops like Kolkata is a proactive step in managing the fallout from the ongoing airspace restrictions imposed by Pakistan. As the airline works toward restoring direct operations to key international destinations, it continues to focus on operational flexibility, cost control, and compliance with Indian aviation laws.

As Campbell Wilson stated, “The airline has temporarily adjusted routes to Europe and North America,” and remains focused on “restoring direct operations by identifying viable alternatives.” With ongoing planning and adaptive strategies, Air India is attempting to ensure minimal disruption to passengers while staying competitive during an uncertain period for international aviation.

Bill Miller Favors Amazon Over Tesla, Citing Valuation and Strategic Strengths

Renowned value investor Bill Miller has established a formidable reputation over his decades-long career. During his tenure managing the Legg Mason Capital Management Value Trust fund, Miller achieved a remarkable feat by outperforming the benchmark S&P 500 index for 15 consecutive years between 1991 and 2005.

Today, Miller is a billionaire and continues his investment journey through the firm he founded, Miller Value Funds. Due to his impressive track record, market observers closely monitor his investment decisions. In a recent quarterly update from Patient Capital Management—where Miller is a minority owner and advisor—he shared his perspective on two of the most prominent names in the stock market today: Amazon and Tesla. Miller categorically views Amazon as a buy and Tesla as a sell.

Miller’s rationale for dismissing Tesla lies in its current valuation, which he believes is excessively inflated. Despite acknowledging Tesla’s innovation and success, he does not see it as an attractive investment at current prices. “They’re going to have to knock the cover off the ball in terms of self-driving cars and AI,” Miller stated, emphasizing the high expectations embedded in Tesla’s valuation.

Although Miller described Tesla as an “incredible company” and praised its CEO, Elon Musk, calling him a “genius,” he stressed that his investment philosophy is rooted in valuation. From a value investing standpoint, Tesla does not measure up. His concerns are not unfounded. So far in 2024, Tesla’s performance has been lackluster. The company reported just 337,000 deliveries in the first quarter—the lowest quarterly figure in more than two years. Additionally, the company’s dominance in the electric vehicle (EV) space is now being seriously challenged.

A major competitor, China’s BYD, has made significant inroads. In China, BYD controls over 30% of the market share, thanks to its ability to deliver affordable models and superior charging technology. Miller pointed out a stark difference in value: “Tesla’s charging $8,000 for their self-driving system, and BYD has a self-driving system in a $9,000 car. BYD’s cars, I think they’re just better.”

Tesla’s valuation appears to rest heavily on anticipated breakthroughs, particularly in autonomous driving. The company plans a Robotaxi demonstration in June, showcasing its unsupervised full self-driving (FSD) technology. Yet skepticism remains about the system’s readiness and the timeline Musk has proposed for its rollout. Even if the demonstration is successful, the competition is not standing still. Startups like Pony AI and Slate Auto, which is backed by Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, are also pushing into autonomous vehicle technology.

Given these dynamics, Miller’s skepticism is understandable. He believes Tesla’s market value is built too much on future ambitions, while overlooking current operational challenges in its EV business. I share this assessment, as it seems the market is pricing in a level of success for Tesla’s futuristic projects without fully accounting for mounting competition and recent performance issues.

In contrast, Miller maintains his bullish stance on Amazon, a company he has backed for many years. In fact, he once remarked that he was “the largest personal owner of Amazon whose last name isn’t Bezos.” His continued confidence in the tech and retail behemoth is driven by a combination of strong leadership, operational prowess, and strategic diversification.

One of Miller’s core reasons for favoring Amazon is his confidence in CEO Andy Jassy’s leadership. He is also optimistic about the company’s various divisions, including Amazon Web Services (AWS), logistics operations, and its newer ventures like satellite internet. Miller also dismissed investor concerns about Amazon’s dependence on Chinese imports.

Tensions between the U.S. and China have led to reciprocal tariffs, sparking fears about the impact on companies with supply chains tied to China. Analysts from Wedbush Securities have previously suggested that as much as 70% of goods sold through Amazon originate in China. However, Miller considers these fears overblown. Given Amazon’s unmatched scale and logistical efficiency, he believes the company is well-positioned to navigate these challenges.

Jassy has acknowledged the impact of rising tariffs but expressed confidence in Amazon’s ability to adapt. He noted that many third-party sellers might pass on the additional costs to consumers. Furthermore, the platform’s diversity of sellers gives Amazon a buffer—some sellers may absorb the costs in order to boost market share. This competitive internal dynamic provides Amazon with flexibility during turbulent trade scenarios.

“Amazon has revenue diversity from the likes of AWS and advertising streams that have been performing well,” Miller emphasized. The company is not solely dependent on product sales, which helps cushion the impact of any external shocks to its retail business. Assuming trade relations between the U.S. and China stabilize in the future, Miller considers Amazon’s current valuation attractive. The stock trades at about 30 times forward earnings, which is near its five-year low.

Even in a scenario where tariffs persist longer than expected, Miller expects Amazon to weather the storm. There could be some short-term pressure on earnings, but the company’s long-term trajectory remains strong. He views the present situation as an opportunity for investors to take advantage of a fundamentally solid company trading at a discount.

This perspective from Miller may resonate with investors who feel they have missed out on top-performing stocks in the past. For those with similar concerns, analysts are promoting what they call a “Double Down” opportunity—highlighting companies they believe are poised for major growth despite having already shown significant returns.

To underscore the power of such moments, they point to past examples. For instance, a $1,000 investment in Nvidia during a “Double Down” recommendation in 2009 would be worth $302,503 today. Likewise, the same amount invested in Apple during a 2008 alert would now be $37,640. And Netflix? A $1,000 investment during a 2004 recommendation would have grown to an astonishing $614,911.

Currently, the Stock Advisor service is offering similar alerts on three companies that it believes present such rare, potentially lucrative opportunities. These insights are available to subscribers and are being pitched as a time-sensitive opportunity unlikely to present itself again soon.

In summary, Bill Miller’s latest investment opinions highlight the strength of his valuation-based approach. While recognizing the innovation and potential of companies like Tesla, he maintains that valuation is critical and believes Tesla is priced too high based on uncertain future success. Meanwhile, his long-standing faith in Amazon reflects confidence in its leadership, diversified revenue streams, and strategic advantages, especially during volatile geopolitical times. Investors would do well to consider both the risks of overpaying for future growth and the rewards of backing companies with solid fundamentals trading at reasonable prices.

Two Kerala Hotels Among the World’s Top 10 in Tripadvisor’s 2025 Global Rankings

A memorable travel experience often starts with the right place to stay, and Tripadvisor’s latest announcement highlights just how significant a good hotel can be. The travel platform recently unveiled its annual list of the World’s 10 Best Hotels for 2025, offering insight into travelers’ most beloved destinations. Drawing from more than 1.6 million properties listed on their site, Tripadvisor analyzed millions of traveler reviews to determine which hotels were most highly rated across the globe. This year, two standout properties from India—both located in the scenic state of Kerala—have secured coveted spots in the top ten.

Tripadvisor’s 2025 rankings include two hotels from India, both situated in the picturesque coastal and hilly landscapes of Kerala, offering visitors a blend of traditional charm and modern luxury. Their inclusion in the list is not only a testament to exceptional hospitality but also showcases Kerala’s growing global appeal as a travel destination.

One of the Indian properties to make the list is the Gokulam Grand Turtle on the Beach. Ranked third globally, this five-star boutique hotel is located near the serene Hawa Beach in Kovalam. The hotel is a fusion of contemporary design and traditional Indian aesthetics, delivering a luxury experience that celebrates local culture. With its breathtaking sea-facing accommodations, it offers four types of rooms: Arabian Sea view rooms, Duplex rooms, Duplex suites, and Signature suites, each providing spectacular views and premium comfort.

The hotel is not just about luxurious rooms. It offers a range of wellness and leisure experiences, making it a complete destination for travelers. Guests can engage in yoga sessions, enjoy spa treatments, or simply relax and take in the stunning ocean scenery. Food enthusiasts are in for a treat as well. Gokulam Grand Turtle on the Beach has three dining options: Catamaran, which serves a mix of international cuisines; Centre Point Cafe, known for its freshly brewed coffee and delicious pastries; and WWW, a rooftop bar perfect for sipping cocktails as the sun sets over the Arabian Sea.

Its location is another major plus. The hotel is conveniently situated just 18 kilometers from the nearest airport and the bustling Poovar Market. According to TripAdvisor, room rates at the hotel start at Rs 7,270 for two people, offering a combination of affordability and luxury that appeals to both domestic and international travelers.

The second Indian entry on the list is Chandy’s Windy Woods, which is ranked ninth globally. Nestled on the gentle slopes of a hill in Munnar, this tranquil retreat is surrounded by lush greenery and mist-covered landscapes. Known for its peaceful atmosphere and natural beauty, the resort offers a calm escape from the noise of urban life.

The rooms at Chandy’s Windy Woods are designed to maximize the beauty of their surroundings, with large windows that frame sweeping views of the misty mountains and forests. The resort also features a temperature-controlled swimming pool and an on-site restaurant that serves a delicious mix of Indian and Chinese dishes. It caters to both relaxation seekers and those looking for enriching activities.

A standout feature of this resort is the ‘Enchanting Forest’ walk, a guided experience that winds through a beautifully designed trail. The path passes by waterfalls, arched stone bridges, intricately painted ceilings, and creatively constructed, nature-themed installations. Midway through the walk, visitors can stop at a quaint coffee shop styled like a traditional Kerala eatery, adding a touch of local flavor to the experience.

Located about 15 kilometers from the Munnar Bus Station, Chandy’s Windy Woods is an excellent choice for travelers looking for a secluded and serene getaway. TripAdvisor currently lists the average cost for a night’s stay for two people at around Rs 12,500, making it a premium yet worthwhile destination.

The top hotel in the world, according to Tripadvisor’s 2025 list, is Secrets Akumal Riviera Maya in Mexico. This adults-only resort is located in the heart of the Riviera Maya and offers an expansive luxury experience with 434 suites, several swimming pools, and a wide range of culinary choices. With six specialty restaurants and seven bars, it aims to provide guests with endless dining and entertainment options. Its location, offerings, and service have made it the number one choice for travelers this year.

Here is the full list of Tripadvisor’s World’s 10 Best Hotels for 2025:

  1. Secrets Akumal Riviera Maya, Mexico
  2. Grandvrio Ocean Resort Danang, Vietnam
  3. Gokulam Grand Turtle on the Beach, India
  4. Romance Istanbul Hotel, Turkiye
  5. Bucuti & Tara Beach Resort Aruba, Caribbean
  6. Ermin’s Hotel, Autograph Collection, United Kingdom
  7. Hyatt Zilara Cap Cana, Caribbean
  8. French Quarter Inn, United States
  9. Chandy’s Windy Woods, India
  10. Siyam World Maldives, Maldives

The presence of two Indian properties in the global top ten highlights the increasing recognition of India’s hospitality industry. It also reflects the growing popularity of Kerala as a global travel destination known for its serene beaches, misty hills, and welcoming atmosphere.

Both Gokulam Grand Turtle on the Beach and Chandy’s Windy Woods offer travelers more than just a place to sleep. They provide immersive experiences that combine natural beauty, local culture, and high-end service. From wellness and adventure to gourmet dining and peaceful retreats, these hotels cater to a wide range of preferences and make a strong case for India’s place on the global travel map.

According to Tripadvisor, these rankings are based entirely on traveler reviews and ratings from the past year. “Travelers’ Choice Best of the Best is our highest honor,” the site states. “The award takes into account the quality and quantity of traveler reviews and ratings, and ranks the very best accommodations, destinations, beaches, restaurants, and experiences in specific categories and geographic areas, as rated and reviewed by travelers.”

This acknowledgment from Tripadvisor is not only a win for the hotels themselves but also a proud moment for India’s tourism sector. As more international travelers seek unique and authentic experiences, the inclusion of these two Kerala properties on a globally respected platform sets a high benchmark and paves the way for continued growth in luxury and eco-tourism across the country.

With over a million hotels reviewed and only ten making the final cut, the fact that two of them are from India speaks volumes about the quality, service, and experience offered by these establishments. Their success serves as a reminder that when it comes to hospitality, India can compete with the best in the world—offering not only stunning settings and rich culture but also unparalleled warmth and service.

Vizhinjam Port Set to Transform Kerala into a Global Trade and Investment Hub

The inauguration of the Vizhinjam Deepwater Multipurpose Seaport and Kerala’s recognition as the easiest state in India to secure permits and approvals for launching new businesses mark a pivotal moment in the state’s economic journey. With these developments, Kerala is positioning itself as a highly attractive destination for investors and international traders.

Gautam Adani, whose company is at the helm of this first-of-its-kind deep-sea automated port in India, described the project as a monumental achievement. Speaking at the dedication ceremony, Adani said, “We sail towards a stronger, bolder India. This is a triumph of vision, resilience, and partnership.” Reflecting on the historic significance of the moment, he added, “Today, at Vizhinjam, history, destiny and possibility came together as a 30-year-old dream of Kerala became India’s gateway to the world.”

The Vizhinjam harbour is set to revolutionize the movement of international cargo in and out of Asia. The deepwater capabilities of the port allow for the docking of massive container ships that are typically unable to anchor at shallower ports. These large vessels can offload their cargo at Vizhinjam, where the containers will be sorted and reloaded onto smaller ships destined for various global locations. This system mirrors a postal distribution center, where bulk mail arrives at a central hub before being redirected to smaller destinations. A similar model is successfully employed at Dubai Port, making Vizhinjam a significant player in international shipping logistics.

Asia is home to approximately 1700 ports, including those on rivers, lakes, and coastlines. However, only a few of them qualify as deepwater ports. Among the most prominent are:

  1. Port of Shanghai, China, the largest, covering 3619 square kilometers with a depth of 57.4 feet
  2. Port of Kaohsiung, Taiwan – 27.8 kilometers long and 50 feet deep
  3. Port of Hong Kong – 278 square kilometers with a maximum depth of 55 feet
  4. Port of Tanjung Priok, Jakarta, Indonesia – 6 square kilometers, 46 feet deep
  5. Port of Tanjung Pelepas, Malaysia – 62 square kilometers, 62 feet deep
  6. Saigon Port, Vietnam – 2.6 square kilometers, 36 feet deep
  7. Jawaharlal Nehru Port, Mumbai – 44 feet deep
  8. Port of Singapore – 30 feet deep
  9. Port of Nagoya, Japan – 40 feet deep
  10. Busan Port, South Korea – 30 feet deep
  11. Port of Manila, Philippines – 36 feet deep
  12. Vizhinjam Port, Kerala – 3 kilometers long and 60 feet deep

Although Vizhinjam Port is expected to be fully operational only by 2028, it already boasts impressive specifications. With a towering height of 74 feet, the port is capable of accommodating some of the world’s largest container ships. This capability sets it apart and allows it to compete with major international ports in Asia.

This port project stands as a milestone achievement for both the Kerala state government and the central government of India. Despite facing significant opposition from political factions and environmental groups, the realization of the Vizhinjam port marks a new chapter in Kerala’s development. Prime Minister Narendra Modi, while inaugurating the port, highlighted its significance by stating, “On one hand, there is this big sea with so many opportunities and on the other hand, there is the beauty of nature; in between there is this Vizhinjam International Deepwater Multipurpose seaport, which is a symbol of new-age development.”

The port has been designed with a focus on container transshipment and is also equipped to handle multipurpose and break-bulk cargo. It represents the largest state-led investment in infrastructure in any region of India. The Government of Kerala is covering two-thirds of the project’s cost, demonstrating its commitment to transformative economic development. Chief Minister Pinarayi Vijayan emphasized this point, noting the significance of this investment as a landmark in Kerala’s development strategy.

According to the information published on the official Vizhinjam port website, the location of the port offers unique advantages. It is situated just 10 nautical miles from one of the busiest international shipping lanes, which connects Europe, the Persian Gulf, and the Far East. This strategic position grants the port direct access to key global trade routes, ensuring its potential as a powerful transportation hub for international maritime commerce.

In broader terms, the development of the Vizhinjam seaport is expected to catalyze Kerala’s economic progress. It aligns seamlessly with the Kerala government’s broader policies to attract investments in tourism and technology. By creating a conducive environment for investors and entrepreneurs, Kerala is effectively opening its doors to global trade and financial partnerships.

The port’s capabilities in container transshipment and logistical distribution will streamline international supply chains. It is poised to make Kerala a crucial node in the global maritime network, just as the Dubai Port functions as a central hub for cargo distribution across continents.

Furthermore, the success of the Vizhinjam port is likely to inspire confidence in both domestic and international investors, signaling that Kerala is ready for large-scale infrastructure projects and global business ventures. It sets a precedent for how state and central collaboration, along with private sector leadership, can lead to groundbreaking outcomes despite political and environmental hurdles.

With these developments, Kerala appears to be firmly on the path toward becoming a major economic power in the Indian Ocean region. The state’s efforts to facilitate easier business operations, attract tourism investments, and leverage its geographical advantages may soon transform its economy in ways never before imagined.

Ultimately, the launch of the Vizhinjam Deepwater Multipurpose Seaport is more than just an infrastructure milestone. It marks Kerala’s evolution into a forward-looking, globally connected region capable of competing with the world’s most efficient maritime logistics hubs. As the port steadily progresses towards full operational capacity by 2028, expectations are high for a brighter and more prosperous future for Kerala, one that is built on a foundation of strategic investments, visionary leadership, and global integration.

GOP’s Tax Bill Sparks Internal Rift as House Moderates Clash Over SALT Cap and Trump Priorities

The House Ways and Means Committee on Monday unveiled a more comprehensive version of its section of the Republicans’ extensive legislative package, dominated by priorities associated with President Donald Trump. This 389-page document sets the stage for an intense debate over the tax provisions embedded in the sweeping bill, which serves as the GOP’s legislative centerpiece.

Among the bill’s most anticipated components is the revision of the state and local tax (SALT) deduction cap. The measure proposes raising the cap from $10,000 to $30,000 for both single and joint filers. However, this increased threshold would begin to phase out for higher income levels. Notably, this proposal falls short of the levels that some key stakeholders had earlier recommended.

Just prior to the bill’s release, a group of moderate Republicans representing high-tax blue states proposed that the SALT deduction cap should be elevated to $62,000 for single filers and $124,000 for joint filers. These lawmakers had rejected an earlier offer to raise the cap to $30,000, making it clear that they considered the figure insufficient.

These moderates were quick to voice their dissatisfaction with the latest proposal. Rep. Nick LaLota (R-N.Y.), a vocal advocate for increasing the SALT cap, made his stance clear, stating, “Still a hell no.”

The SALT deduction cap, originally implemented as part of the 2017 Trump tax cuts, remains one of the most divisive issues in the broader tax reform debate. Republicans from states like New York, New Jersey, and California have been campaigning to raise the cap, while fiscal conservatives, often referred to as deficit hawks, have strongly opposed such changes.

The full text of the legislation had been eagerly awaited since Friday night, when a partial version of the bill was made public. With the committee set to debate and potentially advance the bill during a meeting scheduled for Tuesday at 2:30 p.m. EDT — a session expected to extend into the night — all eyes are now on how the internal disputes will play out.

In addition to modifying the SALT deduction, the legislation includes several other tax-related initiatives that were part of Trump’s campaign promises. These include eliminating taxes on tips and overtime income — though these changes would sunset at the end of 2028 — and offering a temporary exemption on interest payments for car loans, subject to specific conditions.

Another major feature of the bill is the permanent extension of the 2017 income tax rate reductions. The tax rates defined in that law include marginal rates of 10 percent, 12 percent, 22 percent, 24 percent, 32 percent, 35 percent, and 37 percent.

Although some lawmakers had discussed letting the top tax rate expire — which would have caused the highest income bracket to revert to 39.6 percent — this provision was ultimately excluded from the bill. Conservative tax advocacy groups had strongly opposed any such increase, even though Trump reportedly considered it earlier in the week. According to sources, he lobbied against the rate hike in private discussions. Nevertheless, he offered a more ambiguous public stance. In a Truth Social post Friday morning, Trump said he would be “OKAY if they do” increase taxes on the wealthy, though he expressed reservations due to potential political consequences.

As the legislation takes shape, House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) is determined to keep the process moving according to schedule. Johnson aims to pass the full legislative package by Memorial Day and appeared confident when asked about the deadline, saying, “Yes, I think we’re going to meet it.”

Meanwhile, Trump has taken to social media to urge GOP lawmakers to support the bill. On Monday morning, he posted on Truth Social, calling on Republicans to “UNIFY” behind the committee chairmen overseeing the markup process and described the legislation as “GREAT.” He concluded with, “We have no alternative, WE MUST WIN!”

The legislation also proposes increasing the deduction for pass-through businesses from 20 percent to 23 percent. These businesses include sole proprietorships, partnerships, S-corporations, and LLCs, which are typically taxed at the individual income level. Most American businesses fall into this category.

The National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) welcomed this provision. NAM CEO Jay Timmons commented, “For the 96% of manufacturers that are organized as pass-through businesses, this bill is more than policy—it’s a path to growth. It means the ability to buy equipment, hire workers, increase pay and expand operations with greater certainty and confidence.”

However, critics argue that the bill exemplifies a form of trickle-down economics. This theory posits that benefits provided to businesses and wealthy individuals will eventually reach ordinary workers and consumers — a claim often challenged by economists and progressives.

Amy Hanauer, director of the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy, voiced her concerns, saying, “So far this costly bill appears to double down on trickle down, with huge tax cuts that will further enrich the rich and not much for the rest of us.”

Another provision in the bill temporarily increases the child tax credit to $2,500 through 2028. While that might appeal to a broader group of taxpayers, it is only one part of a larger package that may be contentious in both chambers of Congress.

The committee’s text also proposes a $4 trillion increase to the national debt ceiling — a component that could provoke strong opposition if left unchanged in the Senate. The Senate’s budget resolution has already laid out plans for a $5 trillion ceiling hike, signaling a possible clash ahead.

Several provisions in the bill target climate and renewable energy programs championed by Democrats in their 2022 Inflation Reduction Act. The GOP proposal would eliminate certain renewable energy incentives and drastically cut funding for the Department of Energy’s loan office, which supports the development of low-carbon energy technologies.

Additionally, the bill revokes a grant program designed to reduce air pollution and emissions in underserved communities, directly challenging climate justice initiatives. It also includes clawbacks for various Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) programs, including a $20 billion lending fund aimed at supporting environmentally friendly projects.

The bill also reinstates several business-friendly tax provisions from the 2017 Trump tax law that had since expired. These include immediate expensing for research and development, bonus depreciation, interest deductibility, and key components of the international tax regime. The latter has been a topic of global debate, with alternative proposals emerging from both the United Nations and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD).

One notably unchanged aspect of the legislation is the preservation of the so-called carried interest loophole. This tax provision allows hedge fund and private equity managers to classify a portion of their earnings as capital gains, which are taxed at lower rates than regular income. Although Trump had criticized this loophole in the past, it remains untouched in the current bill.

As debate begins, the Republican Party faces the dual challenge of aligning internal factions while pushing forward a legislative agenda that remains closely tied to Trump’s economic vision. With deep divisions still unresolved, particularly over SALT and deficit spending, the coming days will determine whether the GOP can present a united front.

Virat Kohli Announces Shock Retirement from Test Cricket After 14-Year Career

Veteran Indian cricketer Virat Kohli has announced his immediate retirement from Test cricket, just ahead of India’s scheduled five-match tour of England in June. The unexpected decision marks the end of a remarkable red-ball career that lasted 14 years and featured numerous milestones and accolades.

Kohli made the announcement on Monday through his Instagram handle, sharing an emotional message that reflected on his journey in the longest format of the game. “It’s been 14 years since I first wore the baggy blue in Test cricket. Honestly, I never imagined the journey this format would take me on. It’s tested me, shaped me, and taught me lessons I’ll carry for life,” he wrote. He concluded the post with a simple but poignant sign-off: “#269, signing off.”

The 36-year-old cricketer from Delhi debuted in Test cricket on June 20, 2011, against the West Indies in Kingston. Since then, he has gone on to become one of the most celebrated Indian batters in the modern era, widely regarded for his consistency and intensity in the game. Over the course of 123 Test matches, Kohli accumulated 9,230 runs at an average of 46.85, placing him fourth on the list of highest Test run-scorers for India. He trails only behind cricketing legends Sachin Tendulkar (15,921 runs), Rahul Dravid (13,265), and Sunil Gavaskar (10,122).

During the decade from 2010 to 2019, Kohli stood out as India’s most prolific Test batter. His record during that period was exceptional—he scored 7,202 runs at an impressive average of 54.97, including 27 centuries, the most by any batter during that time frame. This era also marked Kohli’s rise to global prominence as a dominant force in world cricket.

However, Kohli’s performance dipped significantly following the COVID-19 pandemic. From 2020 onwards, he struggled to maintain his usual form, scoring only 2,028 runs across 68 innings. He managed just three centuries and nine fifties during this time, and his average plummeted to 30.72. Among the 24 Test batters who have scored at least 2,000 runs since 2020, Kohli holds the lowest average, a stark contrast to his earlier dominance.

Despite this late-career slump, Kohli’s overall contributions to Indian Test cricket remain substantial. In addition to his achievements as a batter, Kohli was also an extremely successful Test captain. After taking over the role from MS Dhoni in 2014, he led India for eight years and achieved a record 40 wins in 68 Test matches. This record makes him the most successful captain in India’s Test history. On the global stage, only Graeme Smith of South Africa (53 wins), Australia’s Ricky Ponting (48), and Steve Waugh (41) have led their sides to more Test victories.

As a captain, Kohli continued to shine with the bat. He scored 5,864 runs in 113 innings while leading the team—an achievement that places him fourth on the all-time list of most runs scored by a Test captain. His 20 centuries as a captain are second only to Graeme Smith’s 25, reinforcing Kohli’s reputation as a player who thrived under responsibility.

In 2024, Kohli began the Border-Gavaskar Trophy with promise, scoring a century against Australia in the opening Test in Perth. However, the series quickly turned difficult for him. He finished the tour with just 193 runs, as his vulnerability to deliveries outside the off stump became increasingly evident. In eight innings, Kohli was dismissed seven times to balls pitched in that channel, leading to repeated caught-behind dismissals.

Reflecting on the mental pressures he faced during the Australian tour, Kohli had spoken candidly at a recent event. “Once you start taking on the energy and the disappointment from the outside, then you start burdening yourself way more… And then you start thinking about things, like ‘I’ve got two or three days left on this tour, I need to make an impact now’. And you start getting more desperate. That’s something I’ve surely experienced in Australia as well,” he said.

He further elaborated on the emotional toll of the series and how it impacted his mindset. “Because I got a good score in the first Test. I thought, ‘right, let’s go’.There’s going to be another big series for me. It doesn’t turn out that way. For me, it’sjust about the acceptance of ‘okay fine, this is what happened. I’m going to be honest with myself. Where do I want to go? What are my energy levels like’,” he had remarked.

Kohli’s decision to retire from Test cricket at this point in time appears to be influenced by a combination of form, fatigue, and self-reflection. The psychological burden of not meeting his own high standards, particularly in a format that demands sustained mental resilience, may have played a key role in his choice to step away.

While the timing of his announcement—just weeks before India’s next Test assignment in England—might seem abrupt, Kohli’s legacy in red-ball cricket is firmly intact. From his aggressive batting style and impeccable cover drives to his passionate leadership on the field, Kohli has left a lasting impression on Indian cricket.

As India prepares for the future without one of its most iconic Test players, fans and fellow cricketers alike are expected to pay tribute to a career that combined talent, determination, and an unwavering commitment to excellence. Kohli’s influence on the current generation of Indian players, many of whom flourished under his leadership, is likely to remain for years to come.

With the curtains drawn on his Test career, Kohli now shifts his focus to the shorter formats of the game, where he continues to be a vital figure. The cricketing world will watch closely to see what the next chapter holds for one of the modern greats of the sport. But in the realm of Test cricket, Virat Kohli has well and truly signed off—leaving behind a record that will be remembered with admiration and respect.

Associated Press and FRONTLINE Receive 2025 Osborn Elliott Prize for South Korea Adoption Investigation

Asia Society has announced that the 2025 Osborn Elliott Prize for Excellence in Journalism on Asia will be awarded to The Associated Press and FRONTLINE, the investigative documentary series aired on PBS and produced by GBH in Boston. The honor is being bestowed for their collaborative project, South Korea’s Adoption Reckoning, which encompasses a series of investigative reports, an online interactive experience, and a documentary. This extensive work was led by journalists Kim Tong-Hyung and Claire Galofaro, with Lora Moftah serving as the director and producer.

The project sheds light on the long-standing practice of international adoptions from South Korea, a program that originated in the aftermath of the Korean War. Over time, more than 200,000 children were sent abroad, primarily to Europe and North America. Through years of meticulous document analysis and over 100 interviews with adoptees, the investigation exposed widespread fraud and systemic failures within the adoption system. Many parents had their children taken away without consent, while adoptees often spent their lives searching for the truth about their origins.

In a statement accompanying the announcement, the Osborn Elliott Prize Jury highlighted the profound impact of the investigation: “This tour de force of reporting by Associated Press reporters Kim Tong-Hyung and Claire Galofaro and FRONTLINE (PBS) documented the costs of a generations-long South Korean program of sending children abroad for adoption. Started in the years after the Korean war, the program eventually sent more than 200,000 children to new homes mostly in Europe and North America. Years of painstaking document review and interviews with more than 100 adoptees revealed systemwide fraud and wrongdoing in the program, which in turn imposed a lifetime emotional toll on parents whose children were taken from them, sometimes without consent, and on the adoptees themselves, many of whom were never told or could never find the truth about their origins.”

The investigation also brought attention to a serious issue involving adoptees in the United States. The report uncovered that many adopted individuals from South Korea and other nations were never granted U.S. citizenship due to legal oversights. These lapses have had life-altering consequences for some adoptees, leading to deportation threats and legal uncertainty. As the jury stated, “The AP also found that many U.S. adoptees—from South Korea and other countries—were left without citizenship because of legal lapses that Congress failed to fix.”

This reporting has already yielded tangible results. The exposure prompted the South Korean government to unseal records and initiate reviews of past adoption practices. Furthermore, it has encouraged families across the globe to reassess their own histories, prompting a broader conversation about transparency, identity, and justice. As the jury noted, “The work of these journalists has caused Seoul to open up records, countries to review past adoption practices, and families around the world to re-examine their personal histories.”

Asia Society will recognize the winners during a special event in New York on Tuesday, June 5. The Osborn Elliott Prize includes a $10,000 cash award and is presented annually by an independent panel to honor outstanding journalism on Asia produced in the previous year.

In discussing the range and quality of submissions for the 2025 Osborn Elliott Prize, the jury also gave special mention to an entry from Bloomberg News titled The Egg. This investigative piece examined the global trade in human eggs, which is part of the booming $35 billion fertility industry in which Asia plays a central role. The jury drew a compelling parallel between historic adoption trends and today’s fertility practices: “In particular, the Jury recognizes another powerful example of transnational reporting by Bloomberg News, whose reporters tracked the international commerce in human eggs, part of a $35 billion global fertility industry in which Asia plays a crucial role. In much the same way that wealthy countries once patronized Korea for babies, today wealthy families may acquire eggs or pay for surrogates from people in other countries.”

The selection of winners was made by a distinguished panel of judges. This year’s jury was chaired by Marcus Brauchli, managing partner of North Base Media and former top editor at both The Washington Post and The Wall Street Journal. Other jurors included Dorinda Elliott, Executive Director of the Fairbank Center for Chinese Studies at Harvard University and a former Newsweek journalist; Nisid Hajari, author, Bloomberg editorial board member, and past top editor at Newsweek; Zuraidah Ibrahim, Executive Managing Editor at the South China Morning Post; and Norman Pearlstine, a seasoned media executive and former senior editor at the Los Angeles Times, Time Inc., and The Wall Street Journal.

The Osborn Elliott Prize, affectionately known as the “Oz Prize,” commemorates the legacy of Osborn Elliott, a celebrated journalist, author, and editor-in-chief of Newsweek. Elliott was instrumental in advancing the concept of “civic journalism,” a form of reporting focused on addressing pressing public policy issues and engaging communities in the process. His enduring influence continues through this annual recognition of journalistic excellence in Asia-related reporting.

In recent years, the Oz Prize has recognized a diverse range of impactful journalism. In 2024, The Outlaw Ocean Project was honored for “China: The Superpower of Seafood,” an in-depth report on China’s dominance in the global seafood trade. In 2023, The Economist’s Sue-Lin Wong and David Rennie were awarded for their insightful reporting on China. The 2022 winners, Matthieu Aikins and Jim Huylebroek of The New York Times Magazine, were recognized for their powerful coverage titled “Inside the Fall of Kabul.” In 2021, Alice Su of the Los Angeles Times received the prize for her comprehensive reporting on China.

Additional information about the Osborn Elliott Prize and profiles of previous winners can be found at AsiaSociety.org/OzPrize.

This year’s winning project has not only revealed previously hidden truths but also sparked international reflection on the consequences of adoption practices, the need for legal reform, and the enduring quest for identity among those affected. The collaboration between The Associated Press and FRONTLINE stands as a powerful testament to the enduring value of investigative journalism in uncovering injustice and prompting change.

India Embraces Biometric E-Passports, Ushering in a New Era of Secure Global Travel

India has formally entered the league of over 120 countries, including the United States, Canada, Mexico, Brazil, France, Italy, and Japan, by implementing chip-based biometric e-passports. This significant development is a major milestone in modernizing India’s international travel framework, with the objective of enhancing border security, curbing identity fraud, and accelerating the immigration process for Indian passport holders.

The introduction of biometric e-passports signifies a substantial advancement in Indian passport technology. The nationwide implementation began in April 2024 under the revamped Passport Seva Programme 2.0. Initial pilot programs were launched in strategic cities including Nagpur, Bhubaneswar, Jammu, Goa, Shimla, Raipur, Amritsar, Jaipur, Chennai, Hyderabad, Surat, and Ranchi. The government expects a full-scale rollout of the program to be completed by mid-2025.

These cutting-edge e-passports incorporate a Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) chip and an antenna embedded in the back cover. This chip securely holds the passport holder’s biometric and personal data, such as facial photographs, fingerprints, full name, date of birth, and passport number. All the stored information is encrypted and shielded by international security protocols like Basic Access Control (BAC), Passive Authentication (PA), and Extended Access Control (EAC).

Biometric e-passports have become the global benchmark for secure and efficient travel. The embedded chip enables real-time verification of traveler identity at immigration checkpoints. Automated and contactless border controls through e-gates make the process much faster and eliminate the need for manual document inspections. For travelers, this means shorter wait times and a more seamless transit experience.

India’s adoption of e-passports brings it in alignment with security and travel standards set by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO). This alignment places Indian citizens on par with travelers from technologically advanced countries, thereby enhancing India’s global standing and credibility.

India’s move toward biometric passports is consistent with a broader global pattern. A look at how different regions have approached this transition underscores the scale of the shift.

In the Americas, the United States has been using biometric passports since 2007, featuring both facial and fingerprint data. Canada followed in 2013, incorporating support for automated border kiosks. Mexico implemented its e-passport system in 2021 to reinforce border security. Other countries in South America—such as Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Colombia, and Peru—adopted biometric passports between 2010 and 2016. These are all ICAO-compliant and widely accepted across the globe.

In Europe, nations like France, Italy, the United Kingdom, and Germany were early adopters between 2005 and 2006, integrating their passport systems with Schengen e-gates. Ukraine and Russia also have fully biometric passports with integration into digital identification frameworks.

Asian countries including Japan, China, and South Korea have had operational biometric passport systems since the mid-2000s, with ongoing enhancements. South Asian neighbors such as Bangladesh, Pakistan, and Nepal also run active e-passport programs. Malaysia, notable for being a pioneer, introduced biometric passports as early as 1998 and upgraded them to meet ICAO standards by 2010. Other countries such as Saudi Arabia, Singapore, and Indonesia are fully integrated into global border security systems.

Africa has also made notable strides. Nations like Nigeria, Kenya, South Africa, and Rwanda have introduced biometric passports that conform with both regional and global regulatory frameworks. In Oceania, Australia and New Zealand were among the first to adopt e-passports and have integrated them seamlessly into their intelligent border control systems.

With India now joining this global cohort, Indian citizens can benefit from quicker and more secure entry into countries that offer visa-on-arrival or use e-gate systems. This reinforces India’s standing in the international travel domain and boosts the mobility of its citizens.

Applying for these e-passports remains a user-friendly experience. Citizens must apply through the Passport Seva Portal, schedule an appointment at a nearby Passport Seva Kendra or Post Office Passport Seva Kendra, and provide biometric data during their appointment.

All chip-enabled biometric passports are manufactured and embedded with chips at the India Security Press in Nashik. By keeping production domestic, the Indian government reinforces its “Make in India” initiative and strengthens national control over sensitive personal data, enhancing the country’s data sovereignty.

The upgrade to biometric passports carries immense importance, especially in a post-pandemic world. With more than 1.5 billion international arrivals recorded in 2023, nations are increasingly moving to biometric technologies to efficiently and securely manage the growing volume of travelers.

Traditional machine-readable passports are vulnerable to counterfeiting and unauthorized alterations. In contrast, biometric e-passports provide an advanced level of protection through the integration of biometric authentication and encrypted data storage, thereby making identity theft virtually impossible and improving the immigration process.

Looking ahead, India’s e-passport project forms just one part of a larger strategy to digitize global mobility. The future may bring innovations such as mobile passport wallets, blockchain-based identity verification systems, and seamless integration with existing digital tools like DigiLocker and Aadhaar. Additionally, digital visas might soon be stored directly on the chip embedded in the passport.

These emerging technologies have the potential to eliminate the need for physical documents entirely, setting the stage for a completely contactless and intelligent travel experience. The goal is to streamline travel, maximize security, and reduce human error and fraud.

The rollout of biometric chip-based passports signifies India’s move into the realm of the most technologically progressive nations in global travel. This leap not only fortifies India’s international borders but also empowers its citizens by facilitating faster, safer, and smarter global mobility.

As biometric verification systems become the global norm, India is not merely adapting to existing standards. Instead, it is helping define the future of international travel..With the launch of chip-enabled biometric passports, India joins the world’s most advanced nations in reshaping the future of travel. This digital leap not only secures India’s borders but also places its citizens at the forefront of a global, tech-driven transformation in mobility. As biometric systems become the new normal, India is not just keeping pace—but helping set the standard for what comes next.

Ceasefire in South Asia: A Fragile Peace Amid Escalating Tensions and Religious Reflections

Following rising military aggression and increasing tensions between India and Pakistan, a ceasefire facilitated by the United States was announced on Saturday, May 10. This development came at a crucial moment, as the intensity of the situation had reached a dangerous high.

The escalation was triggered by a deadly terrorist attack in Indian-administered Kashmir late last month. What followed was a rapid intensification of hostilities: both nations launched missiles deep into each other’s territory, accompanied by drone assaults on military and civilian sites. As global fears of a full-scale war between the two nuclear-armed nations grew, the Trump administration stepped in, providing both countries with a path to de-escalation through diplomatic engagement.

The United States government succeeded in brokering a truce between India and Pakistan, securing a mutual commitment from both nations to engage in dialogue aimed at addressing their longstanding and deep-rooted conflicts. This ceasefire is not just timely—it is critical. Experts have long warned that the greatest risk of nuclear warfare exists in South Asia, largely because of the turbulent history between India and Pakistan, their nuclear capabilities, and the likelihood that one side may miscalculate the other’s intent and strike preemptively. In this context, negotiations are not optional luxuries but vital imperatives.

However, despite the ceasefire announcement, shelling has continued in the Kashmir and Punjab regions. While imperfect and tenuous, this ceasefire remains essential to preserving any semblance of peace.

For individuals with ancestral roots in both India and Pakistan dating back to the 13th century, the current state of conflict is personally devastating. This war has stirred deep sorrow for someone who holds immense love for the people on both sides of the border. “This conflict, which is happening about 7,000 miles away, has impacted my religion, as a Sikh, and my emotional and historical connections to Pakistan and India,” the author writes. India has a Hindu majority, while Pakistan’s population is predominantly Muslim. Yet, both countries are home to diverse religious minorities including Sikhs, Christians, Jains, Ahmadiyyas, and Buddhists.

So, how can people of faith contribute to lasting peace in South Asia? The author believes the answer lies in the hands of the faithful themselves.

Firstly, it’s important to acknowledge that the war was initiated not by the general populations of Pakistan and India, but by their respective governments and armed forces. Moving forward, people of faith need to actively resist what the author describes as the “patriotism of hate.” This term refers to the government-fueled belief that loving one’s country necessitates hatred toward the other’s people and religion. As the author explains, “Patriotism of hate is a term used to describe the narrative that to love India, you must hate Pakistan and its Muslim citizens, and to love Pakistan, you must hate India and its Hindu citizens.” This toxic mindset, legitimized through religious and nationalistic fervor, must be dismantled. In India, Hindus and Sikhs must confront Hindutva-driven nationalism, while in Pakistan, Muslims must reject the religious chauvinism that fuels animosity toward India.

Secondly, there is a dire need to stop the reckless calls for further warfare. Certain segments of Hindus and Muslims who urge their governments to go beyond border skirmishes and fully invade the opposing nation are, in effect, jeopardizing future generations. “I call on them to end this ‘olympics of suffering’ — a term used to describe the efforts to portray your suffering as worse than the other’s.” This attitude, rooted in comparative victimhood, only reinforces the cycle of violence. What is required instead is a greater sense of empathy—particularly among Indian Hindus and Pakistani Muslims—so that the pain and suffering on both sides are acknowledged and understood.

The third point the author emphasizes is the need for a shift in perspective among Indians. Based on extensive travels in both countries, the author has found that while Pakistani citizens often separate their criticism of India’s government from their feelings toward Indian people, many Indians do not make the same distinction when it comes to Pakistan. “In my observation, Indians are less likely to make a distinction between Pakistani people and the Pakistani government — both are conflated as enemies of India.” This lack of nuance hinders the possibility of reconciliation. “Without this change, a one-handed handshake between India and Pakistan is bound to fail.”

As a Sikh in the diaspora, the recent conflict placed the author in a painful religious dilemma. With sacred sites under threat on both sides of the border—Amritsar’s Darbar Sahib in India targeted by Pakistani attacks, and Pakistan’s Nankana Sahib hit by Indian strikes—the question of loyalty became especially agonizing.

The Sikh faith, founded by Guru Nanak in 1469 at Nankana Sahib in present-day Pakistan, is historically and spiritually tied to both India and Pakistan. Guru Nanak lived and died in what is now Pakistan, while the Fifth Guru, Guru Arjan Sahib, established the Darbar Sahib (Golden Temple) in Amritsar, India, in the 16th century. The 1947 Partition carved this spiritual geography in two, compelling many Sikhs to relocate from Pakistan to India and leaving behind over 250 Sikh religious sites, including Nankana Sahib and Kartarpur Sahib. While Indian Sikhs have had limited access to these places, members of the Sikh diaspora from the West now enjoy greater religious freedom to visit them.

So, how does the Sikh faith guide its followers in such a conflicted time? The Sikh scripture, Siri Guru Granth Sahib, contains a verse: “Recognize as brave the one who struggles for the weak and helpless.” This line offers clarity in the face of conflict.

Given the calculated military offensives initiated by both India and Pakistan, driven largely by domestic political agendas, neither nation can be considered weak or defenseless. India now possesses a significantly larger economy than Pakistan. But what makes this standoff particularly dangerous is that both are nuclear powers. In fact, one of the attacks that led to U.S. intervention struck alarmingly close to a nuclear site.

So who are the weak and helpless? The ordinary people of India and Pakistan. “The weak and helpless in this war are the people of India and Pakistan — and that is who I am standing up for.” In the face of such peril, it is these citizens—caught in the crossfire of nationalism and political maneuvering—who deserve protection and advocacy.

It is now up to the people of both nations to convert this fragile ceasefire into enduring peace. By rejecting divisive ideologies, embracing mutual compassion, and pursuing interfaith solidarity, the citizens of India and Pakistan can move toward a more hopeful and harmonious future.

Arizona State University Celebrates Record Number of Indian Graduates in Spring Commencement

This spring, Arizona State University (ASU) celebrated a major milestone by awarding degrees to 1,800 students from India, making it one of the largest graduating groups of Indian nationals in the institution’s history. These students were part of ASU’s largest-ever spring graduating class, which surpassed 21,000 students in total. Among these were more than 3,000 international students, reflecting the university’s growing global appeal and commitment to diversity in higher education.

India continues to be ASU’s top source of international students. The university currently enrolls around 7,000 students from India, with the majority pursuing graduate programs. This significant presence underscores the strong academic and cultural ties between ASU and India and highlights the university’s role as a leading destination for Indian students seeking advanced education in the United States.

One of the standout Indian graduates this spring was Omkaar Shenoy, a computer science student from Kerala. During his time at ASU, Shenoy made notable contributions to the university community by applying his programming skills at the Office of Media Relations. His work helped improve operational efficiency, showcasing how international students like him enrich the university beyond academics. Shenoy earned his degree from the Ira A. Fulton Schools of Engineering and is preparing to begin his professional journey with Aramark, a hospitality company based in Philadelphia.

Reflecting on his experience, Shenoy credited the university for supporting his career aspirations and helping him build a versatile skill set. “ASU was very helpful in terms of giving me the resources to find this job,” he said. “The university also gave me a great foundation in coding and a broader skill set in media and sciences, which allowed me to explore my creative side.”

Another Indian student, Ana Girish, completed her degree in aerospace engineering with a focus on astronautics. Her academic achievements have already translated into a promising career, as she has been hired as an associate product engineer by Solestial, a startup based in Arizona that specializes in developing solar panels for use in space. Girish’s accomplishment is a testament to the rigorous education and professional preparation offered by ASU’s engineering programs, as well as to the increasing role Indian students are playing in emerging technologies.

ASU President Michael Crow recently visited India and emphasized the university’s continued dedication to strengthening ties with the country. He expressed optimism about the growing number of Indian students choosing ASU for their education and reaffirmed the institution’s commitment to their success.

“ASU is a place that is deeply committed to the students who come here,” Crow said. “We are expecting more students from India than ever, and we are ready and excited to welcome students who are eager to learn and succeed.”

To celebrate its international community and recognize their contributions, ASU hosted an International Student Celebration on May 10, just ahead of its main commencement ceremonies. This event served as a platform to honor the diverse cultural and academic impact of students from around the world, particularly those from India whose presence continues to grow on campus.

ASU’s strong relationship with India is not limited to its current student body. Over the years, the university has built a vast and vibrant network of Indian alumni, now numbering more than 20,000. This extensive alumni base highlights the enduring academic connections ASU has cultivated with India and reflects the long-term impact Indian students have had on the university and beyond.

As ASU continues to expand its international reach, the rising number of Indian students and alumni stands as a testament to the university’s global reputation and inclusive academic environment. The support structures in place, from career development to academic mentoring, play a critical role in helping international students achieve success both during their studies and in their professional lives.

The increasing enrollment of Indian students also reflects broader global trends in international education, where U.S. universities remain among the most sought-after destinations for advanced study. For Indian students in particular, institutions like ASU offer a unique combination of high-quality education, practical training opportunities, and access to cutting-edge research, especially in fields like engineering, computer science, and space technologies.

Omkaar Shenoy’s journey from Kerala to Philadelphia, and Ana Girish’s transition from ASU to an aerospace startup, are just two examples of the opportunities ASU provides to its Indian student community. These success stories highlight how the university not only prepares students academically but also equips them with the skills, confidence, and resources needed to thrive in today’s competitive global job market.

The presence of more than 7,000 Indian students at ASU today, combined with its rapidly expanding alumni network, shows no signs of slowing down. ASU’s leadership remains committed to enhancing this relationship, providing Indian students with a welcoming and supportive academic home in the U.S.

As President Michael Crow remarked during his visit to India, “We are expecting more students from India than ever, and we are ready and excited to welcome students who are eager to learn and succeed.” These words reflect ASU’s broader mission of inclusivity and its dedication to preparing students from around the world to be leaders in their fields.

The university’s efforts to honor international students through events like the International Student Celebration not only acknowledge academic success but also foster a sense of belonging and appreciation for the cultural diversity that enriches campus life. These events serve as a reminder of the essential role international students play in shaping the university’s global identity.

With over 20,000 Indian alumni already making their mark around the world and thousands more currently enrolled, Arizona State University continues to be a beacon for academic excellence and opportunity for Indian students. Whether through groundbreaking work in aerospace, impactful coding contributions, or future innovations, ASU’s Indian graduates are leaving a lasting impression — one that will inspire future generations to follow in their footsteps.

In celebrating this year’s achievements, ASU has once again demonstrated its enduring commitment to empowering students from India and around the globe to reach their full potential and make a meaningful difference in the world.

Pope Leo XIV Urges Release of Jailed Journalists, Defends Free Speech in Historic First Public Address

Pope Leo XIV made a powerful appeal on Monday for the release of journalists imprisoned around the world, stressing the vital importance of free speech and a free press. Addressing thousands of media professionals gathered in Rome to cover his historic election as the first American pope, Leo underscored his commitment to press freedom during his first meeting with members of the general public.

The newly elected pontiff, a 69-year-old Augustinian missionary, received a warm standing ovation as he entered the Vatican auditorium. His appearance marked his initial public engagement following the 24-hour conclave that resulted in his election last week.

In his remarks, Pope Leo emphasized the moral responsibility of journalists to use their words to promote peace, oppose violence, and amplify the voices of the marginalized. Speaking with clarity and conviction, he expressed solidarity with reporters who have been jailed for their efforts to uncover and share the truth.

“The church recognises in these witnesses — I am thinking of those who report on war even at the cost of their lives — the courage of those who defend dignity, justice and the right of people to be informed, because only informed individuals can make free choices,” he stated, earning renewed applause from the crowd.

He added, “The suffering of these imprisoned journalists challenges the conscience of nations and the international community, calling on all of us to safeguard the precious gift of free speech and of the press.”

Leo began his speech with a few words in English, injecting a touch of humor by joking that the audience’s response at the end of his address would mean more than the initial ovation he received upon arrival. He then transitioned to Italian to convey his main message, expressing appreciation for the press’s coverage of the papal transition.

He urged the assembled journalists to embrace their role as communicators of peace, emphasizing the immense power of words in shaping the world. “Peace begins with each one of us: in the way we look at others, listen to others and speak about others,” he said. “In this sense, the way we communicate is of fundamental importance: we must say ‘no’ to the war of words and images, we must reject the paradigm of war.”

The Pope’s words carried a strong appeal for ethical journalism and the peaceful use of media in a time when conflict and misinformation continue to threaten societal stability. He highlighted the importance of communication that builds understanding rather than division.

Following his brief but impactful address, Pope Leo took time to interact with those seated near the front. He greeted several journalists personally and walked down the central aisle of the audience hall, shaking hands with many attendees. He signed autographs and even posed for selfies, offering a down-to-earth touch to the otherwise formal occasion.

Some journalists later shared snippets of their private conversations with the pope, revealing that discussions are underway for Leo to visit Turkey. The planned trip would commemorate the 1700th anniversary of the Council of Nicea, the first ecumenical council in Christianity and a significant milestone in Catholic-Orthodox relations.

There were also moments of light-hearted interaction. A few reporters offered to play tennis with the pope or organize a charity doubles match. Known for being an avid tennis player, Leo responded with a laugh, “But we can’t invite Sinner,” a joking reference to Jannik Sinner, the world’s top-ranked tennis player who was competing nearby at the Italian Open.

The event echoed a similar gathering in 2013 when Pope Francis addressed journalists following his election as the first Latin American pope. At that time, Francis explained his choice of name, inspired by St. Francis of Assisi, and shared his vision for “a church which is poor and for the poor!”

Over the course of his 12-year papacy, Pope Francis frequently spoke about the importance of journalism and its essential role in society. As recently as January, Francis made his own appeal for the release of imprisoned journalists during a Holy Year event focused on the media.

Pope Leo’s message on Monday reinforced that tradition, but with a renewed urgency and personal touch shaped by his background as a missionary and his American roots. His call for ethical journalism and protection of press freedom resonated deeply in a room filled with professionals who often risk their safety to report the truth.

The audience hall was packed with some 6,000 journalists who had traveled to Rome from around the globe to cover Leo’s unexpected election. Many in attendance viewed the pontiff’s address as a bold and welcome affirmation of the importance of their work at a time when journalists face increasing threats, censorship, and persecution in many countries.

By focusing on the theme of peaceful communication and the plight of imprisoned reporters, Pope Leo drew a clear line connecting the Church’s values with the need for transparency, justice, and access to information. His remarks were widely seen as a call to action not only for political leaders and the international community, but also for media organizations and individuals who shape public discourse.

In a time marked by war, political instability, and digital misinformation, Leo’s message served as both a blessing and a challenge. The Pope urged journalists not just to report on the world’s problems but to serve as beacons of integrity and compassion in their storytelling.

This historic first public appearance offered a glimpse of Pope Leo XIV’s priorities and leadership style. Grounded in faith but attentive to the challenges of the modern world, he used his platform to champion a free and ethical press, appealing to both conscience and courage.

As the Vatican prepares for the potential trip to Turkey and Leo begins to shape the direction of his papacy, Monday’s speech stands as a strong opening chapter. It reminded the world that the Church remains committed to truth, justice, and the people who fight to uphold them.

With warmth, humor, and unwavering resolve, Pope Leo XIV has made it clear that his pontificate will stand firmly in defense of the freedom of speech and the press—a message that, like the journalists he addressed, will echo far beyond the walls of the Vatican.

India’s Total Fertility Rate Holds Steady at 2.0, Reports Show Demographic Shifts

India’s Total Fertility Rate (TFR), which represents the average number of children a woman is expected to have during her lifetime, remained unchanged at 2.0 in 2021, mirroring the figure from the previous year, according to the latest Sample Registration System (SRS) report released by the Registrar General of India (RGI) on May 7.

The findings of the report show significant demographic patterns across Indian states and reveal trends such as the aging of the population and delays in the average age of marriage. Notably, Bihar stood out for having the highest fertility rate in the country at 3.0, while the national capital Delhi and the state of West Bengal reported the lowest fertility rates, both standing at 1.4.

The SRS report also noted a significant demographic shift over the past five decades. The share of India’s population within the 0-14 age bracket has steadily declined from 41.2% in 1971 to 24.8% in 2021. Conversely, the proportion of the working-age population, defined as those between 15 to 59 years, has grown markedly during the same period. “Proportion of the economically active population between 15-59 years has increased from 53.4% to 66.2% during the same period,” the report stated.

India’s elderly population has also seen a notable increase. The share of the population aged 65 and above rose from 5.3% to 5.9%, and those aged 60 and above grew from 6% to 9% over the same time frame. These changes suggest the country is undergoing a demographic transition marked by an aging population and a shrinking youth cohort.

In this context, Kerala emerged as the state with the highest proportion of elderly people. According to the report, 14.4% of Kerala’s population is aged 60 and above. Tamil Nadu followed with 12.9%, and Himachal Pradesh with 12.3%. On the opposite end of the spectrum, Bihar had the smallest proportion of elderly citizens, with only 6.9% of its population being aged 60 or more. Assam and Delhi were also at the lower end, with 7% and 7.1% respectively in this age group.

In terms of social changes, the report documented a considerable increase in the average age at which women are getting married. It found that the mean age at effective marriage for females has gone up from 19.3 years in 1990 to 22.5 years in 2021. This shift suggests improvements in women’s education, employment opportunities, and growing awareness about reproductive health and family planning.

With the national census typically conducted every ten years, the SRS plays a vital role in filling the information gap in the interim. It stands as the largest demographic survey in India and is tasked with providing annual estimates of fertility and mortality statistics at both state and national levels. For this particular edition of the survey, data was collected from 8,842 sample units spread across all Indian states, encompassing approximately 84 lakh people.

While presenting the interim budget for 2024, Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman had announced the establishment of a high-level committee to explore the challenges associated with “fast population growth and demographic changes.” This statement seemed to imply that the country was still experiencing a rapid rise in population. However, the data from the SRS paints a more nuanced picture, indicating that the population growth may not be as steep as previously assumed. As the Census—delayed since 2021—has not yet been conducted (the last one being in 2011), a fuller understanding of these trends is still awaited.

The report also highlights that India has achieved replacement-level fertility, a crucial demographic milestone where a population exactly replaces itself from one generation to the next. Replacement-level TFR is usually pegged at 2.1. This rate has now been reached or even fallen below in numerous states.

“It is noteworthy that the replacement level TFR, viz. 2.1, has been attained at the national level, along with Delhi 1.4, West Bengal 1.4, Tamil Nadu 1.5, Andhra Pradesh 1.5, Jammu and Kashmir 1.5, Kerala 1.5, Maharashtra 1.5, Punjab 1.5, Himachal Pradesh 1.6, Telangana 1.6, Karnataka 1.6, Odisha 1.8, Uttarakhand 1.8, Gujarat 2.0, Haryana 2.0 and Assam 2.1,” the report stated.

The implications of these findings are multifold. On the one hand, a lower TFR aligns with aspirations for a smaller and more manageable population, which can reduce stress on resources and infrastructure. On the other hand, continued declines in fertility—especially below the replacement level—can pose long-term challenges, such as labor shortages and increasing dependency ratios due to a growing elderly population.

States like Bihar, with a TFR still significantly above replacement level, may need to focus on educational and reproductive health initiatives, while others with below-replacement rates may eventually confront issues tied to workforce shrinkage and elderly care.

Furthermore, the variations in elderly population proportions across states point to uneven aging processes in the country. States like Kerala and Tamil Nadu, with larger elderly populations, may face increased demand for healthcare services, age-friendly infrastructure, and social security programs. In contrast, states like Bihar and Assam, which still have a relatively young demographic, might focus more on education, job creation, and economic development.

Meanwhile, the rising mean age at marriage for females highlights evolving social norms and potentially positive trends in gender equality. Delaying marriage often correlates with better health outcomes for both mothers and children, as well as greater female participation in higher education and the labor market.

In conclusion, the latest SRS data underscores that India’s population dynamics are undergoing a significant transformation. While the overall fertility rate remains stable, the country is seeing a demographic shift characterized by declining youth populations, growing working-age groups, and an expanding elderly segment. These findings suggest that population-related policy planning will need to be tailored to the unique challenges and opportunities facing each state. The upcoming national census, whenever it occurs, will be critical in providing a complete and updated picture of these ongoing changes.

Pope Leo XIV Urges Peace in Ukraine and Gaza in First Sunday Blessing as Pontiff

In his first Sunday noon blessing as the newly elected pope, Leo XIV called for a sincere and equitable resolution to the war in Ukraine and demanded an immediate ceasefire in Gaza. His address also included symbolic acts pointing to a message of unity in a deeply divided Catholic Church.

“I, too, address the world’s great powers by repeating the ever-present call ‘never again war,’” Leo declared to an estimated 100,000 people gathered in St. Peter’s Square. The appearance marked his return to the central loggia of St. Peter’s Basilica, where he had first introduced himself to the world on Thursday evening following his historic election as the first pope from the United States. Like then, his focus remained centered on peace.

Continuing a long-standing papal tradition, Leo delivered the Sunday blessing at noon. However, he introduced a notable change. Rather than speaking from the window of the Apostolic Palace, which faces one side of the piazza, he stood at the heart of the basilica, symbolically placing himself at the center of both the Church and the faithful.

Part of this was due to necessity, as Leo did not gain access to the papal apartments until later that day. The apartments had been sealed since the death of Pope Francis and were only reopened on Sunday.

Another unique touch came when Leo chose to sing the Regina Caeli prayer, a Latin hymn traditionally said during the Easter season. Previous popes had typically recited it, but Leo’s decision to sing it evoked memories of the traditional Latin Mass, a liturgical style often appreciated by conservative Catholics.

Those who felt alienated by Pope Francis’ modern reforms and relaxed approach to liturgy have been watching Leo for signs of a return to tradition. Some were encouraged on Thursday evening when he wore the formal red papal cape that Francis had declined during his papacy. Leo furthered that impression during a Saturday visit to a Marian shrine south of Rome, where he donned a richly embroidered papal stole, knelt at the altar in reverence, and appeared with priests wearing long cassocks typically favored by traditionalists.

Aldo Maria Valli, a conservative Italian journalist and blogger, expressed appreciation for these gestures. Urging fellow traditionalists to remain hopeful, he wrote, “Don’t shoot Leo,” emphasizing that he liked much of what he had observed so far.

On Sunday, however, Leo appeared in the simple white cassock of the papacy and switched back to a modest silver pectoral cross. On Thursday, he had worn a more elaborate cross that contained relics of St. Augustine and St. Monica, gifted to him by his Augustinian religious order.

In addressing global crises, Leo quoted his predecessor Pope Francis, who once described the current state of the world as a “third world war in pieces.” Referring to the ongoing war in Ukraine, Leo stated, “I carry in my heart the sufferings of the beloved Ukrainian people. Let everything possible be done to achieve genuine, just and lasting peace as soon as possible.”

Before becoming pope, Leo—then Bishop Robert Prevost in Chiclayo, Peru—had criticized Russia’s 2022 invasion of Ukraine in strong terms. In a clip from a Peruvian television interview recently recirculating in Italian media, Prevost referred to the war as “an imperialist invasion in which Russia wants to conquer territory for reasons of power given Ukraine’s strategic location.”

On Sunday, Leo also addressed the violence in Gaza, urging a ceasefire and calling for urgent aid to civilians. “Humanitarian relief must be provided to the exhausted civilian population and all hostages be freed,” he said.

In a lighter moment, Leo acknowledged that Sunday marked Mother’s Day in many countries, extending heartfelt wishes to all mothers, “including those in heaven.” The crowd responded with cheers and music as the bells of St. Peter’s rang out across the square, where marching bands had gathered for a special Jubilee celebration.

Among the thousands present was Angela Gentile from Bari, who had arrived three hours early to secure a good spot. Though initially disappointed that another non-Italian pope had been elected, she was moved by Leo’s appearance at the central balcony. “What’s good for the Holy Spirit works for me,” she said. “I have trust.”

More than 50 pilgrims from Houston, Texas, were also in attendance, proudly waving three large American flags. They were already in Rome for a previously arranged Holy Year pilgrimage and were thrilled to witness such a historic moment. “Words cannot express my admiration and gratitude to God,” said the Rev. Dominic Nguyen, who led the Vietnamese American group. He expressed hope that Pope Leo would appreciate not only the sight of the Stars and Stripes but also flags from Peru and other countries, symbolizing the global nature of the Church.

Later that day, Pope Leo held a private Mass near the tomb of St. Peter and prayed in the grottoes beneath the basilica, pausing at the tombs of several past popes. His stops included figures from across the ideological spectrum: Pope Paul VI, associated with the reforms of the Second Vatican Council, as well as more conservative popes like Pius XII and Benedict XVI.

The Mass was a private, intimate affair attended by the head of Leo’s Augustinian order and his brother, John, who sat in the pews. During his homily, Leo pointed out that the Church was celebrating the World Day of Prayer for Vocations. He highlighted the issue of declining religious vocations—a concern raised by cardinals during pre-conclave discussions—and offered encouragement to clergy to lead by example.

“Living the joy of the Gospel, not discouraging others, but rather looking for ways to encourage young people to hear the voice of the Lord and to follow it and to serve in the church,” he said.

Pope Leo also took part in the ceremonial unsealing of the papal apartments, which had been closed following the death of Pope Francis on April 21. It remains uncertain whether Leo will move into the traditional papal quarters or continue Pope Francis’ practice of residing elsewhere. Francis had chosen to live in the Domus Santa Marta, a Vatican hotel, instead of the Apostolic Palace and gradually took over its second floor for his work and living arrangements.

Until now, Leo has been sleeping in his former Vatican apartment, located in a nearby palazzo. His agenda for the coming week is full, with several audiences scheduled ahead of his official installation Mass next Sunday.

At 69, Leo becomes the 267th pope and the first American to hold the position, stepping into the role with a clear call for peace and a tone that blends tradition with global inclusivity.

India: A Leading Destination for Global Remote Hiring

India has increasingly become a favored destination for sourcing global talent. Employers across the world are turning to Indian professionals for a multitude of reasons. If you’re considering hiring from India, it’s important to understand the unique factors that make Indian talent so appealing and how to streamline the hiring process.

This article explores why India is a top location for recruiting skilled professionals and what strategies can help employers during the recruitment journey.

Indian Talent and Remote Work: An Overview

The appeal of the Indian talent pool for global remote roles lies in several key elements such as affordability, specialized skills, and cultural adaptability.

Let’stake a look at some important statistics that showcase India’s potential as a talent hub:

India is home to the world’s second-largest English-speaking population, with over 220 million individuals proficient in the language.

The Indian IT sector is on track to have 11 million professionals by 2025, positioning it as the largest IT workforce worldwide.

The freelance and remote work industry in India is expanding at a rapid pace, expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 21.3%, and projected to hit $55 billion by 2027.

When it comes to skills, Indian professionals stand out in several domains, including software development, IT support, data analysis, content creation, and digital marketing. Known for their strong technical foundation and problem-solving capabilities, Indian workers also tend to be quick learners who adapt easily to new technologies and work setups.

Top 9 Reasons Employers Hire Indian Professionals

There are numerous compelling reasons employers choose to hire from India. These range from the country’s robust educational infrastructure to economic benefits and adaptability.

  1. A Vast and Skilled Workforce

India boasts one of the largest and youngest labor forces in the world. This broad talent base spans a wide range of disciplines and includes specialized skills in areas like engineering, finance, IT, and healthcare.

  1. Solid Educational Background

STEM education plays a major role in India’s academic landscape. Each year, a significant number of graduates emerge with degrees in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics. Additionally, “English is a primary language of instruction from school to higher education,” making communication with international clients smooth and efficient.

  1. Cost Efficiency

Hiring Indian professionals often comes with a cost advantage. “Due to differences in the cost of living and economic factors, employers can often hire skilled Indian professionals at more competitive wages compared to local hires in Western countries.” Companies also save on overhead, since remote employment eliminates the need for office space and related costs.

  1. Global Market Acumen

Many Indian employees are well-versed in working with international clients. They understand the dynamics of global markets and adapt quickly to different work cultures. India’s history as a major outsourcing hub has helped build this global awareness. “India’s long-standing role as a leading outsourcing destination means its workforce is familiar with the demands and expectations of foreign employers.”

  1. High-Level IT and Technical Proficiency

India’s reputation as a tech powerhouse is well-earned. The country is globally recognized for its contributions to software development and IT innovation. “Indian professionals are increasingly recognized for their innovative and creative problem-solving abilities in technical fields.”

  1. Work Hour Flexibility

Indian employees often accommodate employers in various time zones. This flexibility enables companies to maintain 24/7 business operations and customer service support.

  1. Consistent Quality and Work Ethic

Employers frequently commend Indian workers for their dedication and high standards. “Indian professionals are known for their powerful work ethic, dedication, and commitment to quality.” They also invest in continuous learning, which keeps their skills updated and relevant.

  1. Strengthening Digital Infrastructure

India is rapidly advancing in the area of digital connectivity, which supports efficient remote work. Investments in broadband, cloud technologies, and cybersecurity have significantly enhanced remote capabilities.

  1. Cultural Compatibility

Thanks to exposure to global media and multicultural experiences, Indian professionals tend to fit well into international corporate environments. “Exposure to diverse cultures and global media makes many Indian professionals culturally compatible with international workplaces.”

Steps to Hiring Indian Employees Remotely

Hiring from India remotely requires a strategic approach. Employers need to manage not only the talent search but also legal and compliance-related aspects. Here’s how to go about it:

Define the Job Role Clearly

Start by writing a precise job description that outlines the responsibilities, required qualifications, and necessary time zone overlaps.

Use Various Sourcing Platforms

Platforms like LinkedIn are ideal for posting jobs and finding candidates. For freelance or short-term roles, employers can turn to sites like Freelancer, Upwork, or Toptal. Additionally, recruitment firms that specialize in remote hiring or have Indian operations can provide further assistance.

Understand Legal and Tax Frameworks

It’s crucial to be aware of Indian employment laws, especially when hiring contractors or freelancers. Employers must also consider tax regulations for both themselves and their Indian hires, covering areas such as payroll and withholding requirements.

Screening and Interviews

After resume screening, employers should conduct virtual interviews to evaluate communication abilities, professional experience, and cultural compatibility. For technical roles, skill-based assessments may be helpful.

Digital Onboarding and Training

A structured digital onboarding process will help new hires acclimate to the company’s tools, systems, and culture. Training sessions are equally essential for a seamless transition.

Regular Communication and Team Integration

Employers should use communication tools such as Zoom, Slack, or Microsoft Teams to maintain regular interaction. Including the new hire in virtual team meetings encourages better integration into the organization.

“To find and work with people from India, you need to know how to hire them remotely,” and using specialized platforms can greatly simplify this task.

Simplifying Hiring with Global Squirrels

Global Squirrels is a software-as-a-service (SaaS) solution designed to streamline remote hiring from India. The platform provides access to a vast pool of professionals across various sectors, allowing employers to choose candidates that best meet their organizational needs.

In addition to hiring, Global Squirrels supports payroll management—an essential part of remote employment. “Payroll is the second important measure for remote hiring; picking the right people is the first step to take.”

The system handles everything from tax and compensation calculations to benefits tracking and compliance with international labor laws, helping employers maintain legal and operational integrity.

Advantages of Using Global Squirrels for Hiring from India

Employers benefit in multiple ways when they opt for Global Squirrels:

  • Access to a large and diverse talent pool
  • No need to establish a local entity for hiring
  • Elimination of high agency fees; only a license fee per hire is required
  • Assistance with legal compliance
  • Flexibility to hire both full-time employees and contractors

Zelenskiy Open to Meeting Putin in Turkey After Trump Urges Immediate Talks

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy expressed his readiness to hold direct talks with Russian President Vladimir Putin in Turkey on Thursday. This announcement came shortly after U.S. President Donald Trump publicly urged Zelenskiy to accept Putin’s proposal for negotiations without delay.

Zelenskiy’s willingness to meet his Russian counterpart marked a significant development after an intense 48-hour period in which European leaders had joined Ukraine in calling for a 30-day ceasefire to begin Monday. However, instead of agreeing to the proposed truce, Putin countered with an offer to engage in direct Ukraine-Russia talks—the first such encounter since the early months following Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022.

Despite the offer, it remains uncertain whether Putin intends to participate in the talks in person. The two leaders have not met face-to-face since December 2019, and both have publicly displayed disdain for each other.

“I will be waiting for Putin in Türkiye on Thursday. Personally,” Zelenskiy stated on X. He added, “I hope that this time the Russians will not look for excuses.”

Zelenskiy’s chief of staff, Andriy Yermak, also took to Telegram, writing, “What about Putin? Is he afraid? We’ll see.”

The Ukrainian leader’s response followed a televised message from Putin, broadcast late at night on Sunday. Notably, the timing coincided with prime-time evening hours in the United States. During the broadcast, the Russian president proposed holding direct negotiations in Istanbul on Thursday, May 15.

Putin’s proposal came just hours after key European nations had gathered in Kyiv on Saturday to press for an unconditional 30-day ceasefire. They warned that failure to comply could result in a new wave of “massive” sanctions. Trump’s Ukraine envoy, Keith Kellogg, backed that position.

Zelenskiy had also voiced support for peace talks—on the condition that Russia would agree to the ceasefire. But Trump took a different stance, bypassing the truce and pushing for immediate negotiations instead.

“President Putin of Russia doesn’t want to have a Cease Fire Agreement with Ukraine, but rather wants to meet on Thursday, in Turkey, to negotiate a possible end to the BLOODBATH. Ukraine should agree to this, IMMEDIATELY,” Trump wrote on his social media platform, Truth Social.

He added, “At least they will be able to determine whether or not a deal is possible, and if it is not, European leaders, and the U.S., will know where everything stands, and can proceed accordingly!”

Both Kyiv and Moscow have been vying for Trump’s favor. For Ukraine, securing Trump’s support is critical in hopes of maintaining or expanding military assistance from the United States—aid that had been consistently supplied under President Joe Biden. On the other hand, Moscow sees a possible opportunity to negotiate an easing of Western sanctions and re-establish ties with the world’s largest economy.

Russia’s invasion of Ukraine began in February 2022, plunging the region into one of the deadliest and most consequential military conflicts since the Cold War. Hundreds of thousands of soldiers have died, and the standoff has brought relations between Russia and the West to their lowest point since the 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis.

Despite suffering heavy losses, Russian forces have been gradually advancing. Yet, President Putin has shown little interest in compromise. In his latest address, he advocated for “direct negotiations without any preconditions.”

However, shortly after his statement, Kremlin aide Yuri Ushakov clarified that any such negotiations must take into account both the now-defunct 2022 draft peace framework and the current realities on the battlefield.

This phrasing is often interpreted to mean that Ukraine would have to accept a permanently neutral status in exchange for security guarantees and acknowledge Russian control over significant territories that Moscow has seized.

Ukrainian officials have long rejected the 2022 draft terms, arguing that accepting them would be equivalent to surrender.

Meanwhile, Putin dismissed the ceasefire proposal as an “ultimatum” from Western European and Ukrainian leaders. According to Russia’s foreign ministry, any talks must first address the fundamental causes of the war before a ceasefire can be seriously discussed.

Trump, who has frequently presented himself as a global dealmaker and vowed to end the war swiftly if elected again, reacted positively to Putin’s proposal. He declared it “A potentially great day for Russia and Ukraine!”

Even though Russia has not formally committed to the ceasefire that European nations proposed, Zelenskiy said Ukraine’s plan to implement it on Monday remained intact.

“We await a full and lasting ceasefire, starting from tomorrow, to provide the necessary basis for diplomacy,” Zelenskiy posted on X.

In his nightly address to the nation, Zelenskiy emphasized that Ukraine was still awaiting an official response from Russia. He warned that if Russian troops ignored the truce, Ukrainian forces would retaliate accordingly.

The U.S. embassy in Kyiv, anticipating a potentially volatile situation, issued a public advisory last Friday. It warned of a “potentially significant” Russian airstrike in the days ahead, heightening concerns of escalating violence despite the diplomatic overtures.

Whether this tentative opening will lead to substantive negotiations remains uncertain. While Trump’s public call may influence momentum, both Kyiv and Moscow appear to have fundamentally different interpretations of what the talks should achieve and under what conditions. With deep-rooted distrust and no mutual concessions yet on the table, the road to peace remains fraught with challenges.

Trump Adviser Says Ending Due Process for Immigrants Is Under Consideration

Stephen Miller, a senior adviser to President Donald Trump, told reporters on Friday that the administration was actively exploring the possibility of eliminating due process protections for undocumented immigrants in the country.

Speaking outside the White House, Miller said, “The Constitution is clear, and that, of course, is the supreme law of the land, that the privilege of the writ of habeas corpus can be suspended at a time of invasion. So I would say that’s an action we’re actively looking at.”

He added that much would depend on how the judicial system responds. “A lot of it depends on whether the courts do the right thing or not,” he said, without elaborating on what specific court actions would be considered the “right thing.”

The White House did not immediately offer clarification on Miller’s statements. It remained unclear whether he was referring to a particular group of undocumented immigrants or to all individuals who had entered the United States without authorization. The administration also declined to explain what Miller meant by calling on courts to “do the right thing.”

Miller continued his criticism of the judiciary, asserting that courts had overstepped their bounds in immigration cases. He said, “The courts aren’t just at war with the executive branch; the courts are at war, these radical rogue judges, with the legislative branch as well too. So all of that will inform the choices the president ultimately makes.”

Trump has frequently expressed his irritation with the legal protections granted to immigrants, arguing that constitutional due process provisions were obstructing his immigration agenda. In an interview that aired on NBC News’ “Meet the Press,” Trump voiced his frustration bluntly: “I was elected to get them the hell out of here, and the courts are holding me from doing it.”

During the interview, host Kristen Welker cited the Fifth Amendment of the U.S. Constitution, which states that “no person” shall be “deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law.” She also noted that the Supreme Court has long upheld that noncitizens are entitled to certain fundamental rights. However, Trump responded by saying the protections were burdensome and slow.

“I don’t know. It seems — it might say that, but if you’re talking about that, then we’d have to have a million or 2 million or 3 million trials,” he said. Trump also claimed that many of those the administration was targeting for deportation included “murderers” and “drug dealers.”

Welker pressed further, asking Trump whether he believed he was required to uphold the Constitution. Trump responded ambiguously: “I don’t know. I have to respond by saying, again, I have brilliant lawyers that work for me, and they are going to obviously follow what the Supreme Court said.”

There is a clause in the U.S. Constitution that allows for the suspension of habeas corpus during times of rebellion or invasion. Specifically, it states: “The Privilege of the Writ of Habeas Corpus shall not be suspended, unless when in Cases of Rebellion or Invasion the public Safety may require it.”

Trump previously asserted that the country was facing an invasion in March when he invoked the Alien Enemies Act to transfer suspected members of the Venezuelan gang Tren de Aragua to a prison facility in El Salvador. That act, which has rarely been used, permits the president to detain nationals of hostile countries during times of conflict.

In the related presidential proclamation, the administration claimed the gang “is perpetrating, attempting, and threatening an invasion or predatory incursion against the territory of the United States.” However, federal judges in three separate states disagreed. They ruled that the criminal activities of the Tren de Aragua gang did not meet the legal definition of an invasion.

To date, the Supreme Court has not issued a definitive ruling on whether the gang’s activities qualify as an invasion. However, the court recently ruled that individuals targeted for deportation are still entitled to due process under the law. In that decision, the justices stated, “AEA detainees must receive notice after the date of this order that they are subject to removal under the Act. The notice must be afforded within a reasonable time and in such a manner as will allow them to actually seek habeas relief in the proper venue before such removal occurs.”

Legal scholars have noted the extraordinary nature of suspending habeas corpus. In an essay for the National Constitution Center, then-judge and current Supreme Court Justice Amy Coney Barrett, along with attorney Neal Katyal, wrote, “A suspension is temporary, but the power it confers is extraordinary. When a suspension is in effect, the president, typically acting through subordinates, can imprison people indefinitely without any judicial check.”

Their essay explained that habeas corpus, a fundamental protection against arbitrary imprisonment, has been suspended only four times in U.S. history. One of the most significant examples occurred during the Civil War when President Abraham Lincoln suspended the writ throughout the country. The most recent instance took place in Hawaii following the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor in 1941.

Miller’s comments, and Trump’s willingness to consider sweeping action against undocumented immigrants, reflect a broader theme within their immigration policy: that traditional constitutional safeguards should not impede what they see as urgent action to secure the country’s borders. Though such proposals are almost certain to face legal challenges, they continue to generate intense debate over the limits of executive authority and the rights of noncitizens within the U.S. legal system.

Whether the Trump team would be able to suspend habeas corpus during peacetime remains legally uncertain. But their interest in invoking that constitutional provision, based on a perceived invasion, shows a growing determination to test the boundaries of presidential power in immigration enforcement.

The coming months are likely to see this constitutional debate intensify, especially as courts continue to push back on executive attempts to bypass due process requirements. Meanwhile, critics argue that efforts to weaken these protections could undermine the rule of law. Still, for Trump and Miller, the goal remains unchanged: speeding up mass deportations by removing legal barriers.

Ceasefire Brings Fleeting Relief as India-Pakistan Tensions Persist in Kashmir

The fragile peace that followed a recently declared ceasefire between India and Pakistan was short-lived in Kashmir. While there was initial hope that hostilities would subside, renewed violence quickly shattered those expectations, leading to mass displacement and deepened uncertainty along the disputed border region.

In the Indian-administered section of Kashmir, tens of thousands of residents were forced to evacuate last week following intense shelling and drone assaults attributed to Pakistan. The ceasefire, announced on Saturday, aimed to de-escalate what has been one of the most serious military stand-offs between the two nuclear-armed nations in decades. Yet by Sunday, only a few displaced families had ventured back to their homes.

“We will go back only after complete calm prevails,” said Basharat Ahmed, a resident of Poonch district. “It doesn’t take much time for the two countries to start fighting on the border.” His caution reflects a broader sentiment of mistrust and fear that continues to grip communities near the heavily fortified Line of Control (LoC), the de facto boundary dividing Kashmir between India and Pakistan.

The ceasefire, meant to halt escalating violence, quickly appeared to unravel. Within hours of the agreement, both sides accused each other of breaching the deal. Indian authorities reported that since Wednesday, shelling from the Pakistani side had resulted in the deaths of at least 23 individuals and left many others injured. Hundreds of homes were either severely damaged or entirely destroyed during the attacks.

In Baramulla, a family that had taken refuge in a government-run college tried to return to their home in the Uri sector, which lies close to the LoC. However, Indian soldiers at a checkpoint stopped them without providing a reason, forcing them to return to the college for shelter.

“Our joy around the ceasefire just vanished,” said Bashir Ahmed, head of the family. His experience highlights the unpredictability of life near the conflict zone, where ceasefires often provide only temporary respite from the cycle of violence.

Along the LoC, both Indian and Pakistani soldiers stand guard, with watchtowers positioned just hundreds of meters apart. In certain areas, the opposing troops are close enough to acknowledge each other with a wave, underlining how thin and delicate the buffer between peace and war remains.

Tensions between the two countries surged last month following a brutal attack on tourists in Kashmir. India blamed Pakistan for supporting the assault, which left 26 men—mostly Indian Hindus—dead. Pakistan, however, denied any involvement in the massacre.

The incident further inflamed hostilities, prompting both nations to expel each other’s diplomats and nationals. Borders and airspace were shut down, while both sides engaged in missile strikes, drone warfare, and relentless artillery shelling.

On Sunday, India claimed that missile strikes it conducted inside Pakistani territory the previous week had resulted in the deaths of at least 100 militants, including several high-ranking figures. Such claims have only heightened the state of alert on both sides of the LoC.

Meanwhile, civilians caught in the crossfire continue to suffer immensely. In Pakistani-administered Kashmir, fear of Indian retaliation prompted residents to flee en masse. Although some began returning after the ceasefire was announced, many discovered that their homes and businesses had been reduced to ruins, rendering them unsafe or uninhabitable. The loss of personal belongings added to their despair, and most are now left wondering whether the truce will last—and who will help them rebuild their shattered lives.

One such resident, Abdul Shakoor from the town of Chinari, recalled fleeing with his family on Wednesday. “Many people in other cities who support war don’t realize who suffers the most when conflict breaks out or when two armies exchange fire,” said Shakoor. “It’s the people living near the border who pay the highest price.” He and his family escaped by crossing open fields and walking nearly 10 kilometers to seek refuge at a relative’s house.

Despite his skepticism, Shakoor expressed hope that both countries would eventually prioritize diplomacy over violence. “In the end, even after war, it all comes back to dialogue,” he said. His words echo the long-standing belief among many Kashmiris that meaningful and lasting peace can only be achieved through negotiation, not conflict.

The Neelum Valley, known for its scenic beauty and proximity to the LoC, bears visible scars from the recent hostilities. Nestled amidst verdant landscapes and flowing rivers, the valley is also among the first places to suffer when tensions rise between India and Pakistan. In some locations, military posts of both nations are clearly visible across the river, underscoring the valley’s vulnerability during cross-border exchanges.

On the night before the ceasefire was announced, residents of Neelum Valley were jolted awake by the wail of warning sirens. Among them was Fatima Bibi, who immediately rushed with her family into a bunker as the area came under heavy fire.

“It was a terrifying night,” Bibi recalled. “Both sides were firing at each other’s posts. We heard nonstop explosions, and there was a deafening blast as shells started landing in our village.” A shell struck the courtyard of her home, shattering windows and damaging walls.

Now, like many others, Bibi is thankful for the ceasefire. “Given how tense things had become, many people could have died if a war had broken out,” she said. But her gratitude is tempered by the knowledge that ceasefires in the region often falter, and the danger could return at any time.

For the residents of Kashmir—on both sides of the LoC—the ceasefire is not a solution, but a pause. The shadow of renewed violence looms large, and the fear of losing lives, homes, and livelihoods remains ever-present. While governments exchange accusations and carry out retaliatory strikes, the human cost continues to mount, borne primarily by those who live closest to the border.

Until there is a sustained commitment to peace and open dialogue, the people of Kashmir will likely remain trapped in this tragic cycle, hoping each ceasefire might finally be the one that holds.

“The Untold Story of Indian Music in America” Released

BOSTON (May 10, 2025) — In a historic first for Indian American cultural storytelling, The Mishra Group Studios has officially released its much-anticipated documentary, “The Untold Story of Indian Music in America”, now available for streaming on YouTube.

The film is now available for global audiences and marks the first-ever comprehensive cinematic chronicle of the 70-year journey of Indian classical music in the United States.

This deeply researched and emotionally resonant film captures how Indian music—rooted in millennia-old traditions—has taken root, adapted, and blossomed across the American landscape, thanks to the quiet dedication of musicians, teachers, students, and communities nationwide.

“This documentary is a cinematic celebration of identity, perseverance, and artistic excellence,” said Vandana Sharma, the film’s producer. “For the first time, we are shining a light on a community that built a parallel world of music in basements, temples, concert halls, and classrooms—often with no spotlight, just pure passion.”

A 70-Year Cultural Symphony

“The Untold Story of Indian Music in America” traces the genre’s arc from its first known Indian classical concert in New York in 1955 to today’s rich and diverse Indian-American musical ecosystem. The film explores both Hindustani and Carnatic traditions, and how they evolved in dialogue with American audiences and artists—often in uncharted cultural territory.

“The inspiration came from witnessing a Kathak Manch Pravesh in Boston, where every accompanying musician was born and trained in the U.S.,” said Upendra Mishra, Executive Producer and founder of The Mishra Group Studios. “It was a profound moment—a signal that Indian classical music hadn’t just migrated here, it had matured here.”

The documentary features rare archival footage, first-person accounts, and exclusive interviews with maestros and cultural pioneers, making it a visual and emotional archive of a history never before documented on film.

A Broader Cultural Movement

The film’s release follows on the heels of other groundbreaking cultural initiatives, including the Symphony Masala concert by Symphony New Hampshire (SNH) in 2023, which featured award-winning Indian-American singer Anuradha Palakurthi-Juju performing Bollywood music with a full Western symphony orchestra—an unprecedented musical fusion.

“This is probably the first such concert in the United States,” Palakurthi-Juju said at the time, adding that the event “was a special honor for the larger Indian community in the Greater Boston area.” Her achievement highlights the growing sophistication and integration of Indian musical forms into American cultural institutions.

The documentary draws from this same spirit of innovation and cross-cultural collaboration, showing how Indian music has transcended traditional boundaries to find new expressions—without losing its soul.

“Our story is not just about music,” Sharma added. “It’s about identity, heritage, and the ability of a community to carry a living tradition across oceans, generations, and genres.”

KEY DETAILS:

Title: The Untold Story of Indian Music in America

Released by: The Mishra Group Studios

Release Date: May 10, 2025

Producer: Vandana Sharma

Executive Producer: Upendra Mishra

Editor: Anastasia Bogushevsky

Cinematography: Radhika Mishra

Watch Now: Available on YouTube

Trailer Available At: Available on YouTube

A Call to Watch, Reflect, and Celebrate

As audiences around the world increasingly seek authentic and underrepresented cultural narratives, The Untold Story of Indian Music in America offers both a tribute and a testimony. It celebrates a musical journey that is as much about resilience and community as it is about ragas and rhythms.

“We hope this film inspires pride, sparks conversation, and most importantly, preserves a legacy that deserves to be seen and heard,” said Mishra.

Now streaming worldwide—don’t miss the documentary that gives voice to a generation, and music to a movement.

AAPI Legislative Day Highlights Healthcare, Insurance, Immigration Issues on Capitol Hill “Action Needed to Improve Patients Access and Outcomes”

(Washington, DC: May 11, 2025) The American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) presented to the United States lawmakers some of the major concerns of the Indian-American community, particularly those affecting the physicians fraternity during the annual Legislative Day on Capitol Hill, Washington, D.C., on May 7-8, 2025.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI said, “Healthcare continues to be the center of the nation’s focus, especially with changes in policies on Immigration, Medicare/Medicaid, and Medical Education. AAPI’s annual Legislative Day has become a vital part of AAPI’s growing influence and has its united voice heard in the corridors of power.”

“AAPI has been seeking to collectively shape the best health care for the people of US, with the physician at the helm, caring for the medically underserved as we have done for several decades when physicians of Indian origin came to the US in larger numbers,” said Dr. Deepak Kumar, Chair of AAPI Legislative Affairs Committee.

Lobby Day 1Dr. Kathula along with other AAPI leaders presented before the lawmakers, key issues that affect the delivery of healthcare in the issues in the US.  “Fixing Medicare reimbursement cuts, reforming prior authorization processes, addressing scope of practice concerns, fast-tracking green cards for H-1B visa holders, securing equitable Telemedicine payments, and proposing amendments to the Stark Law” were some of the issues AAPI highlighted in their meetings with the lawmakers.

Attended by several Congressmen and Senators from both the major political parties, the event held at the Rayburn House Office Building on Capitol Hill, Washington, DC had dozens of AAPI members from across the nation, who during the interactive sessions with the lawmakers shared their concerns with the current healthcare delivery system and for the need to bring about the much-needed changes.

In a show of support for AAPI, Indian American House members, Reps. Ami Bera, D-California, Raja Krishnamoorthi, D-Illinois, Rep. Suhas Subramanyam, D-Virginia, and Sri Thanedar, D-Michigan were among those who addressed the AAPI delegates and listened to their concerns and promised support.

Some of the other lawmakers who addressed Legislative Day included: Rep. Rich McCormick from GA; Rep. Frank Mrvan from Indiana, and Rep. Dave Taylor from OH. AAPI delegates met with Sen. John Boozman from AR, Sen. Bernie Moreno (OH), and Sen. Jon Ossoff from GA. All of them expressed their appreciation for AAPI for their advocacy and contributions to the US healthcare and promised to take on the issues affecting the healthcare system and work toward creating an efficient system that serves the needs of the patients and physicians.

AAPI addressed critical issues for physicians before lawmakers.  The legislators responded positively, and we areLobby Day 3 encouraged by the momentum. AAPI’s advocacy on these critical topics will remain ongoing,” Dr. Vidya Kora, Co-Chair of AAPI Legislative Affairs Committee.

AAPI’s lobbying efforts on some of the issues affecting the broader Indian American community, particularly in the context of the Indo-Pak tensions, sought the support from the lawmakers to stand with India as it works with the larger world community to root out terrorism from the face of the earth.

“AAPI is once again in the forefront in bringing many burning health care issues facing the community at large and bringing this to the Capitol and to the US Congress,” said Dr. Sudhir Parikh, Co-Chair of AAPI Legislative Affairs Committee. Dr. Parikh expressed appreciation to all “AAPI colleagues who attended this event and ensured that our concerns and needs are heard by our lawmakers and ensure that they act on them.”

“AAPI Legislative Day has been a flagship annual event that rekindles and renews our energy in bringing up the issues that we need to bring to the attention of national policy makers and leaders of the US Congress on Capitol Hill,” said Dr. Amit Chakrabarty, president-elect of AAPI. “AAPI continues to discover her potential to be a player in shaping the healthcare of each patient with a focus on health maintenance rather than disease intervention.”

“It is a tradition for nearly four decades, which has brought many important transformations in National Healthcare policies that have helped Physicians of Indian Origin. Now, it is the need of the day to renew our friendship with new leadership and brief the Congressional leadership on issues that are important to us,” Dr. Hetal Gor, AAPI BOT Chair-Elect, said.

Dr. Meher Medavaram, Vice President of AAPI said pointed out: “The US is currently experiencing a physician shortage, which will be exacerbated by retiring baby boomers, affecting thousands of patients’ access to a physician, and ultimately the health care they need. In advocating for critical reforms in healthcare, AAPI’s role has come to be recognized as vital among members and among lawmakers. ”

AAPI members told the lawmakers how important it was to increase the number of residency positions to address the upcoming physician shortage. This includes providing opportunities for all qualified doctors of Indian origin to secure residency slots and the opportunity to become fully trained to practice medicine.

Dr. Soumya Neravetla, Treasurer-Elect of AAPI said, “Through Legislative Day, we are building a strong foundation for future advocacy and legislative successes at both the federal and state level. The presence of several lawmakers from both parties is a testament to the strength of AAPI’s reputation as strong leaders, with our physicians proudly serving as health care providers in all 50 states.”

The AAPI delegation also met with His Excellency Vinay Kwatra, the Indian Ambassador to the U.S., to brief him on AAPI’s initiatives in India and explore avenues for future collaboration with the Indian government. They took this opportunity to strongly condemn the recent terrorist attacks in Pahalgam, extending our deepest condolences to the families of the victims and reaffirming our full support to the Indian government in its efforts to bring the perpetrators to justice.

The growing influence of doctors of Indian heritage is evident, as increasingly physicians of Indian origin hold critical positions in healthcare, academic, research, and administrative positions across the nation. With their hard work, dedication, compassion, and skills, they have thus carved an enviable niche in the American medical community.

“To be a player in crafting the delivery of health care most efficiently and to strive for equality in health globally, the annual Legislative Day was a perfect way to impact Healthcare policy and programs most effectively. Come and join us on Capitol Hill,” Dr. Kathula said.

Dr. Klathula expressed his heartfelt thanks go to the Legislative Committee, Executive Committee, Board of Trustees, and all AAPI members and leaders who traveled from across the country to participate and contribute to the success of this important event.

“Your dedication and commitment continue to strengthen our voice on Capitol Hill,” Dr. Kathula said. “We had a very fruitful discussion, and we are very hopeful that Congress will act on the issues raised in our white paper,” Dr. Kathula, summarized the daylong event and the impact it has for the future of the growing Indian American community, healthcare providers and the healthcare delivery. For more information on AAPI and its programs and initiatives, please visit:  www.aapiusa.org

Tense Calm After India-Pakistan Ceasefire Amid Violations, Blackouts, and Global Diplomacy

Just hours after India and Pakistan agreed to an immediate ceasefire to halt military engagements along the Line of Control and the international border, renewed violations and continued hostilities have raised doubts over the sustainability of the truce. On Saturday night, Indian Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri urged Pakistan to address repeated border violations and warned that India’s armed forces, maintaining high vigilance, were delivering “appropriate and adequate responses” to any breaches of the understanding.

The situation quickly deteriorated after the announcement. Explosions and sirens were reported in multiple locations including Srinagar and Anantnag in Jammu and Kashmir, Barmer in Rajasthan, and Kutch in Gujarat. These incidents were accompanied by power blackouts in Punjab cities such as Amritsar, Ferozepur, Pathankot, and Barnala, with officials describing the measures as “precautionary.” In Gujarat’s Kutch, State Minister for Home Harsh Sanghavi cited drone sightings as the cause for a complete blackout and urged citizens not to panic.

Jammu and Kashmir Chief Minister Omar Abdullah voiced concern over the violations, writing on X, “What the hell just happened to the ceasefire? Explosions heard across Srinagar!!!” Such reactions reflect a widespread sense of unease and disbelief in the truce’s credibility.

While the ceasefire was formally described by both nations as a mutual agreement, U.S. President Donald Trump claimed early credit, stating that he would work with India and Pakistan toward resolving the long-standing Kashmir issue. In a post on Truth Social, Trump praised the leadership of both countries, saying, “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan… Millions of good and innocent people could have died!” He added that he intends to “substantially” boost trade with both nations and to “work with you both to see if, after a ‘thousand years,’ a solution can be arrived at concerning Kashmir.”

Despite Trump’s framing, India has firmly stated that the ceasefire was a bilateral decision, denying any third-party mediation. However, the U.S. State Department referred to the agreement as a “US-brokered ceasefire,” underscoring the role of diplomatic outreach over the prior 48 hours by top U.S. officials including Secretary of State and National Security Advisor Marco Rubio. Rubio revealed that he and Vice President Vance had spoken to Prime Ministers Narendra Modi and Shehbaz Sharif, India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar, Pakistan’s Chief of Army Staff Asim Munir, and both countries’ National Security Advisors.

Pakistan’s Deputy Prime Minister and Foreign Minister Ishaq Dar announced on X that the two nations had agreed to a ceasefire “with immediate effect.” He emphasized Pakistan’s commitment to regional peace without compromising sovereignty—a pointed reference to India’s earlier airstrikes deep inside Pakistani territory targeting alleged terror bases.

From Delhi’s standpoint, the ceasefire was not just a tactical pause but also a signal of red lines. Indian sources emphasized that any future act of terrorism would be viewed as an act of war. Measures such as suspension of the Indus Water Treaty, previously used as diplomatic leverage, remain in abeyance. India claims it had achieved strategic superiority by defending itself against drone and missile attacks, despite incurring losses among civilians, infrastructure, and military personnel.

On the ground in Jammu province, reporter Arun Sharma noted that the ceasefire understanding appeared to be holding along both the international border and the LoC, with no reported drone activity. Nevertheless, a tense calm prevailed, with many residents voluntarily switching off lights amid lingering fear of attacks.

Further complicating the narrative, India’s External Affairs Minister Jaishankar reiterated that terrorism in any form would not be tolerated. “India has consistently maintained a firm and uncompromising stance against terrorism in all its forms and manifestations. It will continue to do so,” he posted on X. His statement was a clear signal that while India may have paused hostilities, it remains ready to respond to provocations.

Meanwhile, Congress MP Shashi Tharoor posted a poetic yet pointed dig at Pakistan’s reliability, writing in Hindi, “Uski fitrat hai mukar jaane ki… uske vaade par yakeen kaise karu?” or “It’s their nature to turn back on their word. How do I trust their promise?” He used the hashtag “ceasefire violated,” reflecting widespread skepticism in Indian political circles.

Internationally, the ceasefire attracted attention from key global players. Jaishankar and NSA Ajit Doval reportedly held talks with ministers from China, Saudi Arabia, and the European Union. The Chinese Foreign Ministry confirmed that State Councillor Wang Yi spoke with Doval and expressed hope that both countries would manage their differences through dialogue. Wang condemned the terrorist attack in Pahalgam that triggered the recent escalation and emphasized China’s support for peace and stability in South Asia. “Peace and stability in the Asian region is hard-won and deserves to be cherished,” said Wang.

The uneasy calm also spread to migrant communities in India. In Gujarat’s Bhuj region, migrant workers scrambled to return to their home states after hearing delayed reports of the ceasefire. Highways echoed scenes reminiscent of the 2020 COVID-19 lockdown as workers boarded trucks and buses, fearing further escalation. Patrol units continued enforcing blackout orders into the evening, even as ceasefire news made its slow way to remote villages.

In Jammu and Kashmir’s Rajouri district, fresh shelling was reported within hours of the truce. The Sunderbani and Nowshera sectors saw renewed firing Saturday night, with six casualties, including a JKAS officer and a BSF sub-inspector. Sirens blared in Udhampur, leading to another round of blackouts and panic among civilians. Earlier that day, the BSF destroyed a terrorist launch pad in Pakistan’s Sialkot district, even as Pakistan reportedly targeted civilian areas with artillery and loitering munitions.

The fragile ceasefire now sits precariously between diplomatic optimism and ground-level volatility. With major world powers watching closely and domestic pressures mounting in both India and Pakistan, the coming days will test whether this truce can evolve into lasting peace or merely remain a brief pause in long-standing hostilities.

Congress Rejects Trump’s Kashmir Mediation Remark, Calls Conflict a Modern One, Not a ‘Biblical’ Crisis

Following U.S. President Donald Trump’s remarks offering to mediate on the Kashmir issue, Indian opposition party leaders have pushed back strongly, rejecting any suggestion of international intervention. Congress MP Manish Tewari was direct in his response, emphasizing that the Kashmir dispute is not an ancient, biblical-era conflict, but a contemporary issue that dates back just 78 years.

“Someone in the US establishment needs to seriously educate their President that Kashmir is not a biblical 1000-year-old conflict,” Tewari wrote in a post on X (formerly Twitter). He traced the genesis of the issue to October 22, 1947, when Pakistan invaded the then-independent princely state of Jammu & Kashmir. Maharaja Hari Singh formally acceded to India on October 26, 1947, ceding the territory in full, including areas currently under Pakistani control. Tewari questioned why this “simple fact” was difficult to grasp.

Congress leader Jairam Ramesh also criticized the Trump administration’s comments, especially a reference made by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio regarding the possibility of using a “neutral forum” to mediate between India and Pakistan. Ramesh raised key questions in response: “Have we abandoned the Shimla Agreement? Have we opened the door for third-party mediation?”

In a press statement, Ramesh called on the Indian government to convene an all-party meeting chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi to discuss a range of issues including “Operation Sindoor,” the Pahalgam terror attack, and the recently announced ceasefire between India and Pakistan. He also advocated for a special session of Parliament to allow a comprehensive discussion on these developments.

Meanwhile, U.S. President Donald Trump, in a social media post, lauded both India and Pakistan for agreeing to a ceasefire. “I am very proud of the strong and unwaveringly powerful leadership of India and Pakistan for having the strength, wisdom, and fortitude to fully know and understand that it was time to stop the current aggression,” he stated. Trump claimed millions of innocent people could have died had the hostilities continued. He added, “While not even discussed, I am going to increase trade, substantially, with both of these great Nations,” and expressed willingness to work with both sides on a long-term solution for Kashmir.

The U.S. President’s framing of the Kashmir issue as a “thousand-year” conflict, however, appeared to undermine his credibility in the eyes of Indian lawmakers, who view the statement as historically inaccurate and diplomatically inappropriate.

Security developments on the ground also played into the larger narrative. The Sri Guru Ram Das Jee International Airport in Amritsar was placed under heightened security on Sunday. Authorities restricted access to the gurdwara located within the airport premises, sparking concerns among devotees. However, Assistant Commissioner of Police (Airport), Yadwinder Singh, assured the public that there was no drone activity and urged against spreading unverified rumours. “The situation is peaceful… there is adequate security,” he said.

Despite the tensions, the situation in areas like Srinagar, Akhnoor, Rajouri, and Poonch remained calm. No reports of drones, shelling, or cross-border firing were received during the night of May 10-11. Nevertheless, Amritsar District authorities maintained a red alert, advising residents to stay indoors and avoid windows or balconies. The alert followed intense shelling from across the border a day earlier.

Political reactions in Jammu and Kashmir to the ceasefire were largely positive. Leaders across the spectrum, including Mehbooba Mufti of the People’s Democratic Party, National Conference president Farooq Abdullah, and Hurriyat chairman Mirwaiz Umar Farooq, welcomed the pause in hostilities. They called it a necessary step toward meaningful peace and political dialogue.

“Terrorism is unacceptable, but it should not dictate when India and Pakistan go to war,” said Mufti, adding that a political resolution is the only viable path forward. Mirwaiz remarked that “better sense has prevailed,” while Abdullah emphasized the toll the conflict has taken on border communities. “Our people have borne the brunt of this deteriorating situation. This pause will offer them some much-needed relief,” he said.

The Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP), on the other hand, held a ‘Tiranga Yatra’ in Bengaluru to express support for the Indian armed forces following Operation Sindoor — a retaliatory strike on nine terrorist sites in Pakistan and Pakistan-occupied Kashmir in response to the April 22 Pahalgam attack. Union Minister Shobha Karandlaje led the rally, urging citizens to remain united in support of the military and government.

“India is fighting terrorism. Pakistan sent terrorists to Pahalgam. Innocent people were killed after being asked about their religion. Our jawans retaliated. We must stand united with the country,” she said. The BJP Minority Morcha also launched a nationwide campaign titled “Nagrik Tiranga Yatra for National Security” to bolster public support under the broader “Operation Sindoor” initiative.

As the military dimension grabbed attention, the Maharashtra government began focusing on its under-resourced civil defence force. Following nationwide mock drills, the state’s civil defence directorate announced new efforts to revamp the agency, including introducing a civil defence course in the University of Mumbai’s engineering curriculum from the upcoming academic year. “Students who wish to serve the nation while pursuing their education will get an opportunity through this course,” said Director Prabhat Kumar.

Meanwhile, divergent opinions about the ceasefire emerged on social media and among analysts. Foreign affairs expert Brahma Chellaney questioned whether Prime Minister Modi had decided against pursuing Operation Sindoor to its “logical conclusion” — ending Pakistan’s decades-long strategy of cross-border proxy warfare. Some critics argued that the ceasefire prematurely let Pakistan off the hook following the Pahalgam attack.

Congress leader Sachin Pilot, however, praised the Indian military for what he called a “precise and adequate” strike on terror camps. Speaking to The Times of India, Pilot emphasized that the response avoided civilian casualties and directly targeted terrorists. He also reminded that Pakistan has a history of harbouring terrorists, citing Osama bin Laden’s hiding in Abbottabad and the activities of Masood Azhar and Hafiz Saeed.

As tensions ease and the public digests a flurry of official statements, military operations, and international commentary, the road ahead remains uncertain. With diplomacy back on the table and domestic voices urging a mix of vigilance and political dialogue, India’s next moves — both at the border and on the global stage — will be closely watched.

Scorching Summer Ahead: Old Farmer’s Almanac Predicts Intense Heat and Regional Extremes for 2025

The Old Farmer’s Almanac has just unveiled its long-range weather forecast for the summer of 2025, and it promises a dramatic season across much of the United States. This trusted annual publication, which has been around since 1792, is relied upon for its insights into weather, farming, gardening, and even recipes. As vacationers, gardeners, and event planners look toward summer travel, beach days, and key holidays like the Fourth of July and Labor Day, the latest forecast offers plenty to think about.

The Old Farmer’s Almanac bases its predictions on three key scientific principles: solar science, climatology, and meteorology. Thanks to this unique combination, it has guided generations of farmers, gardeners, outdoors enthusiasts, and travelers for over two centuries. The publication boasts an impressive 80% accuracy rate for its weather forecasts, making it a widely trusted source.

The outlook for the summer months of June, July, and August in 2025 can be summed up in one word: hot. According to the Almanac, Americans should prepare for “a scorcher of a summer.” Much of the country is expected to experience hot and dry conditions, with a few regional exceptions. The forecast warns that the extreme heat experienced during the summer of 2024 could return and possibly be matched—or even surpassed—in 2025.

The highest temperatures are expected to occur gradually as the summer progresses, with the most intense heat likely to arrive in July and August. As for precipitation, most of the western half of the U.S. is expected to see slightly below-average rainfall, although the country overall should experience typical precipitation levels.

Given the vastness of the United States, the Almanac divides the country into 18 separate regions for a more precise weather outlook. For areas not specifically mentioned, a hot and dry summer is the general expectation. However, several regions will face unique weather challenges that differ from the national trend.

In the Northeast, which includes Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, western Massachusetts, and eastern New York, the summer is expected to be especially humid due to higher-than-average precipitation levels. This combination of heat and moisture is likely to result in a muggy season for the region.

Southern Florida is one of the rare areas expecting cooler and wetter conditions. Region 5, which covers this part of the state, is forecasted to experience a “cool, rainy summer with hurricane potential from mid-July to late August.” The possibility of hurricanes adds an extra layer of concern for residents and travelers alike.

The Lower Lakes region, comprising Michigan, eastern Illinois, northern Indiana, and northern Ohio, is anticipated to receive more rain than usual this summer. This increase in precipitation is expected to keep the area somewhat cooler and wetter than other parts of the country.

Similarly, the Ohio Valley—including southern Illinois, southern Indiana, southern Ohio, Kentucky, and the western half of West Virginia—is forecasted to see above-average rainfall. This pattern suggests a wetter summer for Region 7, despite the rising temperatures across the rest of the country.

The Deep South, encompassing Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, and Tennessee, is expected to face some of the most intense heat of the season. According to the forecast, this area will see “extreme, record-breaking heat” throughout the summer, which could put strain on energy systems and health resources.

The Heartland, made up of Iowa, Missouri, eastern Kansas, and eastern Nebraska, is also predicted to have a sweltering summer. The Almanac reports that this area will experience temperatures “averaging four degrees higher than usual and rainfall totals lower than normal.” This could result in drought-like conditions if the heat persists over an extended period.

Even more intense conditions are expected in Region 11, which includes Texas and Oklahoma. The Almanac states this will be “the hottest region in the country this summer,” with temperatures forecasted to reach four degrees above normal and limited rainfall. The most concerning period will be early August, which is identified as the peak risk time for hurricanes in the area.

While many areas will be suffering under extreme heat, the northern Intermountain region—covering eastern Washington, eastern Oregon, Idaho, western Montana, and western Colorado—is forecasted to experience cooler-than-average temperatures along with average rainfall. This might come as a welcome relief for residents accustomed to hotter, drier summers.

Meanwhile, the Desert Southwest, which stretches from southern California to western Texas, is bracing for much hotter than usual conditions. The Almanac notes that this region is “anticipated to experience significantly warmer temperatures than usual, ushering in opportunities for record-breaking heat.” Given the arid nature of the region, this prediction could have serious implications for water conservation and wildfire risks.

In contrast to much of the country, the Pacific Northwest—which includes western Washington and Oregon—is expected to be cooler than average. However, like the rest of the nation, this region is also forecasted to receive less rainfall than usual, potentially increasing wildfire risk despite the milder temperatures.

Alaska’s weather will vary significantly by region. The northern half is forecasted to be drier than usual, while the southern half is likely to see more rainfall. Still, overall, the state is expected to be cooler than average this summer, which may help counterbalance some of the climate extremes seen elsewhere.

Finally, Hawaii is predicted to have a wet, rainy summer. The smaller islands are expected to experience cooler-than-normal conditions, whereas the Big Island is forecasted to be hotter. This contrast within the same state highlights how varied the summer of 2025 may be, even in tropical regions.

In summary, while some parts of the country may escape the worst of the summer heat, the general consensus from the Old Farmer’s Almanac is that Americans should brace themselves for another intense season. With phrases like “a scorcher of a summer,” “record-breaking heat,” and “hurricane potential,” the 2025 forecast is a reminder of the increasing variability and extremity of seasonal weather patterns. Whether you’re planning a summer vacation, working outdoors, or just trying to stay cool at home, these predictions provide a valuable tool for preparation.

PSL 2025 Relocation to UAE in Doubt as ECB Likely to Decline PCB Request Amid Rising India-Pakistan Tensions

The Pakistan Cricket Board’s (PCB) initiative to move the remaining matches of the 2025 Pakistan Super League (PSL) to the United Arab Emirates (UAE) seems to be losing momentum, as the Emirates Cricket Board (ECB) is reportedly inclined to reject the proposal. According to a report by PTI, this development arises at a time of increasing military tensions between India and Pakistan, following the terror attack in Pahalgam and ensuing cross-border retaliations.

Initially, the PCB had declared its decision to shift the last eight matches of the PSL season—including the playoffs and final—from Pakistan to the UAE. These games were originally scheduled to be played in Rawalpindi, Multan, and Lahore. However, insiders from the ECB have indicated the board’s reluctance to accommodate this shift, citing concerns related to regional instability and the potential political consequences of supporting Pakistan under such circumstances.

The PTI report quoted a source familiar with the ECB’s stance, stating that the board is “unlikely to approve” the PCB’s request. The source attributed this stance to fears that the ECB could be seen as siding with Pakistan during a delicate period of increased hostility between the two neighboring nations. “Security concerns potentially emanating from the rising tension between India and Pakistan,” were noted as a primary reason for the ECB’s hesitance.

The ECB is reportedly mindful of the sensitive regional dynamics and the broader implications of holding a Pakistani tournament on Emirati soil during a time of political volatility. One source explained to PTI that “a tournament like the PSL, held amid such tense circumstances, could vitiate harmony, pose security risks and stir unnecessary friction between communities.”

The UAE is home to a large and diverse South Asian population, including significant numbers of both Indian and Pakistani nationals. With emotions running high due to the current geopolitical situation, authorities in the Emirates are wary that hosting matches involving Pakistani teams may risk inciting unrest among communities. The source further added that, “community safety and preserving social harmony are vital priorities that may be affected by hosting a high-profile tournament like this at a time like now.”

Adding another layer to the complexity is the ECB’s longstanding partnership with the Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI). Over the years, the ECB has hosted multiple Indian Premier League (IPL) matches, facilitated the Indian segment of the 2021 T20 World Cup, and staged several of India’s matches in ICC tournaments. These arrangements have contributed to a strong and mutually beneficial relationship between the two cricketing bodies.

With the International Cricket Council (ICC) headquartered in Dubai, and its current chairman being former BCCI secretary Jay Shah, the ECB is particularly conscious of its alignment with Indian cricket. There is concern within the board that accommodating the PCB’s request could strain these vital ties with Indian authorities and cricket administrators. Supporting Pakistan’s PSL at this juncture might inadvertently be interpreted as a political statement, which the ECB appears keen to avoid.

The PCB’s relocation plans were announced earlier today, indicating that the final eight matches of the 2025 PSL, including the knockout rounds, would now be played in the UAE. Despite this announcement, no official venues or dates have been disclosed, adding to the prevailing uncertainty about whether these fixtures will materialize abroad. The ambiguity is further compounded by recent developments in Pakistan itself.

Last Thursday, a prominent PSL match between Peshawar Zalmi and Karachi Kings, scheduled to be held in Rawalpindi, was abruptly called off due to security fears. This cancellation heightened the sense of instability surrounding the league and prompted the PCB to explore options for shifting the remaining matches overseas, with the UAE being the first choice due to its historical support for hosting international cricket, particularly during crises.

Yet, given the broader context—rising military confrontations, diplomatic tensions, and communal sensitivities—the UAE may be compelled to step back from involvement in this year’s edition of the PSL. While the PCB has not publicly commented on any resistance from the ECB, it now finds itself in a precarious position, having announced a relocation without securing firm commitments from the host nation.

Should the ECB officially decline the proposal, the PCB will likely need to reassess its plans rapidly. It may be forced to either seek another neutral venue or attempt to resume matches in Pakistan under tighter security protocols—though the latter option could draw criticism or pose further safety risks.

The PSL has long sought to position itself as a globally recognized tournament, and over the years, matches held in Pakistan have symbolized the return of top-level cricket to the country after years of isolation due to terrorism threats. However, the recent deterioration in Indo-Pak relations is once again casting a shadow over Pakistan’s efforts to maintain its sporting calendar without disruptions.

As things stand, the fate of the final eight PSL 2025 matches remains undecided. While the PCB’s intent to safeguard the tournament by shifting it abroad is clear, the geopolitical reality may soon force a rethink. The Emirates, balancing its internal community stability and external diplomatic relationships, especially with India, appears to be treading carefully.

Unless alternative solutions emerge quickly, the PCB may face a logistical and reputational setback. With no confirmed venue, mounting security concerns, and waning external support, the PSL could be looking at a turbulent conclusion to its 2025 season. The situation is evolving, but the ECB’s growing reservations point toward an eventual refusal to serve as host—leaving the PCB scrambling for options amid a fraught regional climate.

Bharat Launches Precision Strikes on Pakistan in Response to Aggression

In a decisive counteroffensive, Bharat carried out a coordinated assault late Wednesday night, launching strikes from its aircraft carrier INS Vikrant. This action led to the destruction of several Pakistani fighter jets and targeted over ten strategic locations across multiple Pakistani cities. The operation was in direct response to Islamabad’s ongoing hostilities, including missile strikes on Bharatiya cities just hours before the retaliation.

Defense officials confirmed that the offensive from INS Vikrant was part of a larger tri-service military operation that integrated the efforts of the Army, Navy, and Air Force. Among the destroyed aircraft were modern F-16s and JF-17s, which were part of Pakistan’s advanced aerial fleet.

Heavy bombardments were reported in major cities including Lahore, Islamabad, Sialkot, Karachi, Rawalpindi, and Peshawar. Visual footage from the ground shows intense flames and thick clouds of smoke consuming parts of these urban areas. Widespread fear and chaos have taken hold of the Pakistani public, as the Bharatiya strikes continue into the early hours.

Adding to the internal turmoil, the political party associated with Imran Khan has mobilized on the streets in protest against the Shahbaz Sharif government. In an unexpected diplomatic turn, the United States issued a stern warning to Pakistan. A spokesperson from the White House cautioned Pakistan to halt its aggressive behavior in the Asian region, stressing the importance of peace and stability.

Amidst the escalating conflict, sightings of Turkish ships and aircraft have been reported in Pakistani territory, further adding to the uncertainty of the situation.

Bharat also successfully dismantled Pakistan’s air defense infrastructure and intercepted all incoming projectiles targeting its cities. On the night of May 7, Pakistan attempted to attack 15 key sites near Bharat’s border areas. In response, Bharat retaliated with overwhelming force. Pakistani drones and missiles were intercepted mid-air by Bharat’s sophisticated air defense systems. Numerous incoming missiles were neutralized over Jammu and Udhampur, while cross-border shelling remains ongoing. By 12:45 AM IST, Bharat had already struck over ten significant Pakistani urban centers, causing extensive destruction.

This sharp escalation comes in the aftermath of Pakistan’s failed offensive on May 7, when it sought to strike 15 Bharatiya cities. These efforts were effectively countered by Bharat’s S-400 Sudarshan missile defense systems. Although Pakistan’s Defence Minister Khawaja Asif had previously assured that his country would not provoke conflict, Bharat remained on high alert. Renewed Pakistani attacks on the evening of May 8 triggered Bharat’s forceful countermeasures. It is widely acknowledged that Pakistan has suffered a complete erosion of credibility on the global stage.

In the wake of these events, Bharat’s National Security Advisor Ajit Doval met with Prime Minister Narendra Modi to conduct a high-level security assessment. Concurrently, Home Minister Amit Shah ordered paramilitary deployments to sensitive regions. On the diplomatic front, External Affairs Minister Dr. S. Jaishankar established communication with global counterparts, including U.S. Senator Marco Rubio, providing detailed information regarding Pakistan’s provocations. “As world aware that Pakistan has provoked Bharat due to his mischievous activities since yesterday night,” emphasized the Bharatiya diplomatic outreach.

Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri addressed the media on the evening of May 8, confirming the toll inflicted by Pakistani shelling in Jammu and Kashmir. “Three civilians were killed near a gurdwara in Poonch, and 59 others injured in border villages,” he said. These civilian casualties have intensified calls within Bharat for a firm and sustained response.

Meanwhile, instability has gripped Pakistan’s military and political leadership. Sources indicate that several top-ranking officers are attempting to flee the country. Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif is reportedly taking refuge in a military bunker, as the corridors of power in Islamabad descend into panic.

Despite the intensity of the strikes, Bharat has maintained that its military response is calculated and restrained. A government official reiterated that the operations are “calibrated, precise, and non-escalatory,” with the sole objective of neutralizing terror threats and military aggression originating from Pakistani territory.

Bharat’s strikes have drawn global attention for their scale, coordination, and rapid execution. The involvement of INS Vikrant, Bharat’s indigenously-built aircraft carrier, signifies a strategic shift in the country’s maritime and aerial capabilities. Defense analysts have observed that this may mark a new chapter in regional deterrence, signaling Bharat’s preparedness to retaliate against any breach of its sovereignty.

Pakistan’s internal political divide has only widened in the aftermath of these events. With Imran Khan’s party staging protests and Prime Minister Shahbaz Sharif under intense scrutiny, the civilian government appears increasingly fragile. The opposition has seized upon the government’s handling of security and diplomatic affairs, accusing it of dragging the country into a crisis through reckless decision-making.

Simultaneously, the appearance of Turkish military assets within Pakistani airspace and waters has sparked speculation regarding Ankara’s potential role in the unfolding conflict. While Türkiye has not issued any formal statement, international observers are closely monitoring these developments to assess any broader geopolitical implications.

The United States’ firm warning to Pakistan underscores rising global concern over the instability in South Asia. “White House spokesperson in a statement warned Pakistan to control themselves,” the report noted. The diplomatic message was clear: further escalation will not be tolerated, and peace in the region must be preserved.

Even as the situation remains fluid, Bharat has demonstrated its capacity to act swiftly and decisively in the face of unprovoked aggression. Its military operations reflect a doctrine that prioritizes national security while avoiding unnecessary escalation. The fact that Pakistan’s attempted strikes were thwarted and responded to with precision indicates a high level of preparedness and coordination across Bharat’s defense forces.

While the coming days will likely reveal more details about the extent of the damage and the geopolitical repercussions, it is evident that Bharat’s message has been delivered unequivocally. The response was neither impulsive nor indiscriminate—it was a measured show of strength aimed at restoring deterrence and regional stability.

In the current climate, all eyes remain on diplomatic efforts to de-escalate tensions. However, Bharat has made it clear that any future provocations will be met with similar resolve. As one defense official succinctly put it, “Our aim is not war, but peace through strength.”

Robert Prevost Becomes First American Pope, Takes Name Leo XIV

In a surprising and historic decision that stunned the global Catholic community, the College of Cardinals elected Robert Francis Prevost as the 267th pope on Thursday, May 8. At age 69, Prevost, a native of Chicago, became the first American citizen ever chosen as the bishop of Rome. He selected the papal name Pope Leo XIV, aligning himself with the legacy of Pope Leo XIII, a 19th-century leader remembered for embracing the modern world and placing Catholic social teachings at the heart of the Church’s mission.

Stepping onto the balcony of St. Peter’s Basilica to greet a jubilant crowd, Pope Leo XIV addressed the faithful with a message of peace. “Peace be with you all!” he proclaimed. Recognizing the Easter season, he added, “I would like this greeting of peace to reach all people, in the entire world.”

As he mentioned his predecessor, Pope Francis, who passed away on April 21, the crowd responded with loud cheers. The new pontiff reminded them of their shared faith, saying, “We are all in the hands of God. Hence, without fear, united hand in hand with God and with each other, we go forward. We are disciples of Christ. Christ precedes us!”

The election of an American pope was particularly emotional for many U.S. Catholics who witnessed the moment in person. “It feels surreal,” said Corinne Bernhard, a Chicago native in the crowd at St. Peter’s Square. Miles Redwine, a Catholic visitor from Chester, Texas, expressed disbelief, saying, “I would’ve never thought in a million years that it would’ve been an American.” His travel companion, Marie Clack, shared her emotional reaction: “I almost started crying, full body chills.”

Before his elevation to the papacy, Prevost served as the prior general of the Order of St. Augustine from 2001 to 2013, making him the only representative of the ancient religious order in the conclave. During his leadership, he traveled extensively, gaining valuable insights into the spiritual and administrative needs of the diverse regions where the Augustinians operate.

Although he studied at Villanova University and the Catholic Theological Union in Chicago, Prevost spent most of his priesthood abroad. From 2015 to 2023, he served as the archbishop of Chiclayo in Peru, a country where he also holds citizenship. This international experience contributed to his reputation as a pastor with a broad and empathetic worldview.

Reactions to his election echoed across his alma mater. “Bells are ringing. People are in shock or in various stages of excitement. Tears have been shed,” said Jaisy Joseph, an assistant professor of systematic and constructive theology at Villanova University. Joseph recalled meeting Prevost with a group of Villanova students last October, where his Augustinian values were evident. “It’s about friendship. It’s about community,” she explained. “We felt that warmth. We felt that he was really present to the individuals that were in front of him, and so I think that’s part of his formation.”

Prevost brings to the papacy not only pastoral wisdom but also a deep understanding of church law. He holds a degree in canon law from the Pontifical College of St. Thomas Aquinas in Rome, equipping him well for the complex legal and procedural responsibilities of the pontiff.

His career in Rome began when Pope Francis appointed him president of the Pontifical Commission for Latin America and later as the head of the Dicastery for Bishops, one of the Vatican’s most powerful offices. As the head of this dicastery, Prevost was responsible for evaluating and appointing bishops globally. He succeeded Cardinal Marc Ouellet, a more conservative figure, in this role.

Francis elevated Prevost to cardinal in September 2023 and, just two years later, promoted him to cardinal-bishop, the highest rank within the College of Cardinals. Under his leadership, the Dicastery for Bishops reflected a more progressive tone, including the groundbreaking move of appointing women to help in the selection process for bishops.

Though he maintained a low public profile while in Rome, Prevost’s rare comments have revealed a progressive vision of church leadership. In an interview with Vatican News, he stated, “The authority we have is to serve, to accompany priests, to be pastors and teachers,” distancing himself from hierarchical models of leadership that he believes no longer resonate. He further noted that bishops can be “preoccupied with teaching doctrine,” risking neglect of the core messages of the Gospels.

His swift election by the conclave indicated a remarkable level of consensus among the cardinals, despite perceptions of ideological divisions. In recent years, Pope Francis’ leadership style had sparked debate, particularly among conservative factions within the church. However, with 80 percent of the College of Cardinals appointed by Francis, the body was primed to choose someone aligned with his inclusive and socially engaged vision of Catholicism.

In his Vatican News interview, Prevost addressed these internal divisions, emphasizing the need for unity: “We bishops especially must accelerate this movement towards unity, towards communion in the church.”

His role in controversial church decisions also hints at a willingness to confront internal tensions. In 2023, he reportedly played a role in the removal of U.S. Bishop Joseph Strickland, a vocal critic of Pope Francis known for opposing COVID-19 vaccines. That year, Prevost met with Francis and Archbishop Christophe Pierre, the papal nuncio to the United States. Observers speculated that the conversation involved the process of encouraging Strickland’s resignation. Strickland, who maintained strong support among some right-wing American Catholics, refused to resign but was removed two months later.

As Pope Leo XIV, Prevost enters the papacy during a time of transformation and challenge for the Catholic Church. His background — rooted in theological education, global ministry, and administrative leadership — reflects both continuity with Pope Francis and a personal pastoral style shaped by humility and service.

His commitment to building bridges within the Church, prioritizing community, and emphasizing the core messages of the Gospel suggests that his papacy may continue many of the themes introduced by his predecessor, while also forging a unique path grounded in his Augustinian roots.

With the eyes of the Catholic world now on Pope Leo XIV, many will be watching to see how the first American pontiff navigates the responsibilities of spiritual leadership in an era marked by both division and hope.

Old Rivalry in a New Global Landscape

A long-standing conflict between India and Pakistan is once again drawing global attention after a fresh episode of military confrontation, hinting at the possibility of a new flashpoint emerging amid shifting global alliances and economic interests.

India carried out missile strikes on nine terrorist camps located in Pakistan, describing the action as a direct response to the recent killing of 26 civilians in the Pahalgam region of Kashmir. The Indian government maintains that these operations were carefully targeted and avoided any escalation. “Our actions have been focused, measured and non-escalatory in nature,” it said in a statement issued late Tuesday, emphasizing that no Pakistani military sites were attacked during Operation Sindoor. However, Pakistan has denied any connection to the attack in Pahalgam.

The situation quickly escalated with cross-border artillery exchanges following India’s strikes. Pakistan’s Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif condemned the Indian military operation and warned that his country would respond firmly. He posted on social media that Pakistan would act “decisively” against the “cowardly attacks.” Further intensifying the standoff, Pakistan’s Defense Minister Khawaja Asif claimed on Wednesday morning that Pakistan had shot down Indian planes. As of 8:30 a.m. in New Delhi, India had not officially responded to that allegation.

Both nations, despite the exchange of fire, have insisted that they do not wish to let the hostilities spiral into a broader conflict. Their allies are echoing the same sentiment. US President Donald Trump commented at an unrelated press briefing, “They’ve been fighting for a long time. I just hope it ends very quickly.”

The impact of these developments is already being felt in India’s financial markets. Stocks and the rupee are expected to be affected, and several airports in northern India were closed early Wednesday as a precautionary measure.

Although India and Pakistan have previously gone to war three times since gaining independence, more recent conflicts—including those in 2001, 2016, and 2019—have seen both sides step back before the situation could evolve into full-scale warfare. However, several new factors could influence the trajectory of this current conflict.

The nature of the April 22 terrorist attack, which deliberately targeted civilians—specifically Hindu men—in Jammu and Kashmir, marks a sharp departure from previous assaults. It came at a time when the region was beginning to show signs of economic renewal. The attack also coincided with a high-profile diplomatic visit by US Vice President JD Vance, who was in India to reaffirm the strategic bond between the two countries.

In a significant policy shift, India responded by halting a long-standing Himalayan river-water sharing treaty with Pakistan. On Monday, Pakistan accused India of restricting river flows as part of this retaliation. This adds another layer to the tensions, especially given the importance of water resources in the region.

Meanwhile, Pakistan’s internal political dynamics are also contributing to the strain. Army Chief General Asim Munir has adopted a more aggressive tone in recent weeks, possibly to rally domestic support amid the country’s ongoing recovery from a severe economic crisis. Pakistan’s influence on the global stage has diminished following the US military withdrawal from Afghanistan, prompting its leadership to adopt more nationalist rhetoric.

Adding to the geopolitical complexity is China’s involvement. China has invested over $55 billion in a strategic economic corridor that runs through Pakistan, part of its larger Belt and Road Initiative. This project is one of Beijing’s most ambitious undertakings, particularly crucial in light of its strained relations with India over territorial and trade issues. Following the Pahalgam attack, China called for calm between India and Pakistan. At the same time, it reaffirmed its strong ties with Islamabad, stating that it was “Pakistan’s ironclad friend and all-weather strategic cooperative partner” and that it “fully understands Pakistan’s legitimate security concerns.”

Beyond regional rivalries, the conflict is unfolding at a time when India is in the midst of delicate negotiations with the United States over a trade agreement. India aims to maintain its favorable export access to the American market and capitalize on global supply chain realignments brought about by the US-China trade dispute. These talks hold major economic significance for New Delhi and further highlight the high-stakes nature of this current episode of India-Pakistan tension.

Therefore, while the conflict between these nuclear-armed neighbors is rooted in a long history of territorial and religious disputes, the current confrontation needs to be understood in the framework of evolving global geopolitics. Unlike previous flare-ups, this one is influenced by broader strategic interests, including those of global powers like the US and China.

The global order today is markedly different from what it was during past India-Pakistan clashes. The rivalry now plays out in a world where the US and China are engaged in a new form of cold war, and their stakes in South Asia have deepened considerably. Both India and Pakistan are no longer just regional actors; they are players in a much larger geopolitical game involving trade, diplomacy, and strategic alliances.

In this transformed context, even localized violence risks triggering broader implications. Economic, military, and diplomatic moves in South Asia are now watched with heightened sensitivity by international stakeholders. Each development has the potential to affect markets, shift alliances, and influence global policy calculations.

While history has shown that India and Pakistan are capable of backing down before reaching the brink of war, the stakes have changed. Strategic partnerships, economic investments, and superpower rivalries now intersect with the old animosities of the subcontinent. How this new round of tension unfolds will not only affect the lives of millions in the region but also reverberate across the global stage.

The world will be watching closely as both nations decide how far they’re willing to go—and whether they can step back from the edge, as they’ve managed to do in the past. But the evolving landscape suggests that peace will not come from military restraint alone. It will also depend on diplomatic agility, economic foresight, and a recognition that in today’s interconnected world, old conflicts can have far-reaching consequences.

India Warns of Measured Response to Terrorism, Cautions Pakistan Against Escalation

India will continue to respond in a “measured” and calculated manner to terrorist attacks against its citizens and territory, but it will not tolerate any moves by Pakistan to escalate military conflict, External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar told U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio during a phone call on Thursday night. The conversation came amid growing tension following cross-border hostilities between India and Pakistan.

During the call, Jaishankar expressed appreciation for the United States’ commitment to cooperate in the global fight against terrorism. He said India’s actions were aimed at maintaining stability and ensuring that terrorism is countered firmly but responsibly.

“Underlined India’s targeted and measured response to cross-border terrorism. Will firmly counter any attempts at escalation,” Jaishankar stated in a post on social media platform X following the discussion with Rubio.

On a separate call with Pakistani Prime Minister Shehbaz Sharif, Rubio stressed the need for “immediate de-escalation” of military tension, according to a U.S. State Department spokesperson. The appeal from the U.S. came at a time when tensions were rapidly rising between the two nuclear-armed neighbors.

The conversation between Jaishankar and Rubio occurred just hours before Pakistan launched a wave of missile and drone strikes aimed at Indian military sites. The strikes targeted regions including Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab, Rajasthan, and Gujarat, representing one of the most coordinated aerial attacks in recent years. These assaults were met with strong defensive responses from the Indian military.

Most of the incoming projectiles were neutralized by Indian air defense systems, preventing what could have been extensive damage and casualties. Despite the successful interception, the attacks triggered panic, prompting air raid sirens and blackouts in several areas close to the border, including the union territory of Chandigarh, which lies only 244 kilometers from the national capital, Delhi.

In one of the more intense exchanges, eight missiles were fired by Pakistan at military positions in Jammu and Kashmir alone. Fortunately, all were intercepted before causing any damage, according to official sources. In Punjab, Pathankot, which lies just 30 kilometers from the Pakistani border, experienced a full-scale blackout in anticipation of further attacks.

Local residents posted dramatic footage on social media, capturing the frightening spectacle of Pakistani missiles blazing through the night sky and exploding mid-air as they were intercepted by Indian defense systems. These videos showed the tense atmosphere along the border and the high level of alertness maintained by Indian forces.

According to defense sources, at least one Pakistani fighter jet was reportedly shot down during the incident. The aircraft, identified as a supersonic F-16, was believed to be part of the strike mission targeting Indian facilities.

This latest wave of Pakistani attacks came just one day after another barrage of missiles was launched late Wednesday and early Thursday. That earlier offensive targeted Indian military installations in 15 cities, including Amritsar, Ludhiana, Jalandhar, and Srinagar. In response, India’s air defense network, primarily the Russian-manufactured S-400 system, successfully intercepted and neutralized the incoming threats.

In retaliation, India deployed its Israeli-made HARPY drones to conduct strikes on Pakistani air defense systems. These drones reportedly hit targets in Lahore and other strategic locations, significantly weakening Pakistan’s ability to protect its airspace and making it vulnerable to potential future counterstrikes.

The ongoing escalation follows India’s execution of precision strikes on terrorist camps located both in Pakistan and in Pakistan-occupied Kashmir (PoK). These strikes, carried out by Indian armed forces, were launched under the codename “Operation Sindoor.” The coordinated military action took place early Wednesday morning and was completed within a 25-minute window starting at 1:05 a.m.

During the operation, Indian forces unleashed a powerful assault using a range of advanced weaponry, including HAMMER smart bombs and SCALP missiles. A total of 24 munitions were deployed, targeting nine terror sites—four in Pakistan and five in PoK. These sites, identified as headquarters and training facilities for terrorist organizations, were completely destroyed in the operation.

Defence Minister Rajnath Singh reported that more than 100 terrorists were killed during the strikes, marking one of the deadliest counterterror operations conducted by India in recent years.

Operation Sindoor was a direct response to the April 22 terrorist attack in Pahalgam, located in the southern part of Kashmir. That brutal assault was carried out by four militants belonging to The Resistance Front, a known proxy group of the Lashkar-e-Taiba terrorist organization.

The attackers opened fire in the Baisaran Valley, a well-known tourist destination located less than 70 kilometers from Srinagar, killing 26 people. Many of the victims were civilians, adding to the sense of outrage across the country and triggering an urgent response from Indian authorities.

The horrifying incident in Pahalgam had drawn strong condemnation from Indian leaders, including Prime Minister Narendra Modi. Following the attack, Modi vowed that India would retaliate and hold the perpetrators accountable for the loss of innocent lives. “Those who are responsible for this cowardly attack will not be spared,” he said in a statement soon after the incident.

The Indian government’s firm stance on dealing with cross-border terrorism has now manifested in a series of military actions aimed at dismantling terrorist infrastructure and sending a clear signal to those providing safe haven to such groups.

As the situation evolves, the international community, particularly the United States, has been closely monitoring developments. The Biden administration has emphasized the importance of restraint and de-escalation while also expressing support for India’s right to self-defense.

At the same time, New Delhi has communicated that it remains committed to regional stability but will not shy away from responding to any threat to its sovereignty. Jaishankar’s message to Secretary Rubio reinforces India’s position: it seeks peace, but not at the cost of its national security.

The coming days will be crucial as diplomatic and military channels remain active. With the U.S. urging both sides to reduce tensions, attention now shifts to whether Pakistan will heed the warning or continue with provocative actions.

Meanwhile, India has reaffirmed that it will continue to act decisively against terrorism while avoiding unnecessary escalation. This balance between assertiveness and restraint underscores New Delhi’s strategy of safeguarding its interests without plunging the region into wider conflict.

Indian American Lawmakers Respond to India’s Retaliatory Strikes Against Terror Camps

Two Indian American members of the U.S. Congress expressed strong reactions on Wednesday to India’s retaliatory strikes targeting terror camps located in Pakistan and the region of Pakistan-occupied Kashmir. The strikes followed a deadly terror attack that took place in Pahalgam last month, which claimed the lives of 26 civilians in Jammu and Kashmir on April 22. While one lawmaker gave his full support to India’s counterterrorism action, the other emphasized the importance of addressing terrorism without allowing it to justify political suppression within Pakistan.

Congressman Raja Krishnamoorthi of Illinois urged for a balanced response to the heightened regional tensions. He underscored the importance of tackling terrorism while simultaneously safeguarding democratic principles in Pakistan. “In the wake of last month’s horrific terrorist attack in Pahalgam, the need to combat terrorism and prevent future violence has become even more urgent,” he said. However, Krishnamoorthi warned that the crisis should not be used by Pakistan’s government as a justification for further democratic erosion. “At the same time, Pakistan must release former Prime Minister Imran Khan and ensure free and fair elections that uphold democratic values. The current situation should not be used as a pretext to further undermine democracy.”

Krishnamoorthi, who has already declared his intention to run for the U.S. Senate in 2026, has consistently supported the promotion of democratic values and human rights across South Asia. His recent statements align with his broader political stance, which favors strengthening democratic institutions and preventing authoritarian overreach in countries facing internal and external threats.

In support of his cautionary approach, Krishnamoorthi cited remarks by U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who also encouraged de-escalation in the wake of the strikes. Rubio reaffirmed the Biden administration’s focus on closely observing the situation and engaging with both Indian and Pakistani officials in order to seek a diplomatic resolution. Rubio reiterated President Joe Biden’s earlier appeal for restraint, calling for cooler heads to prevail during this volatile period.

Meanwhile, Michigan Representative Shri Thanedar took a more forceful position in support of India’s actions, firmly backing the country’s right to defend itself. Thanedar strongly condemned terrorism and said India was justified in carrying out its counterterrorism strikes. “Terrorism cannot be tolerated, and it cannot go unanswered,” he said. “India has the right to defend its people, and I stand firmly with our ally in its efforts to dismantle these extremist networks.”

Thanedar further advocated for stronger strategic ties between the United States and India in the face of mutual security challenges. “The United States should always stand with our allies against terrorism. This is a time for deeper U.S.-India cooperation to protect innocent lives and defend the principles of democracy, human rights, and religious freedom,” he said. Thanedar’s stance reflects a growing consensus among several U.S. lawmakers who view India as a vital ally in the global fight against extremism.

Both Krishnamoorthi and Thanedar belong to the Democratic Party and are part of the informal “Samosa Caucus” in Congress, a group composed of Indian American lawmakers. Other members of this group include Ami Bera of California, Ro Khanna of California, and Pramila Jayapal of Washington. Together, they represent a rising wave of Indian American political voices on Capitol Hill, often bringing South Asian perspectives into American legislative discourse.

The reactions from these lawmakers come as India’s military operation, codenamed Operation Sindoor, continues to draw international attention. The mission, aimed at targeting and dismantling terrorist training camps and infrastructure, has elicited a range of responses from the global community. Some international leaders have echoed calls for calm and diplomatic engagement, while others have acknowledged India’s right to self-defense in the aftermath of what is being described as one of the deadliest attacks in Jammu and Kashmir in recent years.

While the situation on the ground remains tense, the broader conversation in Washington highlights a dual concern: the need to combat terrorism effectively and the imperative to uphold democratic values across the region. Krishnamoorthi’s remarks about the release of former Pakistani Prime Minister Imran Khan underline the ongoing scrutiny of Pakistan’s internal political environment. The former leader has remained in detention amid a wider crackdown on opposition figures, raising alarms among international watchdogs and democracy advocates.

Secretary of State Marco Rubio’s involvement adds a significant layer of diplomatic engagement to the crisis. His comments are in line with the Biden administration’s broader strategy of maintaining regional stability while discouraging escalatory actions by either side. Rubio’s reassurance that the U.S. will continue to monitor developments and maintain open lines of communication with New Delhi and Islamabad suggests Washington’s intention to play a stabilizing role.

Meanwhile, Thanedar’s unequivocal support for India underscores the growing alignment between Indian and American strategic interests, particularly in the fight against terrorism. His reference to the need for deepened cooperation on issues such as human rights and religious freedom indicates a willingness among some U.S. lawmakers to not only support India militarily but also to encourage the country’s leadership to maintain its democratic credentials even during times of conflict.

In the domestic political context, both lawmakers’ statements serve to reinforce their individual political profiles. Krishnamoorthi’s Senate ambitions likely inform his more measured approach, seeking to balance foreign policy firmness with advocacy for democratic norms. Thanedar’s strong backing of India resonates with his constituents, many of whom see India as a vital partner in global security and as a bulwark against regional instability.

As Operation Sindoor unfolds, the spotlight remains fixed on how India and Pakistan will navigate this latest flashpoint. The stakes are high, not just for the two countries involved but also for international allies like the United States, which must balance its relationships with both nations while promoting peace and democratic governance. The divided responses of Krishnamoorthi and Thanedar reflect the complexity of the situation—combining a shared condemnation of terrorism with diverging perspectives on the best path forward.

Ultimately, both lawmakers have voiced their concern about the violence and the broader implications for democracy and human rights. As Krishnamoorthi warned, “The current situation should not be used as a pretext to further undermine democracy.” And as Thanedar insisted, “Terrorism cannot be tolerated, and it cannot go unanswered.” These two positions, though framed differently, together underscore the challenge of responding to terror while protecting democratic principles in a deeply volatile region.

Bill Gates Plans to Donate $200 Billion and Close Gates Foundation by 2045

When Bill and Melinda French Gates launched the Gates Foundation in 2000, their vision was for it to continue functioning for decades after their passing, using their remaining fortune to fund charitable efforts. However, Bill Gates has now revised that timeline, deciding not to delay the disbursement of his wealth. The billionaire and Microsoft co-founder announced on Thursday that he intends to give away “virtually all” of his wealth — which he estimates at around $200 billion — within the next 20 years. The foundation, according to this plan, will cease operations on December 31, 2045.

Gates’ announcement comes at a time when the Trump administration is working to significantly cut back on funding for health care, foreign aid, and other public assistance programs — the very areas the Gates Foundation has prioritized. This development has prompted concern that critical progress on research and various humanitarian initiatives could be jeopardized.

With the foundation’s work now taking on greater urgency, Gates explained that he aims to step up efforts to advance global health and equity initiatives. In a blog post published Thursday morning, he expressed his hope that this new commitment will inspire fellow billionaires to follow suit. Gates has long championed philanthropy and was instrumental in launching the Giving Pledge in 2010, along with his former wife Melinda French Gates and Warren Buffett. The pledge urges wealthy individuals to commit to donating the majority of their fortunes to philanthropic causes either during their lives or through their wills. Since its inception, more than 240 individuals have signed on.

“People will say a lot of things about me when I die, but I am determined that ‘he died rich’ will not be one of them,” Gates wrote. “There are too many urgent problems to solve for me to hold onto resources that could be used to help people.”

The Gates Foundation, recognized as one of the world’s largest philanthropic entities, has already distributed more than $100 billion since its founding. Its work has included funding the development of vaccines, diagnostic technologies, and treatment delivery systems targeting global health issues. While Gates had already increased the scale of his giving in recent years — particularly in response to the COVID-19 pandemic — Thursday’s announcement marked a notable acceleration. The Gates Foundation described the decision as the “largest philanthropic commitment in modern history.”

Over the next two decades, the foundation will concentrate on three primary goals: eliminating preventable deaths among mothers and infants, eradicating fatal infectious diseases, and helping hundreds of millions escape poverty. These targets reflect the foundation’s ongoing commitment to tackling some of the most critical and deep-rooted global challenges.

In making the announcement, the foundation expressed concern over what it sees as stagnant trends in global health. Speaking to the Financial Times, Gates went further, sharply criticizing Elon Musk, saying the Tesla CEO was “killing the world’s poorest children” due to his involvement with the Department of Government Efficiency, which has overseen cuts to U.S. foreign aid programs. At a New York event on Thursday that unveiled the new philanthropic strategy, Gates disclosed that he had met with President Trump in February to personally voice his objections, especially concerning proposed cuts to USAID.

The event featured appearances by notable figures including billionaire Mike Bloomberg and musician Jon Batiste, along with other key philanthropic partners. Gates Foundation CEO Mark Suzman addressed the gathering, warning that the current climate presents immense obstacles. “We are facing, literally, the toughest political and economic headwinds to our agenda since we were established,” Suzman stated. He cautioned that “much of (our) amazing progress is at risk.”

Despite these challenges, Gates sounded an optimistic note in his blog post, suggesting that technological advancements could supercharge philanthropic efforts. Specifically, he pointed to breakthroughs in artificial intelligence as a promising avenue. He believes AI, in conjunction with his increased giving, could accelerate solutions to some of the world’s most pressing problems.

According to Bloomberg’s Billionaires Index, Gates currently has a net worth of $108 billion, ranking him as the fifth richest person globally. However, he expects his net worth to decline by 99% by 2045, as the foundation distributes an estimated $200 billion during that period. This amount will be drawn from the foundation’s existing $77 billion endowment and his personal fortune. It will also include proceeds from his ongoing business ventures, such as TerraPower, a nuclear energy company he founded.

Melinda French Gates stepped away from the Gates Foundation last year, following her 2021 divorce from Gates. In 2022, she publicly stated that she would not donate the bulk of her wealth through the Gates Foundation. Her departure marked a turning point for the organization, which had previously been a shared philanthropic endeavor.

Gates’ announcement coincides with Microsoft celebrating the 50th anniversary of its founding — a company that played a central role in building his fortune. Reflecting on this milestone, Gates wrote, “It feels right that I celebrate the milestone by committing to give away the resources I earned through the company.”

By setting a firm deadline to give away the bulk of his wealth and eventually close the Gates Foundation, Gates is making a bold and definitive shift in his approach to philanthropy. His plan not only accelerates the foundation’s work but also raises the bar for other billionaires who may be considering their own legacies. Whether others follow his lead remains to be seen, but Gates has made his position clear: the time to act is now.

Billionaires Buffett and Gates Reveal Their Secret to Success: Focus

Two of the world’s most successful billionaires, Warren Buffett and Bill Gates, once participated in a simple yet revealing exercise at a gathering. Each was asked to write down a single word that they believed summed up the secret to their success. Interestingly, both independently chose the same word: focus.

Bill Gates shared more insight into this during a 2016 interview with Charlie Rose, where he highlighted the value of passion and early dedication. “The thing you do obsessively between age 13 and 18, that’s the thing you have the most chance of being world-class at,” Gates explained. For him, that passion was computer programming. His deep interest in coding paid off, as it eventually led him to co-found Microsoft and become a millionaire in his twenties. Today, Gates is the seventh richest person globally, boasting a net worth of about $127 billion, according to the Forbes real-time billionaires index.

Warren Buffett, too, showed a focused interest early on. In a CNBC interview, Buffett reflected on his youth, saying, “Well, I was pretty interested in investments.” That interest was already present when he was just 11 years old. In 1942, he used his life savings of $114.75 to purchase three shares of Cities Service, an oil and gas company now known as Citgo.

His early obsession turned into a lifelong journey in finance, making him one of the most celebrated investors in history. Now 94, Buffett recently announced his retirement as CEO of Berkshire Hathaway during the company’s annual shareholder meeting in May. Berkshire Hathaway owns a broad range of well-known companies, including Geico, Duracell, and Dairy Queen. As of now, Buffett stands as the fifth wealthiest person on Earth, with a net worth of approximately $160 billion.

Buffett also once recounted a moment when Gates’s father invited a group of prominent men to write down one word that defined their path to success. Both Buffett and Gates again wrote down the word “focus,” without knowing the other had done the same. “He was focused on software, I was focused on investments,” Buffett said. “It gave me a big advantage to start very young — there’s no question about it.”

Even if you’re no longer in your teenage years, Buffett and Gates’s stories suggest it’s not too late to apply the principle of focus to build wealth. There are three strategies inspired by their journeys that could help you do just that.

Start Early and Stay Focused

The importance of starting early in investing cannot be overstated. It is a cornerstone principle for both Gates and Buffett. Buffett has often discussed the power of compound interest, which allows wealth to grow faster as you earn interest on both your initial investment and the interest it has already generated.

In 1999, at a Berkshire Hathaway shareholders meeting, Buffett vividly illustrated this idea. “We started building this little snowball on top of a very long hill,” he said. “The trick is to have a very long hill, either start very young or live to be very old.”

There are various ways to begin your investment journey. You might choose to buy individual stocks or low-cost index funds through a brokerage account. Alternatively, you could invest using tax-advantaged accounts like a 401(k) plan, if your employer offers one, or an individual retirement account (IRA).

Staying focused once you begin investing is equally crucial. Even small, regular investments—such as putting aside spare change—can build significant wealth over time. The longer your money has to grow, the greater your returns could be.

Focus on Quality and Value

Buffett is widely known for his commitment to value investing. This method involves identifying stocks that are priced below their true worth and holding onto them for the long haul. He typically seeks out businesses with strong, consistent earnings, healthy cash flow, and low levels of debt.

His preference for long-term investment in high-quality companies is evident in his substantial, enduring stakes in firms like Coca-Cola and American Express. As he wrote in his 1996 letter to shareholders: “If you aren’t willing to own a stock for 10 years, don’t even think about owning it for 10 minutes.”

One of the most prominent examples of Buffett’s value investing philosophy is Berkshire Hathaway’s stake in Apple. As of now, Apple represents about 28% of the conglomerate’s entire stock portfolio. At the 2023 Berkshire Hathaway shareholders meeting, Buffett said of Apple, “It just happens to be [a] better business than any we own,” praising the company’s outstanding financial performance.

Focus on Learning and Improving

No investment journey is without its missteps, and even legendary investors like Buffett have faced their share of regrets. At the 1997 Berkshire Hathaway meeting, Buffett admitted to “mistakes of omission,” referring to missed opportunities to invest in excellent companies.

His long-time business partner, the late Charlie Munger, who passed away in 2023, also addressed the importance of recognizing rare investment opportunities. He remarked, “Most people get very few, what I call, no-brainer opportunities, where it’s just so damned obvious that this is going to work.” Munger emphasized the need for both courage and intelligence when those rare chances appear. “I think people have to learn to have the courage and the intelligence to step up in a major way when those rare opportunities come by,” he said.

Of course, not everyone is well-versed in the complexities of investing. Fortunately, help is available. You might choose to work with a professional financial adviser who can offer tailored guidance based on your financial goals. Alternatively, modern investing apps and platforms can help automate the process, making it easier for beginners to take that first step.

In summary, the shared philosophy of Buffett and Gates highlights how the principle of focus—especially when applied early and consistently—can yield extraordinary results. Whether it’s choosing the right assets, learning from past errors, or staying the course through market ups and downs, staying focused might just be the clearest path to building wealth over time.

Shah Rukh Khan’s Met Gala Debut Sparks Global Reactions Amid Starstruck Fans and Media Confusion

It was a monumental evening for South Asian and Indian fans on May 5 as the iconic blue carpet unfurled across the steps of the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York City for the Met Gala. The much-anticipated event saw the possible debut of one of the most recognized and admired stars globally—Shah Rukh Khan. This marked a significant cultural moment, with Khan’s name drawing massive buzz across South Asian communities and global fan circles.

Often referred to as “King Khan” by his admirers, Shah Rukh Khan was slated to attend the Met Gala for the first time, making his entrance in collaboration with renowned Indian designer Sabyasachi Mukherjee. Dressed entirely in black, Khan’s ensemble featured an elegant “floor-length elongated coat in Tasmanian superfine wool with monogrammed, Japanese horn buttons,” paired with a crepe de chine silk shirt and finely tailored superfine wool trousers, as described by the designer himself.

Fans were visibly eager to catch a glimpse of the Bollywood legend, with crowds gathering outside the Mandarin Oriental Hotel on New York City’s Upper West Side—just a couple of miles from the venue. Many waited for hours, hoping for a selfie or even a fleeting wave from the superstar.

However, the celebratory spirit among fans took a downturn when it became apparent that some members of the American media seemed unfamiliar with Khan. This disconnect led to frustration among his supporters, who expected more recognition for someone they consider a global icon.

Just before entering the blue carpet, Shah Rukh Khan participated in a live interview with Vogue’s livestream co-hosts, Ego Nwodim and Teyana Taylor. The interaction quickly went viral—but not for reasons fans hoped.

When asked by Nwodim how it felt to make history as the first male Bollywood actor to attend the Met Gala, Khan responded modestly: “I don’t know about history, but I’m extremely nervous.”

He went on to credit his designer for encouraging his appearance at the prestigious event, saying, “Sabyasachi, who convinced me to come here. I’ve not done too many red carpets. I’m very shy. For me it’s the first time, but looking at you both, it’s wonderful to be here.”

Asked what aspect of the evening he was most excited about, Khan sweetly answered that he was doing it for his children. “My little kids who are very excited about Met,” he said with a smile.

Mukherjee, who joined the interview mid-conversation, took a moment to explain the significance of Khan’s presence on the carpet. “Shah Rukh Khan is probably one of the most famous men in the world, and his fan following is legendary,” the designer stated. “We nearly had a stampede outside the hotel when he came out.”

Emphasizing the importance of representation, Mukherjee added, “When you get a man like this on the red carpet, especially when it’s Black dandy, I think representation is the most important thing. We wanted to represent Shah Rukh Khan as Shah Rukh Khan and nobody else.”

In reaction, Nwodim responded supportively: “Well Sabya, I think you did your thing.”

But even with that acknowledgment, viewers were quick to pick up on the hosts’ unfamiliarity with Khan, and many fans voiced their displeasure online. Social media platforms lit up with comments criticizing the livestream interview for seemingly lacking context about Khan’s fame and accomplishments.

A particularly viral reaction came from content creator Jeremy Franco, whose Instagram video gathered more than five million views. “They didn’t know who Shah Rukh Khan is?!?!” he exclaimed in disbelief. In the same video, Franco emphasized just how privileged the event was to host Khan, saying, “The carpet was lucky he walked on it!”

Responding to the backlash, a Vogue representative later told The New York Times that Nwodim had, during the livestream, referenced Khan as the first male Bollywood star to attend the Met Gala, acknowledging its significance. The spokesperson also stressed that any perceived slight, including the brief cutaway from another Indian artist Diljit Dosanjh, “was certainly not intentional.” Vogue did not immediately respond to follow-up inquiries from USA TODAY.

For those unfamiliar with Shah Rukh Khan, the numbers and accolades speak for themselves. At 59 years old, he is one of Bollywood’s biggest stars, having acted in over 80 films across nearly 30 years. While he began his career with notable anti-hero portrayals, Khan became widely beloved for his performances in romantic dramas and family films like “Dilwale Dulhania Le Jayenge (DDLJ),” “Kabhi Khushi Kabhie Gham,” “Devdas,” “Kal Ho Na Ho,” and “Veer Zaara.”

In fact, a statue commemorating Khan and his DDLJ co-star Kajol was scheduled to be unveiled in Leicester Square in London on May 7 to mark the 30th anniversary of the iconic film. However, The Standard reported that the event has been postponed due to increasing tensions between India and Pakistan.

Throughout his career, Khan has collected a plethora of honors—not only for his acting talent but also for his contributions to social causes. He received the Padma Shri, one of India’s highest civilian honors, in 2005. The French government recognized him with the Ordre des Arts et des Lettres in 2007 and the prestigious Legion of Honour in 2014. In 2018, he was awarded the Crystal Award by the World Economic Forum for his advocacy of children’s and women’s rights in India.

In 2023, Time magazine named him among the world’s most influential people. According to a 2015 Forbes estimate, Khan’s earnings ranked him as possibly the most financially successful movie star in the world. More recently, Esquire Australia placed him as the fourth richest actor globally, coming in just behind Arnold Schwarzenegger, Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson, and Tom Cruise.

Outside the realm of film, Khan is an accomplished entrepreneur. He owns the successful production company Red Chillies Entertainment and co-owns the Kolkata Knight Riders, an Indian Premier League team that clinched the IPL 2024 title.

Interestingly, despite his global fame and massive influence, Khan has yet to make his Hollywood debut. This detail, for many, only underscores the extent of his popularity and success achieved purely through Bollywood and regional media.

Shah Rukh Khan’s Met Gala appearance may have been his first, but judging by the reaction from fans, designers, and even critics, it is likely to be remembered for years to come—not only as a fashion moment, but as a cultural milestone.

Supercomputer Predicts Earth’s Demise, But Humanity Has a Billion Years Left

It may sound like the plot of a sci-fi thriller, but scientists have employed a supercomputer to forecast the eventual end of life on Earth. Despite the dramatic nature of the prediction, there’s no immediate cause for panic—the forecasted apocalypse is still a billion years away.

In an article published in April 2025 by LaGrada, it was revealed that a team of scientists utilized a powerful supercomputer to assess the long-term survivability of Earth. Their findings were unsettling: “Survival on planet Earth will be impossible in about 1 billion years, when conditions become too extreme for life as we know it.”

On May 6, 2025, BGR added more detail to the revelation, stating that researchers affiliated with NASA and Japan’s Toho University collaborated to use the supercomputer in order to pinpoint the timeline for the extinction of all life on Earth. According to their study, life on this planet will meet its end due to the sun’s gradual expansion and intensifying heat. BGR reported, “Scientists with NASA and Japan’s Toho University used the computer to determine ‘when all life will end’ on Earth. They determined that the sun will end life on Earth around the year 1,000,002,021 because it is expanding.”

The scientists concluded that the sun will eventually increase in temperature to a point that makes the planet uninhabitable. As reported by BGR, “its output will continue to increase, gradually heating the planet beyond the threshold of life.” Over time, the sun’s rising energy output will disrupt the delicate climate balance, transforming Earth into a place where life can no longer thrive.

While the concept of a boiling Earth may seem extreme, researchers have been studying Earth’s long-term habitability for many years. The idea that the sun will ultimately spell doom for life on Earth is not new, but recent technological advances have enabled scientists to produce more precise predictions. The supercomputer used by NASA and Toho University allowed researchers to simulate various long-term climate and solar scenarios to understand how the planet’s conditions will evolve over immense spans of time.

The potential demise of Earth’s biosphere has also been examined from another angle: the planet’s declining oxygen levels. A study published in 2021 in the journal Nature Geoscience, conducted by Kazumi Ozaki and Christopher T. Reinhard, explored the eventual reduction of atmospheric oxygen and what it could mean for life on Earth.

Their research suggests that our oxygen-rich atmosphere—a vital condition for sustaining complex organisms—won’t last forever. The paper stated, “Earth’s modern atmosphere is highly oxygenated and is a remotely detectable signal of its surface biosphere.” This oxygen-rich state is currently a reliable marker for identifying life, not just on Earth, but potentially on other Earth-like planets in the cosmos.

However, Ozaki and Reinhard emphasized that this state is temporary. They wrote, “the lifespan of oxygen-based biosignatures in Earth’s atmosphere remains uncertain, particularly for the distant future.” To explore this, they developed a combined biogeochemistry and climate model to estimate how long Earth will maintain its current oxygen-rich conditions.

The findings are sobering. Eventually, Earth’s oxygen levels will fall below the threshold needed to support complex life forms, leading to a planet dominated by microbial life—if any. The researchers also highlighted that the transience of atmospheric oxygen has major consequences for the ongoing search for extraterrestrial life. They noted, “Having enough oxygen in the atmosphere is not a ‘permanent’ state for a planet,” adding that this insight has “important implications for the search for life on Earth-like planets beyond our Solar System (for example, habitable planets with abundant liquid water at the surface, exposed silicate crust and a biosphere with oxygenic photosynthesis).”

The supercomputer’s prediction and Ozaki and Reinhard’s atmospheric research collectively suggest that Earth’s habitability has an expiration date, even if it’s far in the future. The combination of the sun’s evolution and the eventual decline in atmospheric oxygen paint a detailed, if unsettling, portrait of our planet’s final chapters.

Nevertheless, scientists stress that the end isn’t coming anytime soon. With about a billion years left before conditions become completely inhospitable, humanity still has a significant window to address shorter-term challenges and explore long-term survival options, including space exploration and planetary colonization.

This timeline also reinforces the importance of understanding planetary conditions when searching for life beyond our solar system. The presence of oxygen in an exoplanet’s atmosphere may indicate life, but only if observed during a specific and relatively brief window of time in that planet’s evolution. This insight could shape how future missions, telescopes, and research programs are designed.

In summary, while the idea of Earth becoming uninhabitable may seem bleak, the timeline offers some comfort. As BGR emphasized, “They determined that the sun will end life on Earth around the year 1,000,002,021 because it is expanding.” And as the researchers noted, “its output will continue to increase, gradually heating the planet beyond the threshold of life.”

At the same time, Ozaki and Reinhard’s 2021 study highlights that even before solar expansion makes Earth unlivable, the depletion of oxygen in the atmosphere could already lead to a world where advanced life cannot persist. Their warning that Earth’s oxygen-rich atmosphere is not a permanent feature serves as a reminder of the fragile conditions that support life.

So while doomsday isn’t right around the corner, these scientific insights give us a glimpse into Earth’s very distant future—and perhaps into the fate of other life-bearing planets throughout the universe.

-+=